Samsung UN32J4001AFXZA Televisions

User Manual

For UN32J4001AFXZA. Series: Serie 4
Additionally, the document applies to other Samsung models: UN32J4000AFXZA, UN32J4050AFXZA

PDF File Manual, 16 pages, Read Online | Download pdf file

UN32J4001AFXZA photo
background
Connections
y For the best picture and audio quality, connect digital devices using
an HDMI cable.
y If you connect an external device to the TV that uses an older version
of HDMI, the video and audio may not work. If this occurs, ask the
manufacturer of the device about the HDMI version and, if it is out of
date, request an upgrade.
y Be sure to purchase a certified HDMI cable. Otherwise, the picture
may not display or a connection error may occur.
y PC/DVI AUDIO IN input is not supported.
y For an HDMI to DVI cable connection, you must use the HDMI IN
2 (DVI) port.
y Connecting through the HDMI cable may not be supported
depending on the PC.
y If an HDMI to DVI cable is connected to the HDMI IN 2 (DVI) port,
the audio does not work.
y For Set-top box connection using HDMI cable, we highly
recommend you to connect the HDMI IN 1 (STB) port.
Getting Started
Accessories
Input Cables (Sold Separately)
y Audio
y Composite (AV)
y Component
y Coaxial (RF)
y HDMI
y HDMI-DVI
Make sure you have the correct cable before plugging it in. Illustrations of common plugs and jacks are shown below.
Cable Plugs Ports/Jacks Do not plug in opposite or wrong direction. It could
damage the TV port.
HDMI
USB
Optical
Do not plug cables in upside down. Be sure to check the orientation
of the plug before plugging it in.
TV Controller
The TV's Controller on the bottom right side of the TV, lets you control the TV without the remote control.
: Turns the TV on or off.
/ : Changes channels.
/ : Adjusts the volume.
: Displays and selects the available video sources.
Control Menu
Remote control sensor/TV Controller
The product color and shape may vary depending on the model.
You cannot input the numbers by pressing the TV's controller.
If you press it first, the control menu appears. You can select the function by pressing and holding the TV's controller.
With the TV's Controller, you cannot perform other operations except for turning the TV on or off, changing the channel, adjusting the volume,
and switching the input source.
Plug & Play (Initial Setup)
When you turn the TV on for the first time, a sequence of screens and on-screen prompts will assist you in configuring the TV’s basic settings. Press
the POWER button. Plug & Play is available only when the Input source is set to TV. Set the initial setup following instructions that the TV guides.
Connecting the power cord and antenna. (refer to ‘Connections’)
Channel Menu
Seeing Channels
Channel List
Add, delete or set Favorite channels and use the program guide for
digital broadcasts. Select a channel in the All Channels, Added
Channels, Favorite or Programmed screen by pressing the ▲/▼
buttons, and pressing the ENTER
E
button. Then you can watch the
selected channel.
All Channels: Shows all currently available channels.
Added Channels: Shows all added channels.
*
Favorite: Shows all favorite channels.
Programmed: Shows all currently reserved programs.
Using the remote control buttons with the Channel List
x Green (Zoom): Enlarges or shrinks a channel number.
x Yellow (Select): Selects multiple channel lists. Select desired
channels and press the Yellow button to set all the selected
channels at the same time. The
c
mark appears to the left of
the selected channels.
x
T
(Tools): Displays the Channel List option menu. (The Options
menus may differ depending on the situation.)
Channel Status Display icons
y
c
: A channel selected.
y
*
: A channel set as a Favorite.
y
)
: A reserved program.
y
(
: A program currently being broadcast.
Memorizing channels
Antenna (Switch to Cable / Switch to Air
t
)
Before your television can begin memorizing the available channels, you
must specify the type of signal source that is connected to the TV (i.e.
an Air or a Cable system).
Auto Program
When selecting the Cable TV system: Selects the cable system.
STD, HRC and IRC identify various types of cable TV systems.
Contact your local cable company to identify the type of cable
system that exists in your particular area. At this point, the signal
source has been selected.
After all the available channels are stored, it starts to remove
scrambled channels. The Auto Program menu then reappears.
Press the ENTER
E
button to stop the channel store during Auto
Program.
How to Stop Auto Programming
1. Press the ENTER
E
button.
2. A message will ask Stop Auto Program?. Select Yes by pressing
the or button.
3. Press the ENTER
E
button.
Other Features
Clear Scrambled Channel
This function filters out scrambled channels after Auto Program is
completed. This process may take up to 20~30 minutes.
Press the ENTER
E
button to stop the Clear Scrambled
Channel.
This function is only available in Cable mode.
Channel List
Channel List Option Menu
O Channel List
t
Set each channel using the Channel List menu options. Option menu
items may differ depending on the channel status.
Add / Delete: Delete or add a channel to display the channels you
want.
All deleted channels will be shown on the All Channels menu.
A gray-colored channel indicates the channel has been deleted.
The Add menu only appears for deleted channels.
Delete a channel from the Added Channels or Favorite menu in
the same manner.
Add to Favorite / Delete from Favorite
t
: Set channels you
watch frequently as Favorites.
Timer Viewing: You can set a desired channel to be displayed
automatically at the set time; even when you are watching another
channel. Set the current time first to use this function.
Only memorized channels can be reserved.
Reserved programs will be displayed in the Programmed menu.
When a digital channel is selected, press the (Next Program)
button to view the digital program. If you select the ENTER
E
(Schedule) button on the next program, you can set Timer
Viewing directly.
Channel Name Edit: (analog channels only) Assign your own
channel name.
Select All: Select all the channels in the channel list.
Deselect All: Deselect all the selected channels.
You can only select Deselect All when one or more channels
are selected.
Auto Program: Scans for a channel automatically and stores in the
TV.
Programmed
(in Channel List)
O Channel List Programmed
t
You can view, modify or delete a show you have reserved to watch.
Change Info: Change a show you have reserved to watch.
Cancel Schedules: Cancel a show you have reserved to watch.
Information: Display a show you have reserved to watch. (You can
also change the reservation Information.)
Select All / Deselect All: You can select or deselect all channels in
the channel list.
Channel Mode
Change the channel mode directly between Added Channels and
Favorite Channels.
The Favorite Channels is enabled only when you set Add to
Favorite.
Fine Tune
(analog channels only)
If the reception is clear, you do not have to fine tune the channel, as this
is done automatically during the search and store operation. If the signal
is weak or distorted, fine tune the channel manually.
Fine tuned channels that have been saved are marked with an
asterisk “*” on the right-hand side of the channel number in the
channel banner.
To reset the fine-tuning, select Reset.
Picture Menu
Mode
t
Select your preferred picture type.
When connecting a PC, you can only select Entertain and
Standard.
Dynamic: Suitable for a bright room.
Standard: Suitable for a normal environment.
Movie: Suitable for watching movies in a dark room.
Entertain: Suitable for watching movies and games.
Only available when connecting a PC.
Backlight / Contrast / Brightness / Sharpness /
Color / Tint (G/R)
Your television has several setting options for picture quality control.
When connecting a PC, you can only make changes to Backlight,
Contrast, Brightness and Sharpness.
Picture Options
When connecting a PC, you can only make changes to the Color
Tone, Size, and HDMI Black Level.
Color Tone: Cool makes the picture bluer (cooler). Warm make the
picture redder (warmer).
Size: Your cable box/satellite receiver may have its own set of screen
sizes as well. However, we highly recommend you use 16:9 mode
most of the time.
The menu is deactivated, when the H. 264 (1080p) DTV is being
played.
16:9: Sets the picture to 16:9 wide mode.
Zoom1: Use for moderate magnification.
Zoom2: Use for a stronger magnification.
Wide Fit: Enlarges the aspect ratio of the picture to fit the entire
screen.
4:3: Sets the picture to basic (4:3) mode.
Do not watch in 4:3 format for a long time. Traces of borders
displayed on the left, right and center of the screen may cause
image retention (screen burn) which are not covered by the
warranty.
Screen Fit: (DTV) Displays the full image without any cut-off when
HDMI (720p / 1080i / 1080p) or Component (1080i / 1080p) signals
are inputted.
HD (High Definition): 16:9 - 1080i/1080p (1920x1080), 720p
(1280x720)
Settings can be adjusted and stored for each external device you
have connected to an input on the TV.
Picture Sizes available by Input Source:
Input Source Picture Size
ATV, AV, Component (480i, 480p) 16:9, Zoom1, Zoom2, 4:3
DTV (1080i), Component (1080i,
1080p), HDMI (720p, 1080i, 1080p)
16:9, Wide Fit, 4:3, Screen Fit
Digital Clean View: If the broadcast signal received by your TV is
weak, you can activate the Digital Clean View feature to reduce any
static and ghosting that may appear on the screen.
When the signal is weak, try other options until the best picture
is displayed.
HDMI Black Level: Selects the black level on the screen to adjust the
screen depth.
Available only in HDMI mode (RGB signals).
Film Mode: Sets the TV to automatically sense and process film
signals from all sources and adjusts the picture for optimum quality.
Available in ATV, DTV(interlace), AV, COMPONENT (480i / 1080i)
and HDMI (480i / 1080i).
Motion Lighting (Off / On): Reduce power consumption by
brightness control adapted motion.
Available in Standard mode only.
Picture Reset
Resets your current picture mode to its default settings.
Reset Picture Mode: Returns all picture values in the currently
selected mode to the default settings.
Sound Menu
Mode
t
Standard: Selects the normal sound mode.
Music: Emphasizes music over voices.
Movie: Provides the best sound for movies.
Clear Voice: Emphasizes voices over other sounds.
Equalizer
(standard sound mode only)
Balance L/R: Adjusts the balance between the right and left speaker.
100Hz / 300Hz / 1kHz / 3kHz / 10kHz (Bandwidth Adjustment):
Adjusts the level of specific bandwidth frequencies.
Reset: Resets the equalizer to its default settings.
DTS TruSurround
(standard sound mode only)
DTS TruSurround is a patented DTS technology that solves the problem
of playing 5.1 multichannel content over two speakers. TruSurround
delivers a compelling, virtual surround sound experience through any
two-speaker playback system, including internal television speakers. It is
fully compatible with all multichannel formats.
Preferred Language
(digital channels only)
Digital-TV broadcasts are capable of simultaneous transmission of many
audio tracks (for example, simultaneous translations of the program into
foreign languages).
You can only select a language from among the ones being
broadcasted.
Multi-Track Sound
(analog channels only)
Mono: Choose for channels that are broadcasting in mono or if you
are having difficulty receiving a stereo signal.
Stereo: Choose for channels that are broadcasting in stereo.
SAP: Choose to listen to the Separate Audio Program, which is
usually a foreign-language translation.
Depending on the program being broadcast, you can listen to
Mono, Stereo or SAP.
Auto Volume
Because each broadcasting station has its own signal conditions, the
volume may fluctuate each time channel is changed. This feature lets
you automatically adjust the volume of the desired channel by lowering
the sound output when the modulation signal is high or by raising the
sound output when the modulation signal is low.
SPDIF Output
The SPDIF (Sony Philips Digital InterFace) outputs an uncompressed
digital audio signal when you connect the digital audio jack on the back
of the TV to a digital audio in jack on a receiver or home theater.
Audio Format: You can select the Digital Audio output (SPDIF)
format. The available Digital Audio output (SPDIF) format may differ
depending on the input source.
Audio Delay: Lets you correct timing mismatches between the audio
track and the video when you are watching the TV and listening to
digital audio output from the TV through an external device such as
an AV receiver. When you select Audio Delay, a slider appears. Use
the left and right arrow buttons to adjust the slider. Press ENTER
E
when done (0ms ~ 250ms).
Speaker Select
If you are listening to the sound track of a broadcast or movie through an
external receiver, you may hear a sound echo caused by the difference in
decoding speed between the TV’s speakers and the speakers attached
to your audio receiver. If this occurs, set the TV to External Speaker.
When you set Speaker Select to External Speaker, the TV’s
speakers are turned off. You will hear sound through the external
speakers only. When you set Speaker Select to TV Speaker
both the TV’s speakers and the external speakers are on. You will
hear sound through both.
When Speaker Select is set to External Speaker, the VOLUME
and MUTE buttons will not operate and the sound settings will
be limited.
If there is no video signal, both the TV’s speakers and the external
speakers will be mute.
Visual Impaired
(digital channels only)
Adds verbal description to the main audio to help the visually impaired.
Dolby Digital Comp
Set Dolby Digital compression mode.
Sound Reset
Reset All: Resets all sound settings to the factory defaults.
Setup Menu
Language
Set the menu language.
Choose between English, Español, and Français.
Setting the Time
Time
The current time will appear every time you press the INFO button.
Clock: Setting the clock is for using various timer features of the TV.
If you disconnect the power cord, you have to set the clock again.
Clock Mode: Set the current time manually or automatically.
Clock Set: Set the Month, Day, Year, Hour, Minute and am/pm.
Available only when Clock Mode is set to Manual.
Time Zone: Select your time zone.
DST: (Daylight Saving Time) Switches the DST (Daylight Saving Time)
function on or off.
DST and Time Zone function is only available when the Clock
Mode is set to Auto.
Sleep Timer
t
Automatically shuts off the TV after a preset period of time. (30, 60,
90, 120, 150 and 180 minutes).
To cancel the Sleep Timer, select Off.
Timer 1 / Timer 2 / Timer 3
Three different on / off timer settings can be made. You must set the
clock first.
On Time / Off Time: Set the hour, minute, am/pm and Activate /
Inactivate. (To activate the timer with the setting you have chosen, set
to Activate.)
Volume: Set the desired volume level.
Contents: When the On Time is activated, you can turn on a specific
channel or play back contents such as photo or audio files.
TV/USB: Select TV or USB. (Make sure that an USB device is
connected to your TV.)
Antenna: Displays the current antenna source.
Channel: Select the desired channel.
Music/Photo: Select the folder containing MP3/JPEG files on the
USB device.
The maximum displayed number of files, including sub folders, in
one folder of USB storage device is 2000.
The media may not be playing smoothly when using the device
lower than USB 2.0.
Repeat: Select Once, Everyday, Mon~Fri, Mon~Sat, Sat~Sun or
Manual to set at you convenience. If you select Manual, you can set
up the day you want to activate the timer.
Other Features
Game Mode
When connecting to a game console such as PlayStation™ or Xbox™,
you can enjoy a more realistic gaming experience by selecting the game
menu.
Precautions and limitations for game mode
x To disconnect the game console and connect another external
device, set Game Mode to Off in the setup menu.
x If you display the TV menu in Game Mode, the screen shakes
slightly.
x Game Mode is not available when the input source is set to TV.
x After connecting the game console, set Game Mode to On.
Unfortunately, you may notice reduced picture quality.
LED TV
user manual
© 2015 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved.
Changing the Input Source
Source List
Use to select TV or an external input source such as a DVD player / Blu-
ray player / cable box / STB satellite receiver.
1. Press the SOURCE button.
2. Select a desired external input source.
TV / AV / Component / HDMI1 / HDMI2/DVI
You can only choose external devices that are connected to the TV.
In the Source List, connected inputs will be highlighted.
How to use Edit Name
Edit Name lets you associate a device name to an input source. To
access Edit Name, press the TOOLS button in Source List. Name the
device connected to the input jacks to make your input source selection
easier.
When connecting a PC to the HDMI IN 2(DVI) port with HDMI cable,
you should set the TV to PC mode under Edit Name.
When connecting a PC to the HDMI IN 2(DVI) port with HDMI
to DVI cable, you should set the TV to DVI PC mode under Edit
Name.
When connecting an AV devices to the HDMI IN 2(DVI) port with
HDMI to DVI cable, you should set the TV to DVI mode under Edit
Name.
Information
You can see detailed information about the connected external device.
The slots and openings in the cabinet and in the back or bottom are provided for necessary ventilation. To ensure reliable operation of this
apparatus, and to protect it from overheating, these slots and openings must never be blocked or covered.
- Do not cover the slots and openings with a cloth or other materials.
- Do not block the slots and openings by placing this apparatus on a bed, sofa, rug or other similar surface.
- Do not place this apparatus in a conned space, such as a bookcase or built-in cabinet, unless proper ventilation is provided.
Do not place this apparatus near or over a radiator or heat register, or where it is exposed to direct sunlight.
Do not place a vessel containing water (vases etc.) on this apparatus, as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock.
Do not expose this apparatus to rain or place it near water (near a bathtub, washbowl, kitchen sink, or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near
a swimming pool etc.). If this apparatus accidentally gets wet, unplug it and contact an authorized dealer immediately.
Make sure to pull out the power cord from the outlet before cleaning.
This apparatus use batteries. In your community, there might be regulations that require you to dispose of these batteries properly to protect
the environment. Please contact your local authorities for disposal or recycling information.
Do not overload wall outlets, extension cords, or adaptors beyond their capacity, since this can result in fire or electric shock.
Power-supply cords should be routed so that they are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against them. Pay
particular attention to cords at the plug end, where connected to adaptors, and at the point where they exit from the apparatus.
To protect this apparatus from a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug it from the wall outlet
and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the set due to lightning and power line surges.
Before connecting the AC power cord to the DC adaptor outlet, make sure the voltage designation of the DC adaptor corresponds to the local
electrical supply. (depending on the model)
Never insert anything metallic into the open parts of this apparatus. Doing so may create a danger of electric shock.
To avoid electric shock, never touch the inside of this apparatus. Only a qualified technician should open this apparatus.
Make sure to plug the power cord in until it is firmly inserted. Pull on the plug, not the cord, when removing the power cord from the outlet. Do
not touch the power cord with wet hands.
If this apparatus does not operate normally - in particular, if there are any unusual sounds or smells coming from it - unplug it immediately and
contact an authorized dealer or service center.
Be sure to pull the power plug out of the outlet if the TV is to remain unused or if you are to leave the house for an extended period of time
(especially when children, elderly or disabled people will be left alone in the house).
- Accumulated dust can cause an electric shock, an electric leakage, or a re by causing the power cord to generate sparks and heat,
or cause the insulation to deteriorate.
Be sure to contact an authorized service center, when installing your set in a location with heavy dust, high or low temperatures, high humidity,
chemical substances or where it will operate for 24 hours a day such as in an airport, a train station, etc. Failure to do so may cause serious
damage to your set.
Use only a properly grounded plug and receptacle.
- An improper ground may cause electric shock or equipment damage. (Class l Equipment only.)
To turn off the apparatus completely, you must pull the power plug out of the wall socket. Consequently, the power plug should be readily
accessible at all times.
Do not allow children to hang onto the product.
Store the accessories (batteries, etc.) in a location safely out of the reach of children.
Do not install the product in an unstable location such as a shaky self, a slanted floor, or a location exposed to vibration.
Do not drop or impart a shock to the product. If the product is damaged, disconnect the power cord and contact a service center.
To clean the product, unplug the power cord from the power outlet and wipe the product using a soft cloth dipped in a small amount of water.
Do not use any chemicals such as wax, benzene, alcohol, thinners, insecticide, air freshener, lubricant or detergent. This may damage the
appearance or erase the printing on the product.
Do not expose the apparatus to dripping or splashing.
Do not dispose of batteries in are.
Do not short circuit, disassemble, or overheat the batteries.
There is a danger of explosion if you replace the batteries with the wrong type of battery. Replace only with the same or equivalent type.
WARNING - TO PREVENT THE SPREAD OF FIRE, KEEP CANDLES OR OTHER OPEN FLAMES AWAY FROM THIS PRODUCT AT ALL
TIMES.
Warning! Important Safety Instructions
Please read the safety instructions below before installing and using the product.
CAUTION
CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC
SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). THERE
ARE NO USER SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE. REFER
ALL SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL.
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK. DO NOT OPEN.
This symbol indicates that high voltage is
present inside. It is dangerous to make any kind
of contact with any internal part of this product.
This symbol indicates that important literature
concerning operation and maintenance has
been included with this product.
Make sure to rest the AC/DC Adapter flat on a table or the floor. If you place the AC/DC Adapter so that it is hanging with the AC cord input
facing upwards, water or other foreign substances could enter the Adapter and cause the Adapter to malfunction.
BN68-07180Y-00
Figures and illustrations in this User Manual are provided for reference only and
may differ from actual product appearance. Product design and specifications
may be changed without notice.
Still image warning
Avoid displaying still images (such as jpeg picture files) or still image elements (such
as TV channel logos, panorama or 4:3 image format, stock or news bars at screen
bottom etc.) on the screen. Constant displaying of still pictures can cause ghosting of
LED screen, which will affect image quality. To reduce risk of this effect, please follow
below recommendations:
y Avoid displaying the same TV channel for long periods.
y Always try to display any image on full screen, use TV set picture format menu for
best possible match.
y Reduce brightness and contrast values to minimum required to achieve desired
picture quality, exceeded values may speed up the burnout process.
y Frequently use all TV features designed to reduce image retention and screen
burnout, refer to proper user manual section for details.
Securing the Installation Space
Keep the required distances between the product and other objects (e.g. walls) to
ensure proper ventilation.
Failing to do so may result in fire or a problem with the product due to an increase in
the internal temperature of the product.
When using a stand or wall-mount, use parts provided by Samsung Electronics
only.
• If you use parts provided by another manufacturer, it may result in a problem
with the product or an injury due to the product falling.
The appearance may differ depending on the product.
Be careful when you contact the TV because some parts can be somewhat hot.
Installation with a stand. Installation with a wall-mount.
4inches
4inches
4inches
4inches
4inches
4inches
4inches
Contact SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE
If you have any questions or comments relating to Samsung products, please contact
the SAMSUNG customer care center.
Country
Customer Care Center
Web Site
MEXICO 01-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864) www.samsung.com/mx/support
Dirección: General Mariano Escobedo 476 Piso 8 Col.
Anzures Delegación Miguel Hidalgo, Distrito Federal CP 11590
ARGENTINE 0800-555-SAMS(7267) www.samsung.com.ar
URUGUAY 0800-SAMS(7267) www.samsung.com.ar
PARAGUAY 0800-11-SAMS(7267) www.samsung.com.ar
BRAZIL 0800-124-421 (Demais cidades
e regiões)
4004-0000 (Capitais e grandes
centros)
www.samsung.com/br/support
CHILE 800-SAMSUNG(726-7864) www.samsung.com/cl/support
BOLIVIA 800-10-7260 www.samsung.com/cl/support
COLOMBIA Bogotá en el 600 12 72
Sin costo en todo el pais 01
8000 112 112
Y desde tu celular #726
www.samsung.com/co
COSTA RICA 00-800-1-SAMSUNG
(726-7864)
www.samsung.com/latin/support (Spanish)
www.samsung.com/latin_en/support (English)
DOMINICAN
REPUBLIC
1-800-751-2676 www.samsung.com/latin/support (Spanish)
www.samsung.com/latin_en/support (English)
ECUADOR 1-800-SAMSUNG (72-6786) www.samsung.com/latin/support (Spanish)
www.samsung.com/latin_en/support (English)
EL SALVADOR 8000-SAMSUNG (726-7864) www.samsung.com/latin/support (Spanish)
www.samsung.com/latin_en/support (English)
GUATEMALA 1-800-299-0033 www.samsung.com/latin/support (Spanish)
www.samsung.com/latin_en/support (English)
HONDURAS 800-2791-9111 www.samsung.com/latin/support (Spanish)
www.samsung.com/latin_en/support (English)
JAMAICA 1-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864) www.samsung.com/latin_en/support (English)
NICARAGUA 001-800-5077267 www.samsung.com/latin/support (Spanish)
www.samsung.com/latin_en/support (English)
PANAMA 800-0101 www.samsung.com/latin/support (Spanish)
www.samsung.com/latin_en/support (English)
PERU 0800-777-08 www.samsung.com/pe/support
PUERTO RICO 1-800-682-3180 www.samsung.com/latin/support (Spanish)
www.samsung.com/latin_en/support (English)
TRINIDAD &
TOBAGO
1-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864) www.samsung.com/latin/support (Spanish)
www.samsung.com/latin_en/support (English)
VENEZUELA 0-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864) www.samsung.com/ve/support
(Sólo Mexico)
IMPORTADO POR : SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS MÉXICO S.A. DE C.V.
GENERAL MARIANO ESCOBEDO 476 PISO 8
COL. ANZURES, DELEGACIÓN MIGUEL HIDALGO MÉXICO, DISTRITO
FEDERAL C.P. 11590
TEL : 01 (55) 5747-5100 / 01 800 726 7864
y Remote Control & Batteries (AAA x 2)
y Warranty Card / Regulatory Guide
y Owner’s Instructions
y Power Cord
y Wall Mount Adapter (4EA)
y AC/DC Adapter
Display Modes (HDMI/DVI Input)
Optimal resolution
4 series:1366 x 768@60Hz
Mode Resolution
Horizontal
Frequency (KHz)
Vertical
Frequency (Hz)
Pixel Clock
Frequency
(MHz)
Sync
Polarity
(H / V)
1366 x 768
IBM 720 x 400 31,469 70,087 28,322 -/+
c
MAC
640 x 480 35,000 66,667 30,240 -/-
c
832 x 624 49,726 74,551 57,284 -/-
c
1152 x 870 68,681 75,062 100,000 -/-
VESA DMT
640 x 480 31,469 59,940 25,175 -/-
c
640 x 480 37,861 72,809 31,500 -/-
c
640 x 480 37,500 75,000 31,500 -/-
c
800 x 600 37,879 60,317 40,000 +/+
c
800 x 600 48,077 72,188 50,000 +/+
c
800 x 600 46,875 75,000 49,500 +/+
c
1024 x 768 48,363 60,004 65,000 -/-
c
1024 x 768 56,476 70,069 75,000 -/-
c
1024 x 768 60,023 75,029 78,750 +/+
c
1152 x 864 67,500 75,000 108,000 +/+
1280 x 720 45,000 60,000 74,250 +/+
c
1280 x 800 49,702 59,810 83,500 -/+
1280 x 1024 63,981 60,020 108,000 +/+
1280 x 1024 79,976 75,025 135,000 +/+
1366 x 768 47,712 59,790 85,500 +/+
c
1440 x 900 55,935 59,887 106,500 -/+
1600 x 900RB 60,000 60,000 108,000 +/+
1680 x 1050 65,290 59,954 146,250 -/+
1920 x 1080 67,500 60,000 148,500 +/+
Installing batteries (Battery size: AAA)
NOTE
• Use the remote control within 23 feet from TV.
• Bright light may affect the performance of the remote control.
Avoid use when nearby fluorescent lights or neon signs.
• The Color and shape may vary depending on the model.
Remote Control
Press to select additional channels (digital) being
broadcasted by the same station. For example, to
select channel ‘54-3’, press ‘54’, then press ‘-’ and ‘3’.
Returns to the previous channel.
Press to directly access to channels.
Turns the TV on and off.
Use these buttons in a specific feature.
E-MANUAL: Not available.
PIC SIZE: Lets you choose the picture size.
: Turns the Sports Mode on or off.
Cuts off the sound temporarily.
Not available.
Displays the channel list on the screen.
Displays information on the TV screen.
Quickly select frequently used functions.
Selects the on-screen menu items and changes the
values seen on the menu.
Exit the menu.
Returns to the previous menu.
Displays and selects the available video
sources.
Use these buttons according to the direction
on screen.
Changes channels.
Displays the main on-screen menu.
Views the Media Play.
Adjusts the volume.
MEDIA.P GUIDE
E-MANUAL
PIC SIZE
FÚTBOL
The button names above may differ from the actual names.
Some buttons on the remote control may not be available.
This remote control has Braille points on the Power, Channel, Volume, and Enter buttons and can be used by visually impaired persons.
ANT OUT
WR
R W
AUDIO OUT
R-AUDIO-L
COMPONENT OUT
PR PB Y
R B
R B RG
R
G
OPTICAL
DVI OUT
HDMI OUT
AUDIO OUT
R-AUDIO-L
VIDEO OUT
WR
Y
R R
Y
W
TV Rear Panel
VCR
AV Device (2)
Using Audio/Video Cables
Blu-ray player
AV Device (3)
Using a Component
Cable (up to 1080p)
Media Play
Using a USB Drive
AV Device (1)
Using an HDMI Cable
(up to 1080p)
PC
Using an HDMI Cable or
an HDMI to DVI Cable. Use
the PC speakers for audio.
Audio Device
Using an Optical
(Digital) Cable
Digital Audio System
Blu-ray player / DVD /
cable box / sat box
PC
or
VHF/UHF Antenna
Cable
- 2 -- 1 -
- 6 -- 5 -
- 3 -
- 7 -
- 4 -
- 8 -
[J4000-ZX-BF]BN68-07180Y-00ENG.indb 1 2015-07-28 오후 3:49:07
Loading page 2...
Loading page 3...
Loading page 4...
Loading page 5...
Loading page 6...
Loading page 7...
Loading page 8...
Loading page 9...
Loading page 10...
Loading page 11...
Loading page 12...
Loading page 13...
Loading page 14...
Loading page 15...
Loading page 16...

User Manual - Transcript

  • Page 1 - English - : Connections y For the best picture and audio quality connect digital devices using an HDMI cable y If you connect an external device to the TV that uses an older version of HDMI the video and audio may not work If this occurs ask the manufacturer of the device about the HDMI version and if it is out of date request an upgrade y Be sure to purchase a certified HDMI cable Otherwise the picture may not display or a connection error may occur y PCDVI AUDIO IN input is not supported y For an HDMI to DVI cable connection you must use the HDMI IN 2 DVI port y Connecting through the HDMI cable may not be supported depending on the PC y If an HDMI to DVI cable is connected to the HDMI IN 2 DVI port the audio does not work y For Settop box connection using HDMI cable we highly recommend you to connect the HDMI IN 1 STB port Getting Started Accessories Input Cables Sold Separately y Audio y Composite AV y Component y Coaxial RF y HDMI y HDMIDVI Make sure you have the correct cable before plugging it in Illustrations of common plugs and jacks are shown below Cable Plugs PortsJacks Do not plug in opposite or wrong direction It could damage the TV port HDMI USB Optical Do not plug cables in upside down Be sure to check the orientation of the plug before plugging it in TV Controller The TVs Controller on the bottom right side of the TV lets you control the TV without the remote control Turns the TV on or off Changes channels Adjusts the volume Displays and selects the available video sources Control Menu Remote control sensorTV Controller The product color and shape may vary depending on the model You cannot input the numbers by pressing the TVs controller If you press it first the control menu appears You can select the function by pressing and holding the TVs controller With the TVs Controller you cannot perform other operations except for turning the TV on or off changing the channel adjusting the volume and switching the input source Plug amp Play Initial Setup When you turn the TV on for the first time a sequence of screens and onscreen prompts will assist you in configuring the TVs basic settings Press the POWER button Plug amp Play is available only when the Input source is set to TV Set the initial setup following instructions that the TV guides Connecting the power cord and antenna refer to Connections Channel Menu Seeing Channels Channel List Add delete or set Favorite channels and use the program guide for digital broadcasts Select a channel in the All Channels Added Channels Favorite or Programmed screen by pressing the buttons and pressing the ENTER E button Then you can watch the selected channel All Channels Shows all currently available channels Added Channels Shows all added channels Favorite Shows all favorite channels Programmed Shows all currently reserved programs Using the remote control buttons with the Channel List x Green Zoom Enlarges or shrinks a channel number x Yellow Select Selects multiple channel lists Select desired channels and press the Yellow button to set all the selected channels at the same time The c mark appears to the left of the selected channels x T Tools Displays the Channel List option menu The Options menus may differ depending on the situation Channel Status Display icons y c A channel selected y A channel set as a Favorite y A reserved program y A program currently being broadcast Memorizing channels Antenna Switch to Cable Switch to Air t Before your television can begin memorizing the available channels you must specify the type of signal source that is connected to the TV ie an Air or a Cable system Auto Program When selecting the Cable TV system Selects the cable system STD HRC and IRC identify various types of cable TV systems Contact your local cable company to identify the type of cable system that exists in your particular area At this point the signal source has been selected After all the available channels are stored it starts to remove scrambled channels The Auto Program menu then reappears Press the ENTER E button to stop the channel store during Auto Program How to Stop Auto Programming 1 Press the ENTER E button 2 A message will ask Stop Auto Program Select Yes by pressing the or button 3 Press the ENTER E button Other Features Clear Scrambled Channel This function filters out scrambled channels after Auto Program is completed This process may take up to 2030 minutes Press the ENTER E button to stop the Clear Scrambled Channel This function is only available in Cable mode Channel List Channel List Option Menu O Channel List t Set each channel using the Channel List menu options Option menu items may differ depending on the channel status Add Delete Delete or add a channel to display the channels you want All deleted channels will be shown on the All Channels menu A graycolored channel indicates the channel has been deleted The Add menu only appears for deleted channels Delete a channel from the Added Channels or Favorite menu in the same manner Add to Favorite Delete from Favorite t Set channels you watch frequently as Favorites Timer Viewing You can set a desired channel to be displayed automatically at the set time even when you are watching another channel Set the current time first to use this function Only memorized channels can be reserved Reserved programs will be displayed in the Programmed menu When a digital channel is selected press the Next Program button to view the digital program If you select the ENTER E Schedule button on the next program you can set Timer Viewing directly Channel Name Edit analog channels only Assign your own channel name Select All Select all the channels in the channel list Deselect All Deselect all the selected channels You can only select Deselect All when one or more channels are selected Auto Program Scans for a channel automatically and stores in the TV Programmed in Channel List O Channel List Programmed t You can view modify or delete a show you have reserved to watch Change Info Change a show you have reserved to watch Cancel Schedules Cancel a show you have reserved to watch Information Display a show you have reserved to watch You can also change the reservation Information Select All Deselect All You can select or deselect all channels in the channel list Channel Mode Change the channel mode directly between Added Channels and Favorite Channels The Favorite Channels is enabled only when you set Add to Favorite Fine Tune analog channels only If the reception is clear you do not have to fine tune the channel as this is done automatically during the search and store operation If the signal is weak or distorted fine tune the channel manually Fine tuned channels that have been saved are marked with an asterisk on the righthand side of the channel number in the channel banner To reset the finetuning select Reset Picture Menu Mode t Select your preferred picture type When connecting a PC you can only select Entertain and Standard Dynamic Suitable for a bright room Standard Suitable for a normal environment Movie Suitable for watching movies in a dark room Entertain Suitable for watching movies and games Only available when connecting a PC Backlight Contrast Brightness Sharpness Color Tint GR Your television has several setting options for picture quality control When connecting a PC you can only make changes to Backlight Contrast Brightness and Sharpness Picture Options When connecting a PC you can only make changes to the Color Tone Size and HDMI Black Level Color Tone Cool makes the picture bluer cooler Warm make the picture redder warmer Size Your cable boxsatellite receiver may have its own set of screen sizes as well However we highly recommend you use 169 mode most of the time The menu is deactivated when the H 264 1080p DTV is being played 169 Sets the picture to 169 wide mode Zoom1 Use for moderate magnification Zoom2 Use for a stronger magnification Wide Fit Enlarges the aspect ratio of the picture to fit the entire screen 43 Sets the picture to basic 43 mode Do not watch in 43 format for a long time Traces of borders displayed on the left right and center of the screen may cause image retention screen burn which are not covered by the warranty Screen Fit DTV Displays the full image without any cutoff when HDMI 720p 1080i 1080p or Component 1080i 1080p signals are inputted HD High Definition 169 1080i1080p 1920x1080 720p 1280x720 Settings can be adjusted and stored for each external device you have connected to an input on the TV Picture Sizes available by Input Source Input Source Picture Size ATV AV Component 480i 480p 169 Zoom1 Zoom2 43 DTV 1080i Component 1080i 1080p HDMI 720p 1080i 1080p 169 Wide Fit 43 Screen Fit Digital Clean View If the broadcast signal received by your TV is weak you can activate the Digital Clean View feature to reduce any static and ghosting that may appear on the screen When the signal is weak try other options until the best picture is displayed HDMI Black Level Selects the black level on the screen to adjust the screen depth Available only in HDMI mode RGB signals Film Mode Sets the TV to automatically sense and process film signals from all sources and adjusts the picture for optimum quality Available in ATV DTVinterlace AV COMPONENT 480i 1080i and HDMI 480i 1080i Motion Lighting Off On Reduce power consumption by brightness control adapted motion Available in Standard mode only Picture Reset Resets your current picture mode to its default settings Reset Picture Mode Returns all picture values in the currently selected mode to the default settings Sound Menu Mode t Standard Selects the normal sound mode Music Emphasizes music over voices Movie Provides the best sound for movies Clear Voice Emphasizes voices over other sounds Equalizer standard sound mode only Balance LR Adjusts the balance between the right and left speaker 100Hz 300Hz 1kHz 3kHz 10kHz Bandwidth Adjustment Adjusts the level of specific bandwidth frequencies Reset Resets the equalizer to its default settings DTS TruSurround standard sound mode only DTS TruSurround is a patented DTS technology that solves the problem of playing 51 multichannel content over two speakers TruSurround delivers a compelling virtual surround sound experience through any twospeaker playback system including internal television speakers It is fully compatible with all multichannel formats Preferred Language digital channels only DigitalTV broadcasts are capable of simultaneous transmission of many audio tracks for example simultaneous translations of the program into foreign languages You can only select a language from among the ones being broadcasted MultiTrack Sound analog channels only Mono Choose for channels that are broadcasting in mono or if you are having difficulty receiving a stereo signal Stereo Choose for channels that are broadcasting in stereo SAP Choose to listen to the Separate Audio Program which is usually a foreignlanguage translation Depending on the program being broadcast you can listen to Mono Stereo or SAP Auto Volume Because each broadcasting station has its own signal conditions the volume may fluctuate each time channel is changed This feature lets you automatically adjust the volume of the desired channel by lowering the sound output when the modulation signal is high or by raising the sound output when the modulation signal is low SPDIF Output The SPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFace outputs an uncompressed digital audio signal when you connect the digital audio jack on the back of the TV to a digital audio in jack on a receiver or home theater Audio Format You can select the Digital Audio output SPDIF format The available Digital Audio output SPDIF format may differ depending on the input source Audio Delay Lets you correct timing mismatches between the audio track and the video when you are watching the TV and listening to digital audio output from the TV through an external device such as an AV receiver When you select Audio Delay a slider appears Use the left and right arrow buttons to adjust the slider Press ENTER E when done 0ms 250ms Speaker Select If you are listening to the sound track of a broadcast or movie through an external receiver you may hear a sound echo caused by the difference in decoding speed between the TVs speakers and the speakers attached to your audio receiver If this occurs set the TV to External Speaker When you set Speaker Select to External Speaker the TVs speakers are turned off You will hear sound through the external speakers only When you set Speaker Select to TV Speaker both the TVs speakers and the external speakers are on You will hear sound through both When Speaker Select is set to External Speaker the VOLUME and MUTE buttons will not operate and the sound settings will be limited If there is no video signal both the TVs speakers and the external speakers will be mute Visual Impaired digital channels only Adds verbal description to the main audio to help the visually impaired Dolby Digital Comp Set Dolby Digital compression mode Sound Reset Reset All Resets all sound settings to the factory defaults Setup Menu Language Set the menu language Choose between English Español and Français Setting the Time Time The current time will appear every time you press the INFO button Clock Setting the clock is for using various timer features of the TV If you disconnect the power cord you have to set the clock again Clock Mode Set the current time manually or automatically Clock Set Set the Month Day Year Hour Minute and ampm Available only when Clock Mode is set to Manual Time Zone Select your time zone DST Daylight Saving Time Switches the DST Daylight Saving Time function on or off DST and Time Zone function is only available when the Clock Mode is set to Auto Sleep Timer t Automatically shuts off the TV after a preset period of time 30 60 90 120 150 and 180 minutes To cancel the Sleep Timer select Off Timer 1 Timer 2 Timer 3 Three different on off timer settings can be made You must set the clock first On Time Off Time Set the hour minute ampm and Activate Inactivate To activate the timer with the setting you have chosen set to Activate Volume Set the desired volume level Contents When the On Time is activated you can turn on a specific channel or play back contents such as photo or audio files TVUSB Select TV or USB Make sure that an USB device is connected to your TV Antenna Displays the current antenna source Channel Select the desired channel MusicPhoto Select the folder containing MP3JPEG files on the USB device The maximum displayed number of files including sub folders in one folder of USB storage device is 2000 The media may not be playing smoothly when using the device lower than USB 20 Repeat Select Once Everyday MonFri MonSat SatSun or Manual to set at you convenience If you select Manual you can set up the day you want to activate the timer Other Features Game Mode When connecting to a game console such as PlayStation or Xbox you can enjoy a more realistic gaming experience by selecting the game menu Precautions and limitations for game mode x To disconnect the game console and connect another external device set Game Mode to Off in the setup menu x If you display the TV menu in Game Mode the screen shakes slightly x Game Mode is not available when the input source is set to TV x After connecting the game console set Game Mode to On Unfortunately you may notice reduced picture quality LED TV user manual 2015 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd All rights reserved Changing the Input Source Source List Use to select TV or an external input source such as a DVD player Blu ray player cable box STB satellite receiver 1 Press the SOURCE button 2 Select a desired external input source TV AV Component HDMI1 HDMI2DVI You can only choose external devices that are connected to the TV In the Source List connected inputs will be highlighted How to use Edit Name Edit Name lets you associate a device name to an input source To access Edit Name press the TOOLS button in Source List Name the device connected to the input jacks to make your input source selection easier When connecting a PC to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI cable you should set the TV to PC mode under Edit Name When connecting a PC to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI to DVI cable you should set the TV to DVI PC mode under Edit Name When connecting an AV devices to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI to DVI cable you should set the TV to DVI mode under Edit Name Information You can see detailed information about the connected external device The slots and openings in the cabinet and in the back or bottom are provided for necessary ventilation To ensure reliable operation of this apparatus and to protect it from overheating these slots and openings must never be blocked or covered Do not cover the slots and openings with a cloth or other materials Do not block the slots and openings by placing this apparatus on a bed sofa rug or other similar surface Do not place this apparatus in a confined space such as a bookcase or builtin cabinet unless proper ventilation is provided Do not place this apparatus near or over a radiator or heat register or where it is exposed to direct sunlight Do not place a vessel containing water vases etc on this apparatus as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock Do not expose this apparatus to rain or place it near water near a bathtub washbowl kitchen sink or laundry tub in a wet basement or near a swimming pool etc If this apparatus accidentally gets wet unplug it and contact an authorized dealer immediately Make sure to pull out the power cord from the outlet before cleaning This apparatus use batteries In your community there might be regulations that require you to dispose of these batteries properly to protect the environment Please contact your local authorities for disposal or recycling information Do not overload wall outlets extension cords or adaptors beyond their capacity since this can result in fire or electric shock Powersupply cords should be routed so that they are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against them Pay particular attention to cords at the plug end where connected to adaptors and at the point where they exit from the apparatus To protect this apparatus from a lightning storm or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system This will prevent damage to the set due to lightning and power line surges Before connecting the AC power cord to the DC adaptor outlet make sure the voltage designation of the DC adaptor corresponds to the local electrical supply depending on the model Never insert anything metallic into the open parts of this apparatus Doing so may create a danger of electric shock To avoid electric shock never touch the inside of this apparatus Only a qualified technician should open this apparatus Make sure to plug the power cord in until it is firmly inserted Pull on the plug not the cord when removing the power cord from the outlet Do not touch the power cord with wet hands If this apparatus does not operate normally in particular if there are any unusual sounds or smells coming from it unplug it immediately and contact an authorized dealer or service center Be sure to pull the power plug out of the outlet if the TV is to remain unused or if you are to leave the house for an extended period of time especially when children elderly or disabled people will be left alone in the house Accumulated dust can cause an electric shock an electric leakage or a fire by causing the power cord to generate sparks and heat or cause the insulation to deteriorate Be sure to contact an authorized service center when installing your set in a location with heavy dust high or low temperatures high humidity chemical substances or where it will operate for 24 hours a day such as in an airport a train station etc Failure to do so may cause serious damage to your set Use only a properly grounded plug and receptacle An improper ground may cause electric shock or equipment damage Class l Equipment only To turn off the apparatus completely you must pull the power plug out of the wall socket Consequently the power plug should be readily accessible at all times Do not allow children to hang onto the product Store the accessories batteries etc in a location safely out of the reach of children Do not install the product in an unstable location such as a shaky self a slanted floor or a location exposed to vibration Do not drop or impart a shock to the product If the product is damaged disconnect the power cord and contact a service center To clean the product unplug the power cord from the power outlet and wipe the product using a soft cloth dipped in a small amount of water Do not use any chemicals such as wax benzene alcohol thinners insecticide air freshener lubricant or detergent This may damage the appearance or erase the printing on the product Do not expose the apparatus to dripping or splashing Do not dispose of batteries in a fire Do not short circuit disassemble or overheat the batteries There is a danger of explosion if you replace the batteries with the wrong type of battery Replace only with the same or equivalent type WARNING TO PREVENT THE SPREAD OF FIRE KEEP CANDLES OR OTHER OPEN FLAMES AWAY FROM THIS PRODUCT AT ALL TIMES Warning Important Safety Instructions Please read the safety instructions below before installing and using the product CAUTION CAUTION TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER OR BACK THERE ARE NO USER SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER ALL SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN This symbol indicates that high voltage is present inside It is dangerous to make any kind of contact with any internal part of this product This symbol indicates that important literature concerning operation and maintenance has been included with this product Make sure to rest the ACDC Adapter flat on a table or the floor If you place the ACDC Adapter so that it is hanging with the AC cord input facing upwards water or other foreign substances could enter the Adapter and cause the Adapter to malfunction BN6807180Y00 Figures and illustrations in this User Manual are provided for reference only and may differ from actual product appearance Product design and specifications may be changed without notice Still image warning Avoid displaying still images such as jpeg picture files or still image elements such as TV channel logos panorama or 43 image format stock or news bars at screen bottom etc on the screen Constant displaying of still pictures can cause ghosting of LED screen which will affect image quality To reduce risk of this effect please follow below recommendations y Avoid displaying the same TV channel for long periods y Always try to display any image on full screen use TV set picture format menu for best possible match y Reduce brightness and contrast values to minimum required to achieve desired picture quality exceeded values may speed up the burnout process y Frequently use all TV features designed to reduce image retention and screen burnout refer to proper user manual section for details Securing the Installation Space Keep the required distances between the product and other objects eg walls to ensure proper ventilation Failing to do so may result in fire or a problem with the product due to an increase in the internal temperature of the product When using a stand or wallmount use parts provided by Samsung Electronics only If you use parts provided by another manufacturer it may result in a problem with the product or an injury due to the product falling The appearance may differ depending on the product Be careful when you contact the TV because some parts can be somewhat hot Installation with a stand Installation with a wallmount 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches Contact SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE If you have any questions or comments relating to Samsung products please contact the SAMSUNG customer care center Country Customer Care Center Web Site MEXICO 01800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcommxsupport Dirección General Mariano Escobedo 476 Piso 8 Col Anzures Delegación Miguel Hidalgo Distrito Federal CP 11590 ARGENTINE 0800555SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar URUGUAY 0800SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar PARAGUAY 080011SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar BRAZIL 0800124421 Demais cidades e regiões 40040000 Capitais e grandes centros wwwsamsungcombrsupport CHILE 800SAMSUNG7267864 wwwsamsungcomclsupport BOLIVIA 800107260 wwwsamsungcomclsupport COLOMBIA Bogotá en el 600 12 72 Sin costo en todo el pais 01 8000 112 112 Y desde tu celular 726 wwwsamsungcomco COSTA RICA 008001SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 18007512676 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English ECUADOR 1800SAMSUNG 726786 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English EL SALVADOR 8000SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English GUATEMALA 18002990033 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English HONDURAS 80027919111 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English JAMAICA 1800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English NICARAGUA 0018005077267 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English PANAMA 8000101 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English PERU 080077708 wwwsamsungcompesupport PUERTO RICO 18006823180 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English TRINIDAD amp TOBAGO 1800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English VENEZUELA 0800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomvesupport Sólo Mexico IMPORTADO POR SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS MÉXICO SA DE CV GENERAL MARIANO ESCOBEDO 476 PISO 8 COL ANZURES DELEGACIÓN MIGUEL HIDALGO MÉXICO DISTRITO FEDERAL CP 11590 TEL 01 55 57475100 01 800 726 7864 y Remote Control amp Batteries AAA x 2 y Warranty Card Regulatory Guide y Owners Instructions y Power Cord y Wall Mount Adapter 4EA y ACDC Adapter Display Modes HDMIDVI Input Optimal resolution 4 series1366 x 76860Hz Mode Resolution Horizontal Frequency KHz Vertical Frequency Hz Pixel Clock Frequency MHz Sync Polarity H V 1366 x 768 IBM 720 x 400 31469 70087 28322 c MAC 640 x 480 35000 66667 30240 c 832 x 624 49726 74551 57284 c 1152 x 870 68681 75062 100000 VESA DMT 640 x 480 31469 59940 25175 c 640 x 480 37861 72809 31500 c 640 x 480 37500 75000 31500 c 800 x 600 37879 60317 40000 c 800 x 600 48077 72188 50000 c 800 x 600 46875 75000 49500 c 1024 x 768 48363 60004 65000 c 1024 x 768 56476 70069 75000 c 1024 x 768 60023 75029 78750 c 1152 x 864 67500 75000 108000 1280 x 720 45000 60000 74250 c 1280 x 800 49702 59810 83500 1280 x 1024 63981 60020 108000 1280 x 1024 79976 75025 135000 1366 x 768 47712 59790 85500 c 1440 x 900 55935 59887 106500 1600 x 900RB 60000 60000 108000 1680 x 1050 65290 59954 146250 1920 x 1080 67500 60000 148500 Installing batteries Battery size AAA NOTE Use the remote control within 23 feet from TV Bright light may affect the performance of the remote control Avoid use when nearby fluorescent lights or neon signs The Color and shape may vary depending on the model Remote Control Press to select additional channels digital being broadcasted by the same station For example to select channel 543 press 54 then press and 3 Returns to the previous channel Press to directly access to channels Turns the TV on and off Use these buttons in a specific feature EMANUAL Not available PIC SIZE Lets you choose the picture size Turns the Sports Mode on or off Cuts off the sound temporarily Not available Displays the channel list on the screen Displays information on the TV screen Quickly select frequently used functions Selects the onscreen menu items and changes the values seen on the menu Exit the menu Returns to the previous menu Displays and selects the available video sources Use these buttons according to the direction on screen Changes channels Displays the main onscreen menu Views the Media Play Adjusts the volume MEDIAP GUIDE EMANUAL PIC SIZE FÚTBOL The button names above may differ from the actual names Some buttons on the remote control may not be available This remote control has Braille points on the Power Channel Volume and Enter buttons and can be used by visually impaired persons ANT OUT WR R W AUDIO OUT RAUDIOL COMPONENT OUT PR PB Y R B R B RG R G OPTICAL DVI OUT HDMI OUT AUDIO OUT RAUDIOL VIDEO OUT WR Y R R Y W TV Rear Panel VCR AV Device 2 Using AudioVideo Cables Bluray player AV Device 3 Using a Component Cable up to 1080p Media Play Using a USB Drive AV Device 1 Using an HDMI Cable up to 1080p PC Using an HDMI Cable or an HDMI to DVI Cable Use the PC speakers for audio Audio Device Using an Optical Digital Cable Digital Audio System Bluray player DVD cable box sat box PC or VHFUHF Antenna Cable 2 1 6 5 3 7 4 8 J4000ZXBFBN6807180Y00ENGindb 1 20150728 오후 34907
  • Page 2 - English - : Connections y For the best picture and audio quality connect digital devices using an HDMI cable y If you connect an external device to the TV that uses an older version of HDMI the video and audio may not work If this occurs ask the manufacturer of the device about the HDMI version and if it is out of date request an upgrade y Be sure to purchase a certified HDMI cable Otherwise the picture may not display or a connection error may occur y PCDVI AUDIO IN input is not supported y For an HDMI to DVI cable connection you must use the HDMI IN 2 DVI port y Connecting through the HDMI cable may not be supported depending on the PC y If an HDMI to DVI cable is connected to the HDMI IN 2 DVI port the audio does not work y For Settop box connection using HDMI cable we highly recommend you to connect the HDMI IN 1 STB port Getting Started Accessories Input Cables Sold Separately y Audio y Composite AV y Component y Coaxial RF y HDMI y HDMIDVI Make sure you have the correct cable before plugging it in Illustrations of common plugs and jacks are shown below Cable Plugs PortsJacks Do not plug in opposite or wrong direction It could damage the TV port HDMI USB Optical Do not plug cables in upside down Be sure to check the orientation of the plug before plugging it in TV Controller The TVs Controller on the bottom right side of the TV lets you control the TV without the remote control Turns the TV on or off Changes channels Adjusts the volume Displays and selects the available video sources Control Menu Remote control sensorTV Controller The product color and shape may vary depending on the model You cannot input the numbers by pressing the TVs controller If you press it first the control menu appears You can select the function by pressing and holding the TVs controller With the TVs Controller you cannot perform other operations except for turning the TV on or off changing the channel adjusting the volume and switching the input source Plug amp Play Initial Setup When you turn the TV on for the first time a sequence of screens and onscreen prompts will assist you in configuring the TVs basic settings Press the POWER button Plug amp Play is available only when the Input source is set to TV Set the initial setup following instructions that the TV guides Connecting the power cord and antenna refer to Connections Channel Menu Seeing Channels Channel List Add delete or set Favorite channels and use the program guide for digital broadcasts Select a channel in the All Channels Added Channels Favorite or Programmed screen by pressing the buttons and pressing the ENTER E button Then you can watch the selected channel All Channels Shows all currently available channels Added Channels Shows all added channels Favorite Shows all favorite channels Programmed Shows all currently reserved programs Using the remote control buttons with the Channel List x Green Zoom Enlarges or shrinks a channel number x Yellow Select Selects multiple channel lists Select desired channels and press the Yellow button to set all the selected channels at the same time The c mark appears to the left of the selected channels x T Tools Displays the Channel List option menu The Options menus may differ depending on the situation Channel Status Display icons y c A channel selected y A channel set as a Favorite y A reserved program y A program currently being broadcast Memorizing channels Antenna Switch to Cable Switch to Air t Before your television can begin memorizing the available channels you must specify the type of signal source that is connected to the TV ie an Air or a Cable system Auto Program When selecting the Cable TV system Selects the cable system STD HRC and IRC identify various types of cable TV systems Contact your local cable company to identify the type of cable system that exists in your particular area At this point the signal source has been selected After all the available channels are stored it starts to remove scrambled channels The Auto Program menu then reappears Press the ENTER E button to stop the channel store during Auto Program How to Stop Auto Programming 1 Press the ENTER E button 2 A message will ask Stop Auto Program Select Yes by pressing the or button 3 Press the ENTER E button Other Features Clear Scrambled Channel This function filters out scrambled channels after Auto Program is completed This process may take up to 2030 minutes Press the ENTER E button to stop the Clear Scrambled Channel This function is only available in Cable mode Channel List Channel List Option Menu O Channel List t Set each channel using the Channel List menu options Option menu items may differ depending on the channel status Add Delete Delete or add a channel to display the channels you want All deleted channels will be shown on the All Channels menu A graycolored channel indicates the channel has been deleted The Add menu only appears for deleted channels Delete a channel from the Added Channels or Favorite menu in the same manner Add to Favorite Delete from Favorite t Set channels you watch frequently as Favorites Timer Viewing You can set a desired channel to be displayed automatically at the set time even when you are watching another channel Set the current time first to use this function Only memorized channels can be reserved Reserved programs will be displayed in the Programmed menu When a digital channel is selected press the Next Program button to view the digital program If you select the ENTER E Schedule button on the next program you can set Timer Viewing directly Channel Name Edit analog channels only Assign your own channel name Select All Select all the channels in the channel list Deselect All Deselect all the selected channels You can only select Deselect All when one or more channels are selected Auto Program Scans for a channel automatically and stores in the TV Programmed in Channel List O Channel List Programmed t You can view modify or delete a show you have reserved to watch Change Info Change a show you have reserved to watch Cancel Schedules Cancel a show you have reserved to watch Information Display a show you have reserved to watch You can also change the reservation Information Select All Deselect All You can select or deselect all channels in the channel list Channel Mode Change the channel mode directly between Added Channels and Favorite Channels The Favorite Channels is enabled only when you set Add to Favorite Fine Tune analog channels only If the reception is clear you do not have to fine tune the channel as this is done automatically during the search and store operation If the signal is weak or distorted fine tune the channel manually Fine tuned channels that have been saved are marked with an asterisk on the righthand side of the channel number in the channel banner To reset the finetuning select Reset Picture Menu Mode t Select your preferred picture type When connecting a PC you can only select Entertain and Standard Dynamic Suitable for a bright room Standard Suitable for a normal environment Movie Suitable for watching movies in a dark room Entertain Suitable for watching movies and games Only available when connecting a PC Backlight Contrast Brightness Sharpness Color Tint GR Your television has several setting options for picture quality control When connecting a PC you can only make changes to Backlight Contrast Brightness and Sharpness Picture Options When connecting a PC you can only make changes to the Color Tone Size and HDMI Black Level Color Tone Cool makes the picture bluer cooler Warm make the picture redder warmer Size Your cable boxsatellite receiver may have its own set of screen sizes as well However we highly recommend you use 169 mode most of the time The menu is deactivated when the H 264 1080p DTV is being played 169 Sets the picture to 169 wide mode Zoom1 Use for moderate magnification Zoom2 Use for a stronger magnification Wide Fit Enlarges the aspect ratio of the picture to fit the entire screen 43 Sets the picture to basic 43 mode Do not watch in 43 format for a long time Traces of borders displayed on the left right and center of the screen may cause image retention screen burn which are not covered by the warranty Screen Fit DTV Displays the full image without any cutoff when HDMI 720p 1080i 1080p or Component 1080i 1080p signals are inputted HD High Definition 169 1080i1080p 1920x1080 720p 1280x720 Settings can be adjusted and stored for each external device you have connected to an input on the TV Picture Sizes available by Input Source Input Source Picture Size ATV AV Component 480i 480p 169 Zoom1 Zoom2 43 DTV 1080i Component 1080i 1080p HDMI 720p 1080i 1080p 169 Wide Fit 43 Screen Fit Digital Clean View If the broadcast signal received by your TV is weak you can activate the Digital Clean View feature to reduce any static and ghosting that may appear on the screen When the signal is weak try other options until the best picture is displayed HDMI Black Level Selects the black level on the screen to adjust the screen depth Available only in HDMI mode RGB signals Film Mode Sets the TV to automatically sense and process film signals from all sources and adjusts the picture for optimum quality Available in ATV DTVinterlace AV COMPONENT 480i 1080i and HDMI 480i 1080i Motion Lighting Off On Reduce power consumption by brightness control adapted motion Available in Standard mode only Picture Reset Resets your current picture mode to its default settings Reset Picture Mode Returns all picture values in the currently selected mode to the default settings Sound Menu Mode t Standard Selects the normal sound mode Music Emphasizes music over voices Movie Provides the best sound for movies Clear Voice Emphasizes voices over other sounds Equalizer standard sound mode only Balance LR Adjusts the balance between the right and left speaker 100Hz 300Hz 1kHz 3kHz 10kHz Bandwidth Adjustment Adjusts the level of specific bandwidth frequencies Reset Resets the equalizer to its default settings DTS TruSurround standard sound mode only DTS TruSurround is a patented DTS technology that solves the problem of playing 51 multichannel content over two speakers TruSurround delivers a compelling virtual surround sound experience through any twospeaker playback system including internal television speakers It is fully compatible with all multichannel formats Preferred Language digital channels only DigitalTV broadcasts are capable of simultaneous transmission of many audio tracks for example simultaneous translations of the program into foreign languages You can only select a language from among the ones being broadcasted MultiTrack Sound analog channels only Mono Choose for channels that are broadcasting in mono or if you are having difficulty receiving a stereo signal Stereo Choose for channels that are broadcasting in stereo SAP Choose to listen to the Separate Audio Program which is usually a foreignlanguage translation Depending on the program being broadcast you can listen to Mono Stereo or SAP Auto Volume Because each broadcasting station has its own signal conditions the volume may fluctuate each time channel is changed This feature lets you automatically adjust the volume of the desired channel by lowering the sound output when the modulation signal is high or by raising the sound output when the modulation signal is low SPDIF Output The SPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFace outputs an uncompressed digital audio signal when you connect the digital audio jack on the back of the TV to a digital audio in jack on a receiver or home theater Audio Format You can select the Digital Audio output SPDIF format The available Digital Audio output SPDIF format may differ depending on the input source Audio Delay Lets you correct timing mismatches between the audio track and the video when you are watching the TV and listening to digital audio output from the TV through an external device such as an AV receiver When you select Audio Delay a slider appears Use the left and right arrow buttons to adjust the slider Press ENTER E when done 0ms 250ms Speaker Select If you are listening to the sound track of a broadcast or movie through an external receiver you may hear a sound echo caused by the difference in decoding speed between the TVs speakers and the speakers attached to your audio receiver If this occurs set the TV to External Speaker When you set Speaker Select to External Speaker the TVs speakers are turned off You will hear sound through the external speakers only When you set Speaker Select to TV Speaker both the TVs speakers and the external speakers are on You will hear sound through both When Speaker Select is set to External Speaker the VOLUME and MUTE buttons will not operate and the sound settings will be limited If there is no video signal both the TVs speakers and the external speakers will be mute Visual Impaired digital channels only Adds verbal description to the main audio to help the visually impaired Dolby Digital Comp Set Dolby Digital compression mode Sound Reset Reset All Resets all sound settings to the factory defaults Setup Menu Language Set the menu language Choose between English Español and Français Setting the Time Time The current time will appear every time you press the INFO button Clock Setting the clock is for using various timer features of the TV If you disconnect the power cord you have to set the clock again Clock Mode Set the current time manually or automatically Clock Set Set the Month Day Year Hour Minute and ampm Available only when Clock Mode is set to Manual Time Zone Select your time zone DST Daylight Saving Time Switches the DST Daylight Saving Time function on or off DST and Time Zone function is only available when the Clock Mode is set to Auto Sleep Timer t Automatically shuts off the TV after a preset period of time 30 60 90 120 150 and 180 minutes To cancel the Sleep Timer select Off Timer 1 Timer 2 Timer 3 Three different on off timer settings can be made You must set the clock first On Time Off Time Set the hour minute ampm and Activate Inactivate To activate the timer with the setting you have chosen set to Activate Volume Set the desired volume level Contents When the On Time is activated you can turn on a specific channel or play back contents such as photo or audio files TVUSB Select TV or USB Make sure that an USB device is connected to your TV Antenna Displays the current antenna source Channel Select the desired channel MusicPhoto Select the folder containing MP3JPEG files on the USB device The maximum displayed number of files including sub folders in one folder of USB storage device is 2000 The media may not be playing smoothly when using the device lower than USB 20 Repeat Select Once Everyday MonFri MonSat SatSun or Manual to set at you convenience If you select Manual you can set up the day you want to activate the timer Other Features Game Mode When connecting to a game console such as PlayStation or Xbox you can enjoy a more realistic gaming experience by selecting the game menu Precautions and limitations for game mode x To disconnect the game console and connect another external device set Game Mode to Off in the setup menu x If you display the TV menu in Game Mode the screen shakes slightly x Game Mode is not available when the input source is set to TV x After connecting the game console set Game Mode to On Unfortunately you may notice reduced picture quality LED TV user manual 2015 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd All rights reserved Changing the Input Source Source List Use to select TV or an external input source such as a DVD player Blu ray player cable box STB satellite receiver 1 Press the SOURCE button 2 Select a desired external input source TV AV Component HDMI1 HDMI2DVI You can only choose external devices that are connected to the TV In the Source List connected inputs will be highlighted How to use Edit Name Edit Name lets you associate a device name to an input source To access Edit Name press the TOOLS button in Source List Name the device connected to the input jacks to make your input source selection easier When connecting a PC to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI cable you should set the TV to PC mode under Edit Name When connecting a PC to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI to DVI cable you should set the TV to DVI PC mode under Edit Name When connecting an AV devices to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI to DVI cable you should set the TV to DVI mode under Edit Name Information You can see detailed information about the connected external device The slots and openings in the cabinet and in the back or bottom are provided for necessary ventilation To ensure reliable operation of this apparatus and to protect it from overheating these slots and openings must never be blocked or covered Do not cover the slots and openings with a cloth or other materials Do not block the slots and openings by placing this apparatus on a bed sofa rug or other similar surface Do not place this apparatus in a confined space such as a bookcase or builtin cabinet unless proper ventilation is provided Do not place this apparatus near or over a radiator or heat register or where it is exposed to direct sunlight Do not place a vessel containing water vases etc on this apparatus as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock Do not expose this apparatus to rain or place it near water near a bathtub washbowl kitchen sink or laundry tub in a wet basement or near a swimming pool etc If this apparatus accidentally gets wet unplug it and contact an authorized dealer immediately Make sure to pull out the power cord from the outlet before cleaning This apparatus use batteries In your community there might be regulations that require you to dispose of these batteries properly to protect the environment Please contact your local authorities for disposal or recycling information Do not overload wall outlets extension cords or adaptors beyond their capacity since this can result in fire or electric shock Powersupply cords should be routed so that they are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against them Pay particular attention to cords at the plug end where connected to adaptors and at the point where they exit from the apparatus To protect this apparatus from a lightning storm or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system This will prevent damage to the set due to lightning and power line surges Before connecting the AC power cord to the DC adaptor outlet make sure the voltage designation of the DC adaptor corresponds to the local electrical supply depending on the model Never insert anything metallic into the open parts of this apparatus Doing so may create a danger of electric shock To avoid electric shock never touch the inside of this apparatus Only a qualified technician should open this apparatus Make sure to plug the power cord in until it is firmly inserted Pull on the plug not the cord when removing the power cord from the outlet Do not touch the power cord with wet hands If this apparatus does not operate normally in particular if there are any unusual sounds or smells coming from it unplug it immediately and contact an authorized dealer or service center Be sure to pull the power plug out of the outlet if the TV is to remain unused or if you are to leave the house for an extended period of time especially when children elderly or disabled people will be left alone in the house Accumulated dust can cause an electric shock an electric leakage or a fire by causing the power cord to generate sparks and heat or cause the insulation to deteriorate Be sure to contact an authorized service center when installing your set in a location with heavy dust high or low temperatures high humidity chemical substances or where it will operate for 24 hours a day such as in an airport a train station etc Failure to do so may cause serious damage to your set Use only a properly grounded plug and receptacle An improper ground may cause electric shock or equipment damage Class l Equipment only To turn off the apparatus completely you must pull the power plug out of the wall socket Consequently the power plug should be readily accessible at all times Do not allow children to hang onto the product Store the accessories batteries etc in a location safely out of the reach of children Do not install the product in an unstable location such as a shaky self a slanted floor or a location exposed to vibration Do not drop or impart a shock to the product If the product is damaged disconnect the power cord and contact a service center To clean the product unplug the power cord from the power outlet and wipe the product using a soft cloth dipped in a small amount of water Do not use any chemicals such as wax benzene alcohol thinners insecticide air freshener lubricant or detergent This may damage the appearance or erase the printing on the product Do not expose the apparatus to dripping or splashing Do not dispose of batteries in a fire Do not short circuit disassemble or overheat the batteries There is a danger of explosion if you replace the batteries with the wrong type of battery Replace only with the same or equivalent type WARNING TO PREVENT THE SPREAD OF FIRE KEEP CANDLES OR OTHER OPEN FLAMES AWAY FROM THIS PRODUCT AT ALL TIMES Warning Important Safety Instructions Please read the safety instructions below before installing and using the product CAUTION CAUTION TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER OR BACK THERE ARE NO USER SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER ALL SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN This symbol indicates that high voltage is present inside It is dangerous to make any kind of contact with any internal part of this product This symbol indicates that important literature concerning operation and maintenance has been included with this product Make sure to rest the ACDC Adapter flat on a table or the floor If you place the ACDC Adapter so that it is hanging with the AC cord input facing upwards water or other foreign substances could enter the Adapter and cause the Adapter to malfunction BN6807180Y00 Figures and illustrations in this User Manual are provided for reference only and may differ from actual product appearance Product design and specifications may be changed without notice Still image warning Avoid displaying still images such as jpeg picture files or still image elements such as TV channel logos panorama or 43 image format stock or news bars at screen bottom etc on the screen Constant displaying of still pictures can cause ghosting of LED screen which will affect image quality To reduce risk of this effect please follow below recommendations y Avoid displaying the same TV channel for long periods y Always try to display any image on full screen use TV set picture format menu for best possible match y Reduce brightness and contrast values to minimum required to achieve desired picture quality exceeded values may speed up the burnout process y Frequently use all TV features designed to reduce image retention and screen burnout refer to proper user manual section for details Securing the Installation Space Keep the required distances between the product and other objects eg walls to ensure proper ventilation Failing to do so may result in fire or a problem with the product due to an increase in the internal temperature of the product When using a stand or wallmount use parts provided by Samsung Electronics only If you use parts provided by another manufacturer it may result in a problem with the product or an injury due to the product falling The appearance may differ depending on the product Be careful when you contact the TV because some parts can be somewhat hot Installation with a stand Installation with a wallmount 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches Contact SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE If you have any questions or comments relating to Samsung products please contact the SAMSUNG customer care center Country Customer Care Center Web Site MEXICO 01800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcommxsupport Dirección General Mariano Escobedo 476 Piso 8 Col Anzures Delegación Miguel Hidalgo Distrito Federal CP 11590 ARGENTINE 0800555SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar URUGUAY 0800SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar PARAGUAY 080011SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar BRAZIL 0800124421 Demais cidades e regiões 40040000 Capitais e grandes centros wwwsamsungcombrsupport CHILE 800SAMSUNG7267864 wwwsamsungcomclsupport BOLIVIA 800107260 wwwsamsungcomclsupport COLOMBIA Bogotá en el 600 12 72 Sin costo en todo el pais 01 8000 112 112 Y desde tu celular 726 wwwsamsungcomco COSTA RICA 008001SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 18007512676 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English ECUADOR 1800SAMSUNG 726786 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English EL SALVADOR 8000SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English GUATEMALA 18002990033 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English HONDURAS 80027919111 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English JAMAICA 1800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English NICARAGUA 0018005077267 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English PANAMA 8000101 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English PERU 080077708 wwwsamsungcompesupport PUERTO RICO 18006823180 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English TRINIDAD amp TOBAGO 1800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English VENEZUELA 0800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomvesupport Sólo Mexico IMPORTADO POR SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS MÉXICO SA DE CV GENERAL MARIANO ESCOBEDO 476 PISO 8 COL ANZURES DELEGACIÓN MIGUEL HIDALGO MÉXICO DISTRITO FEDERAL CP 11590 TEL 01 55 57475100 01 800 726 7864 y Remote Control amp Batteries AAA x 2 y Warranty Card Regulatory Guide y Owners Instructions y Power Cord y Wall Mount Adapter 4EA y ACDC Adapter Display Modes HDMIDVI Input Optimal resolution 4 series1366 x 76860Hz Mode Resolution Horizontal Frequency KHz Vertical Frequency Hz Pixel Clock Frequency MHz Sync Polarity H V 1366 x 768 IBM 720 x 400 31469 70087 28322 c MAC 640 x 480 35000 66667 30240 c 832 x 624 49726 74551 57284 c 1152 x 870 68681 75062 100000 VESA DMT 640 x 480 31469 59940 25175 c 640 x 480 37861 72809 31500 c 640 x 480 37500 75000 31500 c 800 x 600 37879 60317 40000 c 800 x 600 48077 72188 50000 c 800 x 600 46875 75000 49500 c 1024 x 768 48363 60004 65000 c 1024 x 768 56476 70069 75000 c 1024 x 768 60023 75029 78750 c 1152 x 864 67500 75000 108000 1280 x 720 45000 60000 74250 c 1280 x 800 49702 59810 83500 1280 x 1024 63981 60020 108000 1280 x 1024 79976 75025 135000 1366 x 768 47712 59790 85500 c 1440 x 900 55935 59887 106500 1600 x 900RB 60000 60000 108000 1680 x 1050 65290 59954 146250 1920 x 1080 67500 60000 148500 Installing batteries Battery size AAA NOTE Use the remote control within 23 feet from TV Bright light may affect the performance of the remote control Avoid use when nearby fluorescent lights or neon signs The Color and shape may vary depending on the model Remote Control Press to select additional channels digital being broadcasted by the same station For example to select channel 543 press 54 then press and 3 Returns to the previous channel Press to directly access to channels Turns the TV on and off Use these buttons in a specific feature EMANUAL Not available PIC SIZE Lets you choose the picture size Turns the Sports Mode on or off Cuts off the sound temporarily Not available Displays the channel list on the screen Displays information on the TV screen Quickly select frequently used functions Selects the onscreen menu items and changes the values seen on the menu Exit the menu Returns to the previous menu Displays and selects the available video sources Use these buttons according to the direction on screen Changes channels Displays the main onscreen menu Views the Media Play Adjusts the volume MEDIAP GUIDE EMANUAL PIC SIZE FÚTBOL The button names above may differ from the actual names Some buttons on the remote control may not be available This remote control has Braille points on the Power Channel Volume and Enter buttons and can be used by visually impaired persons ANT OUT WR R W AUDIO OUT RAUDIOL COMPONENT OUT PR PB Y R B R B RG R G OPTICAL DVI OUT HDMI OUT AUDIO OUT RAUDIOL VIDEO OUT WR Y R R Y W TV Rear Panel VCR AV Device 2 Using AudioVideo Cables Bluray player AV Device 3 Using a Component Cable up to 1080p Media Play Using a USB Drive AV Device 1 Using an HDMI Cable up to 1080p PC Using an HDMI Cable or an HDMI to DVI Cable Use the PC speakers for audio Audio Device Using an Optical Digital Cable Digital Audio System Bluray player DVD cable box sat box PC or VHFUHF Antenna Cable 2 1 6 5 3 7 4 8 J4000ZXBFBN6807180Y00ENGindb 1 20150728 오후 34907
  • Page 3 - English - : Connections y For the best picture and audio quality connect digital devices using an HDMI cable y If you connect an external device to the TV that uses an older version of HDMI the video and audio may not work If this occurs ask the manufacturer of the device about the HDMI version and if it is out of date request an upgrade y Be sure to purchase a certified HDMI cable Otherwise the picture may not display or a connection error may occur y PCDVI AUDIO IN input is not supported y For an HDMI to DVI cable connection you must use the HDMI IN 2 DVI port y Connecting through the HDMI cable may not be supported depending on the PC y If an HDMI to DVI cable is connected to the HDMI IN 2 DVI port the audio does not work y For Settop box connection using HDMI cable we highly recommend you to connect the HDMI IN 1 STB port Getting Started Accessories Input Cables Sold Separately y Audio y Composite AV y Component y Coaxial RF y HDMI y HDMIDVI Make sure you have the correct cable before plugging it in Illustrations of common plugs and jacks are shown below Cable Plugs PortsJacks Do not plug in opposite or wrong direction It could damage the TV port HDMI USB Optical Do not plug cables in upside down Be sure to check the orientation of the plug before plugging it in TV Controller The TVs Controller on the bottom right side of the TV lets you control the TV without the remote control Turns the TV on or off Changes channels Adjusts the volume Displays and selects the available video sources Control Menu Remote control sensorTV Controller The product color and shape may vary depending on the model You cannot input the numbers by pressing the TVs controller If you press it first the control menu appears You can select the function by pressing and holding the TVs controller With the TVs Controller you cannot perform other operations except for turning the TV on or off changing the channel adjusting the volume and switching the input source Plug amp Play Initial Setup When you turn the TV on for the first time a sequence of screens and onscreen prompts will assist you in configuring the TVs basic settings Press the POWER button Plug amp Play is available only when the Input source is set to TV Set the initial setup following instructions that the TV guides Connecting the power cord and antenna refer to Connections Channel Menu Seeing Channels Channel List Add delete or set Favorite channels and use the program guide for digital broadcasts Select a channel in the All Channels Added Channels Favorite or Programmed screen by pressing the buttons and pressing the ENTER E button Then you can watch the selected channel All Channels Shows all currently available channels Added Channels Shows all added channels Favorite Shows all favorite channels Programmed Shows all currently reserved programs Using the remote control buttons with the Channel List x Green Zoom Enlarges or shrinks a channel number x Yellow Select Selects multiple channel lists Select desired channels and press the Yellow button to set all the selected channels at the same time The c mark appears to the left of the selected channels x T Tools Displays the Channel List option menu The Options menus may differ depending on the situation Channel Status Display icons y c A channel selected y A channel set as a Favorite y A reserved program y A program currently being broadcast Memorizing channels Antenna Switch to Cable Switch to Air t Before your television can begin memorizing the available channels you must specify the type of signal source that is connected to the TV ie an Air or a Cable system Auto Program When selecting the Cable TV system Selects the cable system STD HRC and IRC identify various types of cable TV systems Contact your local cable company to identify the type of cable system that exists in your particular area At this point the signal source has been selected After all the available channels are stored it starts to remove scrambled channels The Auto Program menu then reappears Press the ENTER E button to stop the channel store during Auto Program How to Stop Auto Programming 1 Press the ENTER E button 2 A message will ask Stop Auto Program Select Yes by pressing the or button 3 Press the ENTER E button Other Features Clear Scrambled Channel This function filters out scrambled channels after Auto Program is completed This process may take up to 2030 minutes Press the ENTER E button to stop the Clear Scrambled Channel This function is only available in Cable mode Channel List Channel List Option Menu O Channel List t Set each channel using the Channel List menu options Option menu items may differ depending on the channel status Add Delete Delete or add a channel to display the channels you want All deleted channels will be shown on the All Channels menu A graycolored channel indicates the channel has been deleted The Add menu only appears for deleted channels Delete a channel from the Added Channels or Favorite menu in the same manner Add to Favorite Delete from Favorite t Set channels you watch frequently as Favorites Timer Viewing You can set a desired channel to be displayed automatically at the set time even when you are watching another channel Set the current time first to use this function Only memorized channels can be reserved Reserved programs will be displayed in the Programmed menu When a digital channel is selected press the Next Program button to view the digital program If you select the ENTER E Schedule button on the next program you can set Timer Viewing directly Channel Name Edit analog channels only Assign your own channel name Select All Select all the channels in the channel list Deselect All Deselect all the selected channels You can only select Deselect All when one or more channels are selected Auto Program Scans for a channel automatically and stores in the TV Programmed in Channel List O Channel List Programmed t You can view modify or delete a show you have reserved to watch Change Info Change a show you have reserved to watch Cancel Schedules Cancel a show you have reserved to watch Information Display a show you have reserved to watch You can also change the reservation Information Select All Deselect All You can select or deselect all channels in the channel list Channel Mode Change the channel mode directly between Added Channels and Favorite Channels The Favorite Channels is enabled only when you set Add to Favorite Fine Tune analog channels only If the reception is clear you do not have to fine tune the channel as this is done automatically during the search and store operation If the signal is weak or distorted fine tune the channel manually Fine tuned channels that have been saved are marked with an asterisk on the righthand side of the channel number in the channel banner To reset the finetuning select Reset Picture Menu Mode t Select your preferred picture type When connecting a PC you can only select Entertain and Standard Dynamic Suitable for a bright room Standard Suitable for a normal environment Movie Suitable for watching movies in a dark room Entertain Suitable for watching movies and games Only available when connecting a PC Backlight Contrast Brightness Sharpness Color Tint GR Your television has several setting options for picture quality control When connecting a PC you can only make changes to Backlight Contrast Brightness and Sharpness Picture Options When connecting a PC you can only make changes to the Color Tone Size and HDMI Black Level Color Tone Cool makes the picture bluer cooler Warm make the picture redder warmer Size Your cable boxsatellite receiver may have its own set of screen sizes as well However we highly recommend you use 169 mode most of the time The menu is deactivated when the H 264 1080p DTV is being played 169 Sets the picture to 169 wide mode Zoom1 Use for moderate magnification Zoom2 Use for a stronger magnification Wide Fit Enlarges the aspect ratio of the picture to fit the entire screen 43 Sets the picture to basic 43 mode Do not watch in 43 format for a long time Traces of borders displayed on the left right and center of the screen may cause image retention screen burn which are not covered by the warranty Screen Fit DTV Displays the full image without any cutoff when HDMI 720p 1080i 1080p or Component 1080i 1080p signals are inputted HD High Definition 169 1080i1080p 1920x1080 720p 1280x720 Settings can be adjusted and stored for each external device you have connected to an input on the TV Picture Sizes available by Input Source Input Source Picture Size ATV AV Component 480i 480p 169 Zoom1 Zoom2 43 DTV 1080i Component 1080i 1080p HDMI 720p 1080i 1080p 169 Wide Fit 43 Screen Fit Digital Clean View If the broadcast signal received by your TV is weak you can activate the Digital Clean View feature to reduce any static and ghosting that may appear on the screen When the signal is weak try other options until the best picture is displayed HDMI Black Level Selects the black level on the screen to adjust the screen depth Available only in HDMI mode RGB signals Film Mode Sets the TV to automatically sense and process film signals from all sources and adjusts the picture for optimum quality Available in ATV DTVinterlace AV COMPONENT 480i 1080i and HDMI 480i 1080i Motion Lighting Off On Reduce power consumption by brightness control adapted motion Available in Standard mode only Picture Reset Resets your current picture mode to its default settings Reset Picture Mode Returns all picture values in the currently selected mode to the default settings Sound Menu Mode t Standard Selects the normal sound mode Music Emphasizes music over voices Movie Provides the best sound for movies Clear Voice Emphasizes voices over other sounds Equalizer standard sound mode only Balance LR Adjusts the balance between the right and left speaker 100Hz 300Hz 1kHz 3kHz 10kHz Bandwidth Adjustment Adjusts the level of specific bandwidth frequencies Reset Resets the equalizer to its default settings DTS TruSurround standard sound mode only DTS TruSurround is a patented DTS technology that solves the problem of playing 51 multichannel content over two speakers TruSurround delivers a compelling virtual surround sound experience through any twospeaker playback system including internal television speakers It is fully compatible with all multichannel formats Preferred Language digital channels only DigitalTV broadcasts are capable of simultaneous transmission of many audio tracks for example simultaneous translations of the program into foreign languages You can only select a language from among the ones being broadcasted MultiTrack Sound analog channels only Mono Choose for channels that are broadcasting in mono or if you are having difficulty receiving a stereo signal Stereo Choose for channels that are broadcasting in stereo SAP Choose to listen to the Separate Audio Program which is usually a foreignlanguage translation Depending on the program being broadcast you can listen to Mono Stereo or SAP Auto Volume Because each broadcasting station has its own signal conditions the volume may fluctuate each time channel is changed This feature lets you automatically adjust the volume of the desired channel by lowering the sound output when the modulation signal is high or by raising the sound output when the modulation signal is low SPDIF Output The SPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFace outputs an uncompressed digital audio signal when you connect the digital audio jack on the back of the TV to a digital audio in jack on a receiver or home theater Audio Format You can select the Digital Audio output SPDIF format The available Digital Audio output SPDIF format may differ depending on the input source Audio Delay Lets you correct timing mismatches between the audio track and the video when you are watching the TV and listening to digital audio output from the TV through an external device such as an AV receiver When you select Audio Delay a slider appears Use the left and right arrow buttons to adjust the slider Press ENTER E when done 0ms 250ms Speaker Select If you are listening to the sound track of a broadcast or movie through an external receiver you may hear a sound echo caused by the difference in decoding speed between the TVs speakers and the speakers attached to your audio receiver If this occurs set the TV to External Speaker When you set Speaker Select to External Speaker the TVs speakers are turned off You will hear sound through the external speakers only When you set Speaker Select to TV Speaker both the TVs speakers and the external speakers are on You will hear sound through both When Speaker Select is set to External Speaker the VOLUME and MUTE buttons will not operate and the sound settings will be limited If there is no video signal both the TVs speakers and the external speakers will be mute Visual Impaired digital channels only Adds verbal description to the main audio to help the visually impaired Dolby Digital Comp Set Dolby Digital compression mode Sound Reset Reset All Resets all sound settings to the factory defaults Setup Menu Language Set the menu language Choose between English Español and Français Setting the Time Time The current time will appear every time you press the INFO button Clock Setting the clock is for using various timer features of the TV If you disconnect the power cord you have to set the clock again Clock Mode Set the current time manually or automatically Clock Set Set the Month Day Year Hour Minute and ampm Available only when Clock Mode is set to Manual Time Zone Select your time zone DST Daylight Saving Time Switches the DST Daylight Saving Time function on or off DST and Time Zone function is only available when the Clock Mode is set to Auto Sleep Timer t Automatically shuts off the TV after a preset period of time 30 60 90 120 150 and 180 minutes To cancel the Sleep Timer select Off Timer 1 Timer 2 Timer 3 Three different on off timer settings can be made You must set the clock first On Time Off Time Set the hour minute ampm and Activate Inactivate To activate the timer with the setting you have chosen set to Activate Volume Set the desired volume level Contents When the On Time is activated you can turn on a specific channel or play back contents such as photo or audio files TVUSB Select TV or USB Make sure that an USB device is connected to your TV Antenna Displays the current antenna source Channel Select the desired channel MusicPhoto Select the folder containing MP3JPEG files on the USB device The maximum displayed number of files including sub folders in one folder of USB storage device is 2000 The media may not be playing smoothly when using the device lower than USB 20 Repeat Select Once Everyday MonFri MonSat SatSun or Manual to set at you convenience If you select Manual you can set up the day you want to activate the timer Other Features Game Mode When connecting to a game console such as PlayStation or Xbox you can enjoy a more realistic gaming experience by selecting the game menu Precautions and limitations for game mode x To disconnect the game console and connect another external device set Game Mode to Off in the setup menu x If you display the TV menu in Game Mode the screen shakes slightly x Game Mode is not available when the input source is set to TV x After connecting the game console set Game Mode to On Unfortunately you may notice reduced picture quality LED TV user manual 2015 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd All rights reserved Changing the Input Source Source List Use to select TV or an external input source such as a DVD player Blu ray player cable box STB satellite receiver 1 Press the SOURCE button 2 Select a desired external input source TV AV Component HDMI1 HDMI2DVI You can only choose external devices that are connected to the TV In the Source List connected inputs will be highlighted How to use Edit Name Edit Name lets you associate a device name to an input source To access Edit Name press the TOOLS button in Source List Name the device connected to the input jacks to make your input source selection easier When connecting a PC to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI cable you should set the TV to PC mode under Edit Name When connecting a PC to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI to DVI cable you should set the TV to DVI PC mode under Edit Name When connecting an AV devices to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI to DVI cable you should set the TV to DVI mode under Edit Name Information You can see detailed information about the connected external device The slots and openings in the cabinet and in the back or bottom are provided for necessary ventilation To ensure reliable operation of this apparatus and to protect it from overheating these slots and openings must never be blocked or covered Do not cover the slots and openings with a cloth or other materials Do not block the slots and openings by placing this apparatus on a bed sofa rug or other similar surface Do not place this apparatus in a confined space such as a bookcase or builtin cabinet unless proper ventilation is provided Do not place this apparatus near or over a radiator or heat register or where it is exposed to direct sunlight Do not place a vessel containing water vases etc on this apparatus as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock Do not expose this apparatus to rain or place it near water near a bathtub washbowl kitchen sink or laundry tub in a wet basement or near a swimming pool etc If this apparatus accidentally gets wet unplug it and contact an authorized dealer immediately Make sure to pull out the power cord from the outlet before cleaning This apparatus use batteries In your community there might be regulations that require you to dispose of these batteries properly to protect the environment Please contact your local authorities for disposal or recycling information Do not overload wall outlets extension cords or adaptors beyond their capacity since this can result in fire or electric shock Powersupply cords should be routed so that they are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against them Pay particular attention to cords at the plug end where connected to adaptors and at the point where they exit from the apparatus To protect this apparatus from a lightning storm or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system This will prevent damage to the set due to lightning and power line surges Before connecting the AC power cord to the DC adaptor outlet make sure the voltage designation of the DC adaptor corresponds to the local electrical supply depending on the model Never insert anything metallic into the open parts of this apparatus Doing so may create a danger of electric shock To avoid electric shock never touch the inside of this apparatus Only a qualified technician should open this apparatus Make sure to plug the power cord in until it is firmly inserted Pull on the plug not the cord when removing the power cord from the outlet Do not touch the power cord with wet hands If this apparatus does not operate normally in particular if there are any unusual sounds or smells coming from it unplug it immediately and contact an authorized dealer or service center Be sure to pull the power plug out of the outlet if the TV is to remain unused or if you are to leave the house for an extended period of time especially when children elderly or disabled people will be left alone in the house Accumulated dust can cause an electric shock an electric leakage or a fire by causing the power cord to generate sparks and heat or cause the insulation to deteriorate Be sure to contact an authorized service center when installing your set in a location with heavy dust high or low temperatures high humidity chemical substances or where it will operate for 24 hours a day such as in an airport a train station etc Failure to do so may cause serious damage to your set Use only a properly grounded plug and receptacle An improper ground may cause electric shock or equipment damage Class l Equipment only To turn off the apparatus completely you must pull the power plug out of the wall socket Consequently the power plug should be readily accessible at all times Do not allow children to hang onto the product Store the accessories batteries etc in a location safely out of the reach of children Do not install the product in an unstable location such as a shaky self a slanted floor or a location exposed to vibration Do not drop or impart a shock to the product If the product is damaged disconnect the power cord and contact a service center To clean the product unplug the power cord from the power outlet and wipe the product using a soft cloth dipped in a small amount of water Do not use any chemicals such as wax benzene alcohol thinners insecticide air freshener lubricant or detergent This may damage the appearance or erase the printing on the product Do not expose the apparatus to dripping or splashing Do not dispose of batteries in a fire Do not short circuit disassemble or overheat the batteries There is a danger of explosion if you replace the batteries with the wrong type of battery Replace only with the same or equivalent type WARNING TO PREVENT THE SPREAD OF FIRE KEEP CANDLES OR OTHER OPEN FLAMES AWAY FROM THIS PRODUCT AT ALL TIMES Warning Important Safety Instructions Please read the safety instructions below before installing and using the product CAUTION CAUTION TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER OR BACK THERE ARE NO USER SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER ALL SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN This symbol indicates that high voltage is present inside It is dangerous to make any kind of contact with any internal part of this product This symbol indicates that important literature concerning operation and maintenance has been included with this product Make sure to rest the ACDC Adapter flat on a table or the floor If you place the ACDC Adapter so that it is hanging with the AC cord input facing upwards water or other foreign substances could enter the Adapter and cause the Adapter to malfunction BN6807180Y00 Figures and illustrations in this User Manual are provided for reference only and may differ from actual product appearance Product design and specifications may be changed without notice Still image warning Avoid displaying still images such as jpeg picture files or still image elements such as TV channel logos panorama or 43 image format stock or news bars at screen bottom etc on the screen Constant displaying of still pictures can cause ghosting of LED screen which will affect image quality To reduce risk of this effect please follow below recommendations y Avoid displaying the same TV channel for long periods y Always try to display any image on full screen use TV set picture format menu for best possible match y Reduce brightness and contrast values to minimum required to achieve desired picture quality exceeded values may speed up the burnout process y Frequently use all TV features designed to reduce image retention and screen burnout refer to proper user manual section for details Securing the Installation Space Keep the required distances between the product and other objects eg walls to ensure proper ventilation Failing to do so may result in fire or a problem with the product due to an increase in the internal temperature of the product When using a stand or wallmount use parts provided by Samsung Electronics only If you use parts provided by another manufacturer it may result in a problem with the product or an injury due to the product falling The appearance may differ depending on the product Be careful when you contact the TV because some parts can be somewhat hot Installation with a stand Installation with a wallmount 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches Contact SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE If you have any questions or comments relating to Samsung products please contact the SAMSUNG customer care center Country Customer Care Center Web Site MEXICO 01800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcommxsupport Dirección General Mariano Escobedo 476 Piso 8 Col Anzures Delegación Miguel Hidalgo Distrito Federal CP 11590 ARGENTINE 0800555SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar URUGUAY 0800SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar PARAGUAY 080011SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar BRAZIL 0800124421 Demais cidades e regiões 40040000 Capitais e grandes centros wwwsamsungcombrsupport CHILE 800SAMSUNG7267864 wwwsamsungcomclsupport BOLIVIA 800107260 wwwsamsungcomclsupport COLOMBIA Bogotá en el 600 12 72 Sin costo en todo el pais 01 8000 112 112 Y desde tu celular 726 wwwsamsungcomco COSTA RICA 008001SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 18007512676 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English ECUADOR 1800SAMSUNG 726786 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English EL SALVADOR 8000SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English GUATEMALA 18002990033 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English HONDURAS 80027919111 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English JAMAICA 1800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English NICARAGUA 0018005077267 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English PANAMA 8000101 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English PERU 080077708 wwwsamsungcompesupport PUERTO RICO 18006823180 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English TRINIDAD amp TOBAGO 1800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English VENEZUELA 0800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomvesupport Sólo Mexico IMPORTADO POR SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS MÉXICO SA DE CV GENERAL MARIANO ESCOBEDO 476 PISO 8 COL ANZURES DELEGACIÓN MIGUEL HIDALGO MÉXICO DISTRITO FEDERAL CP 11590 TEL 01 55 57475100 01 800 726 7864 y Remote Control amp Batteries AAA x 2 y Warranty Card Regulatory Guide y Owners Instructions y Power Cord y Wall Mount Adapter 4EA y ACDC Adapter Display Modes HDMIDVI Input Optimal resolution 4 series1366 x 76860Hz Mode Resolution Horizontal Frequency KHz Vertical Frequency Hz Pixel Clock Frequency MHz Sync Polarity H V 1366 x 768 IBM 720 x 400 31469 70087 28322 c MAC 640 x 480 35000 66667 30240 c 832 x 624 49726 74551 57284 c 1152 x 870 68681 75062 100000 VESA DMT 640 x 480 31469 59940 25175 c 640 x 480 37861 72809 31500 c 640 x 480 37500 75000 31500 c 800 x 600 37879 60317 40000 c 800 x 600 48077 72188 50000 c 800 x 600 46875 75000 49500 c 1024 x 768 48363 60004 65000 c 1024 x 768 56476 70069 75000 c 1024 x 768 60023 75029 78750 c 1152 x 864 67500 75000 108000 1280 x 720 45000 60000 74250 c 1280 x 800 49702 59810 83500 1280 x 1024 63981 60020 108000 1280 x 1024 79976 75025 135000 1366 x 768 47712 59790 85500 c 1440 x 900 55935 59887 106500 1600 x 900RB 60000 60000 108000 1680 x 1050 65290 59954 146250 1920 x 1080 67500 60000 148500 Installing batteries Battery size AAA NOTE Use the remote control within 23 feet from TV Bright light may affect the performance of the remote control Avoid use when nearby fluorescent lights or neon signs The Color and shape may vary depending on the model Remote Control Press to select additional channels digital being broadcasted by the same station For example to select channel 543 press 54 then press and 3 Returns to the previous channel Press to directly access to channels Turns the TV on and off Use these buttons in a specific feature EMANUAL Not available PIC SIZE Lets you choose the picture size Turns the Sports Mode on or off Cuts off the sound temporarily Not available Displays the channel list on the screen Displays information on the TV screen Quickly select frequently used functions Selects the onscreen menu items and changes the values seen on the menu Exit the menu Returns to the previous menu Displays and selects the available video sources Use these buttons according to the direction on screen Changes channels Displays the main onscreen menu Views the Media Play Adjusts the volume MEDIAP GUIDE EMANUAL PIC SIZE FÚTBOL The button names above may differ from the actual names Some buttons on the remote control may not be available This remote control has Braille points on the Power Channel Volume and Enter buttons and can be used by visually impaired persons ANT OUT WR R W AUDIO OUT RAUDIOL COMPONENT OUT PR PB Y R B R B RG R G OPTICAL DVI OUT HDMI OUT AUDIO OUT RAUDIOL VIDEO OUT WR Y R R Y W TV Rear Panel VCR AV Device 2 Using AudioVideo Cables Bluray player AV Device 3 Using a Component Cable up to 1080p Media Play Using a USB Drive AV Device 1 Using an HDMI Cable up to 1080p PC Using an HDMI Cable or an HDMI to DVI Cable Use the PC speakers for audio Audio Device Using an Optical Digital Cable Digital Audio System Bluray player DVD cable box sat box PC or VHFUHF Antenna Cable 2 1 6 5 3 7 4 8 J4000ZXBFBN6807180Y00ENGindb 1 20150728 오후 34907
  • Page 4 - English - : Connections y For the best picture and audio quality connect digital devices using an HDMI cable y If you connect an external device to the TV that uses an older version of HDMI the video and audio may not work If this occurs ask the manufacturer of the device about the HDMI version and if it is out of date request an upgrade y Be sure to purchase a certified HDMI cable Otherwise the picture may not display or a connection error may occur y PCDVI AUDIO IN input is not supported y For an HDMI to DVI cable connection you must use the HDMI IN 2 DVI port y Connecting through the HDMI cable may not be supported depending on the PC y If an HDMI to DVI cable is connected to the HDMI IN 2 DVI port the audio does not work y For Settop box connection using HDMI cable we highly recommend you to connect the HDMI IN 1 STB port Getting Started Accessories Input Cables Sold Separately y Audio y Composite AV y Component y Coaxial RF y HDMI y HDMIDVI Make sure you have the correct cable before plugging it in Illustrations of common plugs and jacks are shown below Cable Plugs PortsJacks Do not plug in opposite or wrong direction It could damage the TV port HDMI USB Optical Do not plug cables in upside down Be sure to check the orientation of the plug before plugging it in TV Controller The TVs Controller on the bottom right side of the TV lets you control the TV without the remote control Turns the TV on or off Changes channels Adjusts the volume Displays and selects the available video sources Control Menu Remote control sensorTV Controller The product color and shape may vary depending on the model You cannot input the numbers by pressing the TVs controller If you press it first the control menu appears You can select the function by pressing and holding the TVs controller With the TVs Controller you cannot perform other operations except for turning the TV on or off changing the channel adjusting the volume and switching the input source Plug amp Play Initial Setup When you turn the TV on for the first time a sequence of screens and onscreen prompts will assist you in configuring the TVs basic settings Press the POWER button Plug amp Play is available only when the Input source is set to TV Set the initial setup following instructions that the TV guides Connecting the power cord and antenna refer to Connections Channel Menu Seeing Channels Channel List Add delete or set Favorite channels and use the program guide for digital broadcasts Select a channel in the All Channels Added Channels Favorite or Programmed screen by pressing the buttons and pressing the ENTER E button Then you can watch the selected channel All Channels Shows all currently available channels Added Channels Shows all added channels Favorite Shows all favorite channels Programmed Shows all currently reserved programs Using the remote control buttons with the Channel List x Green Zoom Enlarges or shrinks a channel number x Yellow Select Selects multiple channel lists Select desired channels and press the Yellow button to set all the selected channels at the same time The c mark appears to the left of the selected channels x T Tools Displays the Channel List option menu The Options menus may differ depending on the situation Channel Status Display icons y c A channel selected y A channel set as a Favorite y A reserved program y A program currently being broadcast Memorizing channels Antenna Switch to Cable Switch to Air t Before your television can begin memorizing the available channels you must specify the type of signal source that is connected to the TV ie an Air or a Cable system Auto Program When selecting the Cable TV system Selects the cable system STD HRC and IRC identify various types of cable TV systems Contact your local cable company to identify the type of cable system that exists in your particular area At this point the signal source has been selected After all the available channels are stored it starts to remove scrambled channels The Auto Program menu then reappears Press the ENTER E button to stop the channel store during Auto Program How to Stop Auto Programming 1 Press the ENTER E button 2 A message will ask Stop Auto Program Select Yes by pressing the or button 3 Press the ENTER E button Other Features Clear Scrambled Channel This function filters out scrambled channels after Auto Program is completed This process may take up to 2030 minutes Press the ENTER E button to stop the Clear Scrambled Channel This function is only available in Cable mode Channel List Channel List Option Menu O Channel List t Set each channel using the Channel List menu options Option menu items may differ depending on the channel status Add Delete Delete or add a channel to display the channels you want All deleted channels will be shown on the All Channels menu A graycolored channel indicates the channel has been deleted The Add menu only appears for deleted channels Delete a channel from the Added Channels or Favorite menu in the same manner Add to Favorite Delete from Favorite t Set channels you watch frequently as Favorites Timer Viewing You can set a desired channel to be displayed automatically at the set time even when you are watching another channel Set the current time first to use this function Only memorized channels can be reserved Reserved programs will be displayed in the Programmed menu When a digital channel is selected press the Next Program button to view the digital program If you select the ENTER E Schedule button on the next program you can set Timer Viewing directly Channel Name Edit analog channels only Assign your own channel name Select All Select all the channels in the channel list Deselect All Deselect all the selected channels You can only select Deselect All when one or more channels are selected Auto Program Scans for a channel automatically and stores in the TV Programmed in Channel List O Channel List Programmed t You can view modify or delete a show you have reserved to watch Change Info Change a show you have reserved to watch Cancel Schedules Cancel a show you have reserved to watch Information Display a show you have reserved to watch You can also change the reservation Information Select All Deselect All You can select or deselect all channels in the channel list Channel Mode Change the channel mode directly between Added Channels and Favorite Channels The Favorite Channels is enabled only when you set Add to Favorite Fine Tune analog channels only If the reception is clear you do not have to fine tune the channel as this is done automatically during the search and store operation If the signal is weak or distorted fine tune the channel manually Fine tuned channels that have been saved are marked with an asterisk on the righthand side of the channel number in the channel banner To reset the finetuning select Reset Picture Menu Mode t Select your preferred picture type When connecting a PC you can only select Entertain and Standard Dynamic Suitable for a bright room Standard Suitable for a normal environment Movie Suitable for watching movies in a dark room Entertain Suitable for watching movies and games Only available when connecting a PC Backlight Contrast Brightness Sharpness Color Tint GR Your television has several setting options for picture quality control When connecting a PC you can only make changes to Backlight Contrast Brightness and Sharpness Picture Options When connecting a PC you can only make changes to the Color Tone Size and HDMI Black Level Color Tone Cool makes the picture bluer cooler Warm make the picture redder warmer Size Your cable boxsatellite receiver may have its own set of screen sizes as well However we highly recommend you use 169 mode most of the time The menu is deactivated when the H 264 1080p DTV is being played 169 Sets the picture to 169 wide mode Zoom1 Use for moderate magnification Zoom2 Use for a stronger magnification Wide Fit Enlarges the aspect ratio of the picture to fit the entire screen 43 Sets the picture to basic 43 mode Do not watch in 43 format for a long time Traces of borders displayed on the left right and center of the screen may cause image retention screen burn which are not covered by the warranty Screen Fit DTV Displays the full image without any cutoff when HDMI 720p 1080i 1080p or Component 1080i 1080p signals are inputted HD High Definition 169 1080i1080p 1920x1080 720p 1280x720 Settings can be adjusted and stored for each external device you have connected to an input on the TV Picture Sizes available by Input Source Input Source Picture Size ATV AV Component 480i 480p 169 Zoom1 Zoom2 43 DTV 1080i Component 1080i 1080p HDMI 720p 1080i 1080p 169 Wide Fit 43 Screen Fit Digital Clean View If the broadcast signal received by your TV is weak you can activate the Digital Clean View feature to reduce any static and ghosting that may appear on the screen When the signal is weak try other options until the best picture is displayed HDMI Black Level Selects the black level on the screen to adjust the screen depth Available only in HDMI mode RGB signals Film Mode Sets the TV to automatically sense and process film signals from all sources and adjusts the picture for optimum quality Available in ATV DTVinterlace AV COMPONENT 480i 1080i and HDMI 480i 1080i Motion Lighting Off On Reduce power consumption by brightness control adapted motion Available in Standard mode only Picture Reset Resets your current picture mode to its default settings Reset Picture Mode Returns all picture values in the currently selected mode to the default settings Sound Menu Mode t Standard Selects the normal sound mode Music Emphasizes music over voices Movie Provides the best sound for movies Clear Voice Emphasizes voices over other sounds Equalizer standard sound mode only Balance LR Adjusts the balance between the right and left speaker 100Hz 300Hz 1kHz 3kHz 10kHz Bandwidth Adjustment Adjusts the level of specific bandwidth frequencies Reset Resets the equalizer to its default settings DTS TruSurround standard sound mode only DTS TruSurround is a patented DTS technology that solves the problem of playing 51 multichannel content over two speakers TruSurround delivers a compelling virtual surround sound experience through any twospeaker playback system including internal television speakers It is fully compatible with all multichannel formats Preferred Language digital channels only DigitalTV broadcasts are capable of simultaneous transmission of many audio tracks for example simultaneous translations of the program into foreign languages You can only select a language from among the ones being broadcasted MultiTrack Sound analog channels only Mono Choose for channels that are broadcasting in mono or if you are having difficulty receiving a stereo signal Stereo Choose for channels that are broadcasting in stereo SAP Choose to listen to the Separate Audio Program which is usually a foreignlanguage translation Depending on the program being broadcast you can listen to Mono Stereo or SAP Auto Volume Because each broadcasting station has its own signal conditions the volume may fluctuate each time channel is changed This feature lets you automatically adjust the volume of the desired channel by lowering the sound output when the modulation signal is high or by raising the sound output when the modulation signal is low SPDIF Output The SPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFace outputs an uncompressed digital audio signal when you connect the digital audio jack on the back of the TV to a digital audio in jack on a receiver or home theater Audio Format You can select the Digital Audio output SPDIF format The available Digital Audio output SPDIF format may differ depending on the input source Audio Delay Lets you correct timing mismatches between the audio track and the video when you are watching the TV and listening to digital audio output from the TV through an external device such as an AV receiver When you select Audio Delay a slider appears Use the left and right arrow buttons to adjust the slider Press ENTER E when done 0ms 250ms Speaker Select If you are listening to the sound track of a broadcast or movie through an external receiver you may hear a sound echo caused by the difference in decoding speed between the TVs speakers and the speakers attached to your audio receiver If this occurs set the TV to External Speaker When you set Speaker Select to External Speaker the TVs speakers are turned off You will hear sound through the external speakers only When you set Speaker Select to TV Speaker both the TVs speakers and the external speakers are on You will hear sound through both When Speaker Select is set to External Speaker the VOLUME and MUTE buttons will not operate and the sound settings will be limited If there is no video signal both the TVs speakers and the external speakers will be mute Visual Impaired digital channels only Adds verbal description to the main audio to help the visually impaired Dolby Digital Comp Set Dolby Digital compression mode Sound Reset Reset All Resets all sound settings to the factory defaults Setup Menu Language Set the menu language Choose between English Español and Français Setting the Time Time The current time will appear every time you press the INFO button Clock Setting the clock is for using various timer features of the TV If you disconnect the power cord you have to set the clock again Clock Mode Set the current time manually or automatically Clock Set Set the Month Day Year Hour Minute and ampm Available only when Clock Mode is set to Manual Time Zone Select your time zone DST Daylight Saving Time Switches the DST Daylight Saving Time function on or off DST and Time Zone function is only available when the Clock Mode is set to Auto Sleep Timer t Automatically shuts off the TV after a preset period of time 30 60 90 120 150 and 180 minutes To cancel the Sleep Timer select Off Timer 1 Timer 2 Timer 3 Three different on off timer settings can be made You must set the clock first On Time Off Time Set the hour minute ampm and Activate Inactivate To activate the timer with the setting you have chosen set to Activate Volume Set the desired volume level Contents When the On Time is activated you can turn on a specific channel or play back contents such as photo or audio files TVUSB Select TV or USB Make sure that an USB device is connected to your TV Antenna Displays the current antenna source Channel Select the desired channel MusicPhoto Select the folder containing MP3JPEG files on the USB device The maximum displayed number of files including sub folders in one folder of USB storage device is 2000 The media may not be playing smoothly when using the device lower than USB 20 Repeat Select Once Everyday MonFri MonSat SatSun or Manual to set at you convenience If you select Manual you can set up the day you want to activate the timer Other Features Game Mode When connecting to a game console such as PlayStation or Xbox you can enjoy a more realistic gaming experience by selecting the game menu Precautions and limitations for game mode x To disconnect the game console and connect another external device set Game Mode to Off in the setup menu x If you display the TV menu in Game Mode the screen shakes slightly x Game Mode is not available when the input source is set to TV x After connecting the game console set Game Mode to On Unfortunately you may notice reduced picture quality LED TV user manual 2015 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd All rights reserved Changing the Input Source Source List Use to select TV or an external input source such as a DVD player Blu ray player cable box STB satellite receiver 1 Press the SOURCE button 2 Select a desired external input source TV AV Component HDMI1 HDMI2DVI You can only choose external devices that are connected to the TV In the Source List connected inputs will be highlighted How to use Edit Name Edit Name lets you associate a device name to an input source To access Edit Name press the TOOLS button in Source List Name the device connected to the input jacks to make your input source selection easier When connecting a PC to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI cable you should set the TV to PC mode under Edit Name When connecting a PC to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI to DVI cable you should set the TV to DVI PC mode under Edit Name When connecting an AV devices to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI to DVI cable you should set the TV to DVI mode under Edit Name Information You can see detailed information about the connected external device The slots and openings in the cabinet and in the back or bottom are provided for necessary ventilation To ensure reliable operation of this apparatus and to protect it from overheating these slots and openings must never be blocked or covered Do not cover the slots and openings with a cloth or other materials Do not block the slots and openings by placing this apparatus on a bed sofa rug or other similar surface Do not place this apparatus in a confined space such as a bookcase or builtin cabinet unless proper ventilation is provided Do not place this apparatus near or over a radiator or heat register or where it is exposed to direct sunlight Do not place a vessel containing water vases etc on this apparatus as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock Do not expose this apparatus to rain or place it near water near a bathtub washbowl kitchen sink or laundry tub in a wet basement or near a swimming pool etc If this apparatus accidentally gets wet unplug it and contact an authorized dealer immediately Make sure to pull out the power cord from the outlet before cleaning This apparatus use batteries In your community there might be regulations that require you to dispose of these batteries properly to protect the environment Please contact your local authorities for disposal or recycling information Do not overload wall outlets extension cords or adaptors beyond their capacity since this can result in fire or electric shock Powersupply cords should be routed so that they are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against them Pay particular attention to cords at the plug end where connected to adaptors and at the point where they exit from the apparatus To protect this apparatus from a lightning storm or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system This will prevent damage to the set due to lightning and power line surges Before connecting the AC power cord to the DC adaptor outlet make sure the voltage designation of the DC adaptor corresponds to the local electrical supply depending on the model Never insert anything metallic into the open parts of this apparatus Doing so may create a danger of electric shock To avoid electric shock never touch the inside of this apparatus Only a qualified technician should open this apparatus Make sure to plug the power cord in until it is firmly inserted Pull on the plug not the cord when removing the power cord from the outlet Do not touch the power cord with wet hands If this apparatus does not operate normally in particular if there are any unusual sounds or smells coming from it unplug it immediately and contact an authorized dealer or service center Be sure to pull the power plug out of the outlet if the TV is to remain unused or if you are to leave the house for an extended period of time especially when children elderly or disabled people will be left alone in the house Accumulated dust can cause an electric shock an electric leakage or a fire by causing the power cord to generate sparks and heat or cause the insulation to deteriorate Be sure to contact an authorized service center when installing your set in a location with heavy dust high or low temperatures high humidity chemical substances or where it will operate for 24 hours a day such as in an airport a train station etc Failure to do so may cause serious damage to your set Use only a properly grounded plug and receptacle An improper ground may cause electric shock or equipment damage Class l Equipment only To turn off the apparatus completely you must pull the power plug out of the wall socket Consequently the power plug should be readily accessible at all times Do not allow children to hang onto the product Store the accessories batteries etc in a location safely out of the reach of children Do not install the product in an unstable location such as a shaky self a slanted floor or a location exposed to vibration Do not drop or impart a shock to the product If the product is damaged disconnect the power cord and contact a service center To clean the product unplug the power cord from the power outlet and wipe the product using a soft cloth dipped in a small amount of water Do not use any chemicals such as wax benzene alcohol thinners insecticide air freshener lubricant or detergent This may damage the appearance or erase the printing on the product Do not expose the apparatus to dripping or splashing Do not dispose of batteries in a fire Do not short circuit disassemble or overheat the batteries There is a danger of explosion if you replace the batteries with the wrong type of battery Replace only with the same or equivalent type WARNING TO PREVENT THE SPREAD OF FIRE KEEP CANDLES OR OTHER OPEN FLAMES AWAY FROM THIS PRODUCT AT ALL TIMES Warning Important Safety Instructions Please read the safety instructions below before installing and using the product CAUTION CAUTION TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER OR BACK THERE ARE NO USER SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER ALL SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN This symbol indicates that high voltage is present inside It is dangerous to make any kind of contact with any internal part of this product This symbol indicates that important literature concerning operation and maintenance has been included with this product Make sure to rest the ACDC Adapter flat on a table or the floor If you place the ACDC Adapter so that it is hanging with the AC cord input facing upwards water or other foreign substances could enter the Adapter and cause the Adapter to malfunction BN6807180Y00 Figures and illustrations in this User Manual are provided for reference only and may differ from actual product appearance Product design and specifications may be changed without notice Still image warning Avoid displaying still images such as jpeg picture files or still image elements such as TV channel logos panorama or 43 image format stock or news bars at screen bottom etc on the screen Constant displaying of still pictures can cause ghosting of LED screen which will affect image quality To reduce risk of this effect please follow below recommendations y Avoid displaying the same TV channel for long periods y Always try to display any image on full screen use TV set picture format menu for best possible match y Reduce brightness and contrast values to minimum required to achieve desired picture quality exceeded values may speed up the burnout process y Frequently use all TV features designed to reduce image retention and screen burnout refer to proper user manual section for details Securing the Installation Space Keep the required distances between the product and other objects eg walls to ensure proper ventilation Failing to do so may result in fire or a problem with the product due to an increase in the internal temperature of the product When using a stand or wallmount use parts provided by Samsung Electronics only If you use parts provided by another manufacturer it may result in a problem with the product or an injury due to the product falling The appearance may differ depending on the product Be careful when you contact the TV because some parts can be somewhat hot Installation with a stand Installation with a wallmount 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches Contact SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE If you have any questions or comments relating to Samsung products please contact the SAMSUNG customer care center Country Customer Care Center Web Site MEXICO 01800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcommxsupport Dirección General Mariano Escobedo 476 Piso 8 Col Anzures Delegación Miguel Hidalgo Distrito Federal CP 11590 ARGENTINE 0800555SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar URUGUAY 0800SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar PARAGUAY 080011SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar BRAZIL 0800124421 Demais cidades e regiões 40040000 Capitais e grandes centros wwwsamsungcombrsupport CHILE 800SAMSUNG7267864 wwwsamsungcomclsupport BOLIVIA 800107260 wwwsamsungcomclsupport COLOMBIA Bogotá en el 600 12 72 Sin costo en todo el pais 01 8000 112 112 Y desde tu celular 726 wwwsamsungcomco COSTA RICA 008001SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 18007512676 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English ECUADOR 1800SAMSUNG 726786 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English EL SALVADOR 8000SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English GUATEMALA 18002990033 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English HONDURAS 80027919111 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English JAMAICA 1800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English NICARAGUA 0018005077267 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English PANAMA 8000101 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English PERU 080077708 wwwsamsungcompesupport PUERTO RICO 18006823180 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English TRINIDAD amp TOBAGO 1800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English VENEZUELA 0800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomvesupport Sólo Mexico IMPORTADO POR SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS MÉXICO SA DE CV GENERAL MARIANO ESCOBEDO 476 PISO 8 COL ANZURES DELEGACIÓN MIGUEL HIDALGO MÉXICO DISTRITO FEDERAL CP 11590 TEL 01 55 57475100 01 800 726 7864 y Remote Control amp Batteries AAA x 2 y Warranty Card Regulatory Guide y Owners Instructions y Power Cord y Wall Mount Adapter 4EA y ACDC Adapter Display Modes HDMIDVI Input Optimal resolution 4 series1366 x 76860Hz Mode Resolution Horizontal Frequency KHz Vertical Frequency Hz Pixel Clock Frequency MHz Sync Polarity H V 1366 x 768 IBM 720 x 400 31469 70087 28322 c MAC 640 x 480 35000 66667 30240 c 832 x 624 49726 74551 57284 c 1152 x 870 68681 75062 100000 VESA DMT 640 x 480 31469 59940 25175 c 640 x 480 37861 72809 31500 c 640 x 480 37500 75000 31500 c 800 x 600 37879 60317 40000 c 800 x 600 48077 72188 50000 c 800 x 600 46875 75000 49500 c 1024 x 768 48363 60004 65000 c 1024 x 768 56476 70069 75000 c 1024 x 768 60023 75029 78750 c 1152 x 864 67500 75000 108000 1280 x 720 45000 60000 74250 c 1280 x 800 49702 59810 83500 1280 x 1024 63981 60020 108000 1280 x 1024 79976 75025 135000 1366 x 768 47712 59790 85500 c 1440 x 900 55935 59887 106500 1600 x 900RB 60000 60000 108000 1680 x 1050 65290 59954 146250 1920 x 1080 67500 60000 148500 Installing batteries Battery size AAA NOTE Use the remote control within 23 feet from TV Bright light may affect the performance of the remote control Avoid use when nearby fluorescent lights or neon signs The Color and shape may vary depending on the model Remote Control Press to select additional channels digital being broadcasted by the same station For example to select channel 543 press 54 then press and 3 Returns to the previous channel Press to directly access to channels Turns the TV on and off Use these buttons in a specific feature EMANUAL Not available PIC SIZE Lets you choose the picture size Turns the Sports Mode on or off Cuts off the sound temporarily Not available Displays the channel list on the screen Displays information on the TV screen Quickly select frequently used functions Selects the onscreen menu items and changes the values seen on the menu Exit the menu Returns to the previous menu Displays and selects the available video sources Use these buttons according to the direction on screen Changes channels Displays the main onscreen menu Views the Media Play Adjusts the volume MEDIAP GUIDE EMANUAL PIC SIZE FÚTBOL The button names above may differ from the actual names Some buttons on the remote control may not be available This remote control has Braille points on the Power Channel Volume and Enter buttons and can be used by visually impaired persons ANT OUT WR R W AUDIO OUT RAUDIOL COMPONENT OUT PR PB Y R B R B RG R G OPTICAL DVI OUT HDMI OUT AUDIO OUT RAUDIOL VIDEO OUT WR Y R R Y W TV Rear Panel VCR AV Device 2 Using AudioVideo Cables Bluray player AV Device 3 Using a Component Cable up to 1080p Media Play Using a USB Drive AV Device 1 Using an HDMI Cable up to 1080p PC Using an HDMI Cable or an HDMI to DVI Cable Use the PC speakers for audio Audio Device Using an Optical Digital Cable Digital Audio System Bluray player DVD cable box sat box PC or VHFUHF Antenna Cable 2 1 6 5 3 7 4 8 J4000ZXBFBN6807180Y00ENGindb 1 20150728 오후 34907
  • Page 5 - English - : Connections y For the best picture and audio quality connect digital devices using an HDMI cable y If you connect an external device to the TV that uses an older version of HDMI the video and audio may not work If this occurs ask the manufacturer of the device about the HDMI version and if it is out of date request an upgrade y Be sure to purchase a certified HDMI cable Otherwise the picture may not display or a connection error may occur y PCDVI AUDIO IN input is not supported y For an HDMI to DVI cable connection you must use the HDMI IN 2 DVI port y Connecting through the HDMI cable may not be supported depending on the PC y If an HDMI to DVI cable is connected to the HDMI IN 2 DVI port the audio does not work y For Settop box connection using HDMI cable we highly recommend you to connect the HDMI IN 1 STB port Getting Started Accessories Input Cables Sold Separately y Audio y Composite AV y Component y Coaxial RF y HDMI y HDMIDVI Make sure you have the correct cable before plugging it in Illustrations of common plugs and jacks are shown below Cable Plugs PortsJacks Do not plug in opposite or wrong direction It could damage the TV port HDMI USB Optical Do not plug cables in upside down Be sure to check the orientation of the plug before plugging it in TV Controller The TVs Controller on the bottom right side of the TV lets you control the TV without the remote control Turns the TV on or off Changes channels Adjusts the volume Displays and selects the available video sources Control Menu Remote control sensorTV Controller The product color and shape may vary depending on the model You cannot input the numbers by pressing the TVs controller If you press it first the control menu appears You can select the function by pressing and holding the TVs controller With the TVs Controller you cannot perform other operations except for turning the TV on or off changing the channel adjusting the volume and switching the input source Plug amp Play Initial Setup When you turn the TV on for the first time a sequence of screens and onscreen prompts will assist you in configuring the TVs basic settings Press the POWER button Plug amp Play is available only when the Input source is set to TV Set the initial setup following instructions that the TV guides Connecting the power cord and antenna refer to Connections Channel Menu Seeing Channels Channel List Add delete or set Favorite channels and use the program guide for digital broadcasts Select a channel in the All Channels Added Channels Favorite or Programmed screen by pressing the buttons and pressing the ENTER E button Then you can watch the selected channel All Channels Shows all currently available channels Added Channels Shows all added channels Favorite Shows all favorite channels Programmed Shows all currently reserved programs Using the remote control buttons with the Channel List x Green Zoom Enlarges or shrinks a channel number x Yellow Select Selects multiple channel lists Select desired channels and press the Yellow button to set all the selected channels at the same time The c mark appears to the left of the selected channels x T Tools Displays the Channel List option menu The Options menus may differ depending on the situation Channel Status Display icons y c A channel selected y A channel set as a Favorite y A reserved program y A program currently being broadcast Memorizing channels Antenna Switch to Cable Switch to Air t Before your television can begin memorizing the available channels you must specify the type of signal source that is connected to the TV ie an Air or a Cable system Auto Program When selecting the Cable TV system Selects the cable system STD HRC and IRC identify various types of cable TV systems Contact your local cable company to identify the type of cable system that exists in your particular area At this point the signal source has been selected After all the available channels are stored it starts to remove scrambled channels The Auto Program menu then reappears Press the ENTER E button to stop the channel store during Auto Program How to Stop Auto Programming 1 Press the ENTER E button 2 A message will ask Stop Auto Program Select Yes by pressing the or button 3 Press the ENTER E button Other Features Clear Scrambled Channel This function filters out scrambled channels after Auto Program is completed This process may take up to 2030 minutes Press the ENTER E button to stop the Clear Scrambled Channel This function is only available in Cable mode Channel List Channel List Option Menu O Channel List t Set each channel using the Channel List menu options Option menu items may differ depending on the channel status Add Delete Delete or add a channel to display the channels you want All deleted channels will be shown on the All Channels menu A graycolored channel indicates the channel has been deleted The Add menu only appears for deleted channels Delete a channel from the Added Channels or Favorite menu in the same manner Add to Favorite Delete from Favorite t Set channels you watch frequently as Favorites Timer Viewing You can set a desired channel to be displayed automatically at the set time even when you are watching another channel Set the current time first to use this function Only memorized channels can be reserved Reserved programs will be displayed in the Programmed menu When a digital channel is selected press the Next Program button to view the digital program If you select the ENTER E Schedule button on the next program you can set Timer Viewing directly Channel Name Edit analog channels only Assign your own channel name Select All Select all the channels in the channel list Deselect All Deselect all the selected channels You can only select Deselect All when one or more channels are selected Auto Program Scans for a channel automatically and stores in the TV Programmed in Channel List O Channel List Programmed t You can view modify or delete a show you have reserved to watch Change Info Change a show you have reserved to watch Cancel Schedules Cancel a show you have reserved to watch Information Display a show you have reserved to watch You can also change the reservation Information Select All Deselect All You can select or deselect all channels in the channel list Channel Mode Change the channel mode directly between Added Channels and Favorite Channels The Favorite Channels is enabled only when you set Add to Favorite Fine Tune analog channels only If the reception is clear you do not have to fine tune the channel as this is done automatically during the search and store operation If the signal is weak or distorted fine tune the channel manually Fine tuned channels that have been saved are marked with an asterisk on the righthand side of the channel number in the channel banner To reset the finetuning select Reset Picture Menu Mode t Select your preferred picture type When connecting a PC you can only select Entertain and Standard Dynamic Suitable for a bright room Standard Suitable for a normal environment Movie Suitable for watching movies in a dark room Entertain Suitable for watching movies and games Only available when connecting a PC Backlight Contrast Brightness Sharpness Color Tint GR Your television has several setting options for picture quality control When connecting a PC you can only make changes to Backlight Contrast Brightness and Sharpness Picture Options When connecting a PC you can only make changes to the Color Tone Size and HDMI Black Level Color Tone Cool makes the picture bluer cooler Warm make the picture redder warmer Size Your cable boxsatellite receiver may have its own set of screen sizes as well However we highly recommend you use 169 mode most of the time The menu is deactivated when the H 264 1080p DTV is being played 169 Sets the picture to 169 wide mode Zoom1 Use for moderate magnification Zoom2 Use for a stronger magnification Wide Fit Enlarges the aspect ratio of the picture to fit the entire screen 43 Sets the picture to basic 43 mode Do not watch in 43 format for a long time Traces of borders displayed on the left right and center of the screen may cause image retention screen burn which are not covered by the warranty Screen Fit DTV Displays the full image without any cutoff when HDMI 720p 1080i 1080p or Component 1080i 1080p signals are inputted HD High Definition 169 1080i1080p 1920x1080 720p 1280x720 Settings can be adjusted and stored for each external device you have connected to an input on the TV Picture Sizes available by Input Source Input Source Picture Size ATV AV Component 480i 480p 169 Zoom1 Zoom2 43 DTV 1080i Component 1080i 1080p HDMI 720p 1080i 1080p 169 Wide Fit 43 Screen Fit Digital Clean View If the broadcast signal received by your TV is weak you can activate the Digital Clean View feature to reduce any static and ghosting that may appear on the screen When the signal is weak try other options until the best picture is displayed HDMI Black Level Selects the black level on the screen to adjust the screen depth Available only in HDMI mode RGB signals Film Mode Sets the TV to automatically sense and process film signals from all sources and adjusts the picture for optimum quality Available in ATV DTVinterlace AV COMPONENT 480i 1080i and HDMI 480i 1080i Motion Lighting Off On Reduce power consumption by brightness control adapted motion Available in Standard mode only Picture Reset Resets your current picture mode to its default settings Reset Picture Mode Returns all picture values in the currently selected mode to the default settings Sound Menu Mode t Standard Selects the normal sound mode Music Emphasizes music over voices Movie Provides the best sound for movies Clear Voice Emphasizes voices over other sounds Equalizer standard sound mode only Balance LR Adjusts the balance between the right and left speaker 100Hz 300Hz 1kHz 3kHz 10kHz Bandwidth Adjustment Adjusts the level of specific bandwidth frequencies Reset Resets the equalizer to its default settings DTS TruSurround standard sound mode only DTS TruSurround is a patented DTS technology that solves the problem of playing 51 multichannel content over two speakers TruSurround delivers a compelling virtual surround sound experience through any twospeaker playback system including internal television speakers It is fully compatible with all multichannel formats Preferred Language digital channels only DigitalTV broadcasts are capable of simultaneous transmission of many audio tracks for example simultaneous translations of the program into foreign languages You can only select a language from among the ones being broadcasted MultiTrack Sound analog channels only Mono Choose for channels that are broadcasting in mono or if you are having difficulty receiving a stereo signal Stereo Choose for channels that are broadcasting in stereo SAP Choose to listen to the Separate Audio Program which is usually a foreignlanguage translation Depending on the program being broadcast you can listen to Mono Stereo or SAP Auto Volume Because each broadcasting station has its own signal conditions the volume may fluctuate each time channel is changed This feature lets you automatically adjust the volume of the desired channel by lowering the sound output when the modulation signal is high or by raising the sound output when the modulation signal is low SPDIF Output The SPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFace outputs an uncompressed digital audio signal when you connect the digital audio jack on the back of the TV to a digital audio in jack on a receiver or home theater Audio Format You can select the Digital Audio output SPDIF format The available Digital Audio output SPDIF format may differ depending on the input source Audio Delay Lets you correct timing mismatches between the audio track and the video when you are watching the TV and listening to digital audio output from the TV through an external device such as an AV receiver When you select Audio Delay a slider appears Use the left and right arrow buttons to adjust the slider Press ENTER E when done 0ms 250ms Speaker Select If you are listening to the sound track of a broadcast or movie through an external receiver you may hear a sound echo caused by the difference in decoding speed between the TVs speakers and the speakers attached to your audio receiver If this occurs set the TV to External Speaker When you set Speaker Select to External Speaker the TVs speakers are turned off You will hear sound through the external speakers only When you set Speaker Select to TV Speaker both the TVs speakers and the external speakers are on You will hear sound through both When Speaker Select is set to External Speaker the VOLUME and MUTE buttons will not operate and the sound settings will be limited If there is no video signal both the TVs speakers and the external speakers will be mute Visual Impaired digital channels only Adds verbal description to the main audio to help the visually impaired Dolby Digital Comp Set Dolby Digital compression mode Sound Reset Reset All Resets all sound settings to the factory defaults Setup Menu Language Set the menu language Choose between English Español and Français Setting the Time Time The current time will appear every time you press the INFO button Clock Setting the clock is for using various timer features of the TV If you disconnect the power cord you have to set the clock again Clock Mode Set the current time manually or automatically Clock Set Set the Month Day Year Hour Minute and ampm Available only when Clock Mode is set to Manual Time Zone Select your time zone DST Daylight Saving Time Switches the DST Daylight Saving Time function on or off DST and Time Zone function is only available when the Clock Mode is set to Auto Sleep Timer t Automatically shuts off the TV after a preset period of time 30 60 90 120 150 and 180 minutes To cancel the Sleep Timer select Off Timer 1 Timer 2 Timer 3 Three different on off timer settings can be made You must set the clock first On Time Off Time Set the hour minute ampm and Activate Inactivate To activate the timer with the setting you have chosen set to Activate Volume Set the desired volume level Contents When the On Time is activated you can turn on a specific channel or play back contents such as photo or audio files TVUSB Select TV or USB Make sure that an USB device is connected to your TV Antenna Displays the current antenna source Channel Select the desired channel MusicPhoto Select the folder containing MP3JPEG files on the USB device The maximum displayed number of files including sub folders in one folder of USB storage device is 2000 The media may not be playing smoothly when using the device lower than USB 20 Repeat Select Once Everyday MonFri MonSat SatSun or Manual to set at you convenience If you select Manual you can set up the day you want to activate the timer Other Features Game Mode When connecting to a game console such as PlayStation or Xbox you can enjoy a more realistic gaming experience by selecting the game menu Precautions and limitations for game mode x To disconnect the game console and connect another external device set Game Mode to Off in the setup menu x If you display the TV menu in Game Mode the screen shakes slightly x Game Mode is not available when the input source is set to TV x After connecting the game console set Game Mode to On Unfortunately you may notice reduced picture quality LED TV user manual 2015 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd All rights reserved Changing the Input Source Source List Use to select TV or an external input source such as a DVD player Blu ray player cable box STB satellite receiver 1 Press the SOURCE button 2 Select a desired external input source TV AV Component HDMI1 HDMI2DVI You can only choose external devices that are connected to the TV In the Source List connected inputs will be highlighted How to use Edit Name Edit Name lets you associate a device name to an input source To access Edit Name press the TOOLS button in Source List Name the device connected to the input jacks to make your input source selection easier When connecting a PC to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI cable you should set the TV to PC mode under Edit Name When connecting a PC to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI to DVI cable you should set the TV to DVI PC mode under Edit Name When connecting an AV devices to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI to DVI cable you should set the TV to DVI mode under Edit Name Information You can see detailed information about the connected external device The slots and openings in the cabinet and in the back or bottom are provided for necessary ventilation To ensure reliable operation of this apparatus and to protect it from overheating these slots and openings must never be blocked or covered Do not cover the slots and openings with a cloth or other materials Do not block the slots and openings by placing this apparatus on a bed sofa rug or other similar surface Do not place this apparatus in a confined space such as a bookcase or builtin cabinet unless proper ventilation is provided Do not place this apparatus near or over a radiator or heat register or where it is exposed to direct sunlight Do not place a vessel containing water vases etc on this apparatus as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock Do not expose this apparatus to rain or place it near water near a bathtub washbowl kitchen sink or laundry tub in a wet basement or near a swimming pool etc If this apparatus accidentally gets wet unplug it and contact an authorized dealer immediately Make sure to pull out the power cord from the outlet before cleaning This apparatus use batteries In your community there might be regulations that require you to dispose of these batteries properly to protect the environment Please contact your local authorities for disposal or recycling information Do not overload wall outlets extension cords or adaptors beyond their capacity since this can result in fire or electric shock Powersupply cords should be routed so that they are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against them Pay particular attention to cords at the plug end where connected to adaptors and at the point where they exit from the apparatus To protect this apparatus from a lightning storm or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system This will prevent damage to the set due to lightning and power line surges Before connecting the AC power cord to the DC adaptor outlet make sure the voltage designation of the DC adaptor corresponds to the local electrical supply depending on the model Never insert anything metallic into the open parts of this apparatus Doing so may create a danger of electric shock To avoid electric shock never touch the inside of this apparatus Only a qualified technician should open this apparatus Make sure to plug the power cord in until it is firmly inserted Pull on the plug not the cord when removing the power cord from the outlet Do not touch the power cord with wet hands If this apparatus does not operate normally in particular if there are any unusual sounds or smells coming from it unplug it immediately and contact an authorized dealer or service center Be sure to pull the power plug out of the outlet if the TV is to remain unused or if you are to leave the house for an extended period of time especially when children elderly or disabled people will be left alone in the house Accumulated dust can cause an electric shock an electric leakage or a fire by causing the power cord to generate sparks and heat or cause the insulation to deteriorate Be sure to contact an authorized service center when installing your set in a location with heavy dust high or low temperatures high humidity chemical substances or where it will operate for 24 hours a day such as in an airport a train station etc Failure to do so may cause serious damage to your set Use only a properly grounded plug and receptacle An improper ground may cause electric shock or equipment damage Class l Equipment only To turn off the apparatus completely you must pull the power plug out of the wall socket Consequently the power plug should be readily accessible at all times Do not allow children to hang onto the product Store the accessories batteries etc in a location safely out of the reach of children Do not install the product in an unstable location such as a shaky self a slanted floor or a location exposed to vibration Do not drop or impart a shock to the product If the product is damaged disconnect the power cord and contact a service center To clean the product unplug the power cord from the power outlet and wipe the product using a soft cloth dipped in a small amount of water Do not use any chemicals such as wax benzene alcohol thinners insecticide air freshener lubricant or detergent This may damage the appearance or erase the printing on the product Do not expose the apparatus to dripping or splashing Do not dispose of batteries in a fire Do not short circuit disassemble or overheat the batteries There is a danger of explosion if you replace the batteries with the wrong type of battery Replace only with the same or equivalent type WARNING TO PREVENT THE SPREAD OF FIRE KEEP CANDLES OR OTHER OPEN FLAMES AWAY FROM THIS PRODUCT AT ALL TIMES Warning Important Safety Instructions Please read the safety instructions below before installing and using the product CAUTION CAUTION TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER OR BACK THERE ARE NO USER SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER ALL SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN This symbol indicates that high voltage is present inside It is dangerous to make any kind of contact with any internal part of this product This symbol indicates that important literature concerning operation and maintenance has been included with this product Make sure to rest the ACDC Adapter flat on a table or the floor If you place the ACDC Adapter so that it is hanging with the AC cord input facing upwards water or other foreign substances could enter the Adapter and cause the Adapter to malfunction BN6807180Y00 Figures and illustrations in this User Manual are provided for reference only and may differ from actual product appearance Product design and specifications may be changed without notice Still image warning Avoid displaying still images such as jpeg picture files or still image elements such as TV channel logos panorama or 43 image format stock or news bars at screen bottom etc on the screen Constant displaying of still pictures can cause ghosting of LED screen which will affect image quality To reduce risk of this effect please follow below recommendations y Avoid displaying the same TV channel for long periods y Always try to display any image on full screen use TV set picture format menu for best possible match y Reduce brightness and contrast values to minimum required to achieve desired picture quality exceeded values may speed up the burnout process y Frequently use all TV features designed to reduce image retention and screen burnout refer to proper user manual section for details Securing the Installation Space Keep the required distances between the product and other objects eg walls to ensure proper ventilation Failing to do so may result in fire or a problem with the product due to an increase in the internal temperature of the product When using a stand or wallmount use parts provided by Samsung Electronics only If you use parts provided by another manufacturer it may result in a problem with the product or an injury due to the product falling The appearance may differ depending on the product Be careful when you contact the TV because some parts can be somewhat hot Installation with a stand Installation with a wallmount 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches Contact SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE If you have any questions or comments relating to Samsung products please contact the SAMSUNG customer care center Country Customer Care Center Web Site MEXICO 01800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcommxsupport Dirección General Mariano Escobedo 476 Piso 8 Col Anzures Delegación Miguel Hidalgo Distrito Federal CP 11590 ARGENTINE 0800555SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar URUGUAY 0800SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar PARAGUAY 080011SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar BRAZIL 0800124421 Demais cidades e regiões 40040000 Capitais e grandes centros wwwsamsungcombrsupport CHILE 800SAMSUNG7267864 wwwsamsungcomclsupport BOLIVIA 800107260 wwwsamsungcomclsupport COLOMBIA Bogotá en el 600 12 72 Sin costo en todo el pais 01 8000 112 112 Y desde tu celular 726 wwwsamsungcomco COSTA RICA 008001SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 18007512676 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English ECUADOR 1800SAMSUNG 726786 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English EL SALVADOR 8000SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English GUATEMALA 18002990033 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English HONDURAS 80027919111 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English JAMAICA 1800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English NICARAGUA 0018005077267 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English PANAMA 8000101 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English PERU 080077708 wwwsamsungcompesupport PUERTO RICO 18006823180 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English TRINIDAD amp TOBAGO 1800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English VENEZUELA 0800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomvesupport Sólo Mexico IMPORTADO POR SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS MÉXICO SA DE CV GENERAL MARIANO ESCOBEDO 476 PISO 8 COL ANZURES DELEGACIÓN MIGUEL HIDALGO MÉXICO DISTRITO FEDERAL CP 11590 TEL 01 55 57475100 01 800 726 7864 y Remote Control amp Batteries AAA x 2 y Warranty Card Regulatory Guide y Owners Instructions y Power Cord y Wall Mount Adapter 4EA y ACDC Adapter Display Modes HDMIDVI Input Optimal resolution 4 series1366 x 76860Hz Mode Resolution Horizontal Frequency KHz Vertical Frequency Hz Pixel Clock Frequency MHz Sync Polarity H V 1366 x 768 IBM 720 x 400 31469 70087 28322 c MAC 640 x 480 35000 66667 30240 c 832 x 624 49726 74551 57284 c 1152 x 870 68681 75062 100000 VESA DMT 640 x 480 31469 59940 25175 c 640 x 480 37861 72809 31500 c 640 x 480 37500 75000 31500 c 800 x 600 37879 60317 40000 c 800 x 600 48077 72188 50000 c 800 x 600 46875 75000 49500 c 1024 x 768 48363 60004 65000 c 1024 x 768 56476 70069 75000 c 1024 x 768 60023 75029 78750 c 1152 x 864 67500 75000 108000 1280 x 720 45000 60000 74250 c 1280 x 800 49702 59810 83500 1280 x 1024 63981 60020 108000 1280 x 1024 79976 75025 135000 1366 x 768 47712 59790 85500 c 1440 x 900 55935 59887 106500 1600 x 900RB 60000 60000 108000 1680 x 1050 65290 59954 146250 1920 x 1080 67500 60000 148500 Installing batteries Battery size AAA NOTE Use the remote control within 23 feet from TV Bright light may affect the performance of the remote control Avoid use when nearby fluorescent lights or neon signs The Color and shape may vary depending on the model Remote Control Press to select additional channels digital being broadcasted by the same station For example to select channel 543 press 54 then press and 3 Returns to the previous channel Press to directly access to channels Turns the TV on and off Use these buttons in a specific feature EMANUAL Not available PIC SIZE Lets you choose the picture size Turns the Sports Mode on or off Cuts off the sound temporarily Not available Displays the channel list on the screen Displays information on the TV screen Quickly select frequently used functions Selects the onscreen menu items and changes the values seen on the menu Exit the menu Returns to the previous menu Displays and selects the available video sources Use these buttons according to the direction on screen Changes channels Displays the main onscreen menu Views the Media Play Adjusts the volume MEDIAP GUIDE EMANUAL PIC SIZE FÚTBOL The button names above may differ from the actual names Some buttons on the remote control may not be available This remote control has Braille points on the Power Channel Volume and Enter buttons and can be used by visually impaired persons ANT OUT WR R W AUDIO OUT RAUDIOL COMPONENT OUT PR PB Y R B R B RG R G OPTICAL DVI OUT HDMI OUT AUDIO OUT RAUDIOL VIDEO OUT WR Y R R Y W TV Rear Panel VCR AV Device 2 Using AudioVideo Cables Bluray player AV Device 3 Using a Component Cable up to 1080p Media Play Using a USB Drive AV Device 1 Using an HDMI Cable up to 1080p PC Using an HDMI Cable or an HDMI to DVI Cable Use the PC speakers for audio Audio Device Using an Optical Digital Cable Digital Audio System Bluray player DVD cable box sat box PC or VHFUHF Antenna Cable 2 1 6 5 3 7 4 8 J4000ZXBFBN6807180Y00ENGindb 1 20150728 오후 34907
  • Page 6 - English - : Connections y For the best picture and audio quality connect digital devices using an HDMI cable y If you connect an external device to the TV that uses an older version of HDMI the video and audio may not work If this occurs ask the manufacturer of the device about the HDMI version and if it is out of date request an upgrade y Be sure to purchase a certified HDMI cable Otherwise the picture may not display or a connection error may occur y PCDVI AUDIO IN input is not supported y For an HDMI to DVI cable connection you must use the HDMI IN 2 DVI port y Connecting through the HDMI cable may not be supported depending on the PC y If an HDMI to DVI cable is connected to the HDMI IN 2 DVI port the audio does not work y For Settop box connection using HDMI cable we highly recommend you to connect the HDMI IN 1 STB port Getting Started Accessories Input Cables Sold Separately y Audio y Composite AV y Component y Coaxial RF y HDMI y HDMIDVI Make sure you have the correct cable before plugging it in Illustrations of common plugs and jacks are shown below Cable Plugs PortsJacks Do not plug in opposite or wrong direction It could damage the TV port HDMI USB Optical Do not plug cables in upside down Be sure to check the orientation of the plug before plugging it in TV Controller The TVs Controller on the bottom right side of the TV lets you control the TV without the remote control Turns the TV on or off Changes channels Adjusts the volume Displays and selects the available video sources Control Menu Remote control sensorTV Controller The product color and shape may vary depending on the model You cannot input the numbers by pressing the TVs controller If you press it first the control menu appears You can select the function by pressing and holding the TVs controller With the TVs Controller you cannot perform other operations except for turning the TV on or off changing the channel adjusting the volume and switching the input source Plug amp Play Initial Setup When you turn the TV on for the first time a sequence of screens and onscreen prompts will assist you in configuring the TVs basic settings Press the POWER button Plug amp Play is available only when the Input source is set to TV Set the initial setup following instructions that the TV guides Connecting the power cord and antenna refer to Connections Channel Menu Seeing Channels Channel List Add delete or set Favorite channels and use the program guide for digital broadcasts Select a channel in the All Channels Added Channels Favorite or Programmed screen by pressing the buttons and pressing the ENTER E button Then you can watch the selected channel All Channels Shows all currently available channels Added Channels Shows all added channels Favorite Shows all favorite channels Programmed Shows all currently reserved programs Using the remote control buttons with the Channel List x Green Zoom Enlarges or shrinks a channel number x Yellow Select Selects multiple channel lists Select desired channels and press the Yellow button to set all the selected channels at the same time The c mark appears to the left of the selected channels x T Tools Displays the Channel List option menu The Options menus may differ depending on the situation Channel Status Display icons y c A channel selected y A channel set as a Favorite y A reserved program y A program currently being broadcast Memorizing channels Antenna Switch to Cable Switch to Air t Before your television can begin memorizing the available channels you must specify the type of signal source that is connected to the TV ie an Air or a Cable system Auto Program When selecting the Cable TV system Selects the cable system STD HRC and IRC identify various types of cable TV systems Contact your local cable company to identify the type of cable system that exists in your particular area At this point the signal source has been selected After all the available channels are stored it starts to remove scrambled channels The Auto Program menu then reappears Press the ENTER E button to stop the channel store during Auto Program How to Stop Auto Programming 1 Press the ENTER E button 2 A message will ask Stop Auto Program Select Yes by pressing the or button 3 Press the ENTER E button Other Features Clear Scrambled Channel This function filters out scrambled channels after Auto Program is completed This process may take up to 2030 minutes Press the ENTER E button to stop the Clear Scrambled Channel This function is only available in Cable mode Channel List Channel List Option Menu O Channel List t Set each channel using the Channel List menu options Option menu items may differ depending on the channel status Add Delete Delete or add a channel to display the channels you want All deleted channels will be shown on the All Channels menu A graycolored channel indicates the channel has been deleted The Add menu only appears for deleted channels Delete a channel from the Added Channels or Favorite menu in the same manner Add to Favorite Delete from Favorite t Set channels you watch frequently as Favorites Timer Viewing You can set a desired channel to be displayed automatically at the set time even when you are watching another channel Set the current time first to use this function Only memorized channels can be reserved Reserved programs will be displayed in the Programmed menu When a digital channel is selected press the Next Program button to view the digital program If you select the ENTER E Schedule button on the next program you can set Timer Viewing directly Channel Name Edit analog channels only Assign your own channel name Select All Select all the channels in the channel list Deselect All Deselect all the selected channels You can only select Deselect All when one or more channels are selected Auto Program Scans for a channel automatically and stores in the TV Programmed in Channel List O Channel List Programmed t You can view modify or delete a show you have reserved to watch Change Info Change a show you have reserved to watch Cancel Schedules Cancel a show you have reserved to watch Information Display a show you have reserved to watch You can also change the reservation Information Select All Deselect All You can select or deselect all channels in the channel list Channel Mode Change the channel mode directly between Added Channels and Favorite Channels The Favorite Channels is enabled only when you set Add to Favorite Fine Tune analog channels only If the reception is clear you do not have to fine tune the channel as this is done automatically during the search and store operation If the signal is weak or distorted fine tune the channel manually Fine tuned channels that have been saved are marked with an asterisk on the righthand side of the channel number in the channel banner To reset the finetuning select Reset Picture Menu Mode t Select your preferred picture type When connecting a PC you can only select Entertain and Standard Dynamic Suitable for a bright room Standard Suitable for a normal environment Movie Suitable for watching movies in a dark room Entertain Suitable for watching movies and games Only available when connecting a PC Backlight Contrast Brightness Sharpness Color Tint GR Your television has several setting options for picture quality control When connecting a PC you can only make changes to Backlight Contrast Brightness and Sharpness Picture Options When connecting a PC you can only make changes to the Color Tone Size and HDMI Black Level Color Tone Cool makes the picture bluer cooler Warm make the picture redder warmer Size Your cable boxsatellite receiver may have its own set of screen sizes as well However we highly recommend you use 169 mode most of the time The menu is deactivated when the H 264 1080p DTV is being played 169 Sets the picture to 169 wide mode Zoom1 Use for moderate magnification Zoom2 Use for a stronger magnification Wide Fit Enlarges the aspect ratio of the picture to fit the entire screen 43 Sets the picture to basic 43 mode Do not watch in 43 format for a long time Traces of borders displayed on the left right and center of the screen may cause image retention screen burn which are not covered by the warranty Screen Fit DTV Displays the full image without any cutoff when HDMI 720p 1080i 1080p or Component 1080i 1080p signals are inputted HD High Definition 169 1080i1080p 1920x1080 720p 1280x720 Settings can be adjusted and stored for each external device you have connected to an input on the TV Picture Sizes available by Input Source Input Source Picture Size ATV AV Component 480i 480p 169 Zoom1 Zoom2 43 DTV 1080i Component 1080i 1080p HDMI 720p 1080i 1080p 169 Wide Fit 43 Screen Fit Digital Clean View If the broadcast signal received by your TV is weak you can activate the Digital Clean View feature to reduce any static and ghosting that may appear on the screen When the signal is weak try other options until the best picture is displayed HDMI Black Level Selects the black level on the screen to adjust the screen depth Available only in HDMI mode RGB signals Film Mode Sets the TV to automatically sense and process film signals from all sources and adjusts the picture for optimum quality Available in ATV DTVinterlace AV COMPONENT 480i 1080i and HDMI 480i 1080i Motion Lighting Off On Reduce power consumption by brightness control adapted motion Available in Standard mode only Picture Reset Resets your current picture mode to its default settings Reset Picture Mode Returns all picture values in the currently selected mode to the default settings Sound Menu Mode t Standard Selects the normal sound mode Music Emphasizes music over voices Movie Provides the best sound for movies Clear Voice Emphasizes voices over other sounds Equalizer standard sound mode only Balance LR Adjusts the balance between the right and left speaker 100Hz 300Hz 1kHz 3kHz 10kHz Bandwidth Adjustment Adjusts the level of specific bandwidth frequencies Reset Resets the equalizer to its default settings DTS TruSurround standard sound mode only DTS TruSurround is a patented DTS technology that solves the problem of playing 51 multichannel content over two speakers TruSurround delivers a compelling virtual surround sound experience through any twospeaker playback system including internal television speakers It is fully compatible with all multichannel formats Preferred Language digital channels only DigitalTV broadcasts are capable of simultaneous transmission of many audio tracks for example simultaneous translations of the program into foreign languages You can only select a language from among the ones being broadcasted MultiTrack Sound analog channels only Mono Choose for channels that are broadcasting in mono or if you are having difficulty receiving a stereo signal Stereo Choose for channels that are broadcasting in stereo SAP Choose to listen to the Separate Audio Program which is usually a foreignlanguage translation Depending on the program being broadcast you can listen to Mono Stereo or SAP Auto Volume Because each broadcasting station has its own signal conditions the volume may fluctuate each time channel is changed This feature lets you automatically adjust the volume of the desired channel by lowering the sound output when the modulation signal is high or by raising the sound output when the modulation signal is low SPDIF Output The SPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFace outputs an uncompressed digital audio signal when you connect the digital audio jack on the back of the TV to a digital audio in jack on a receiver or home theater Audio Format You can select the Digital Audio output SPDIF format The available Digital Audio output SPDIF format may differ depending on the input source Audio Delay Lets you correct timing mismatches between the audio track and the video when you are watching the TV and listening to digital audio output from the TV through an external device such as an AV receiver When you select Audio Delay a slider appears Use the left and right arrow buttons to adjust the slider Press ENTER E when done 0ms 250ms Speaker Select If you are listening to the sound track of a broadcast or movie through an external receiver you may hear a sound echo caused by the difference in decoding speed between the TVs speakers and the speakers attached to your audio receiver If this occurs set the TV to External Speaker When you set Speaker Select to External Speaker the TVs speakers are turned off You will hear sound through the external speakers only When you set Speaker Select to TV Speaker both the TVs speakers and the external speakers are on You will hear sound through both When Speaker Select is set to External Speaker the VOLUME and MUTE buttons will not operate and the sound settings will be limited If there is no video signal both the TVs speakers and the external speakers will be mute Visual Impaired digital channels only Adds verbal description to the main audio to help the visually impaired Dolby Digital Comp Set Dolby Digital compression mode Sound Reset Reset All Resets all sound settings to the factory defaults Setup Menu Language Set the menu language Choose between English Español and Français Setting the Time Time The current time will appear every time you press the INFO button Clock Setting the clock is for using various timer features of the TV If you disconnect the power cord you have to set the clock again Clock Mode Set the current time manually or automatically Clock Set Set the Month Day Year Hour Minute and ampm Available only when Clock Mode is set to Manual Time Zone Select your time zone DST Daylight Saving Time Switches the DST Daylight Saving Time function on or off DST and Time Zone function is only available when the Clock Mode is set to Auto Sleep Timer t Automatically shuts off the TV after a preset period of time 30 60 90 120 150 and 180 minutes To cancel the Sleep Timer select Off Timer 1 Timer 2 Timer 3 Three different on off timer settings can be made You must set the clock first On Time Off Time Set the hour minute ampm and Activate Inactivate To activate the timer with the setting you have chosen set to Activate Volume Set the desired volume level Contents When the On Time is activated you can turn on a specific channel or play back contents such as photo or audio files TVUSB Select TV or USB Make sure that an USB device is connected to your TV Antenna Displays the current antenna source Channel Select the desired channel MusicPhoto Select the folder containing MP3JPEG files on the USB device The maximum displayed number of files including sub folders in one folder of USB storage device is 2000 The media may not be playing smoothly when using the device lower than USB 20 Repeat Select Once Everyday MonFri MonSat SatSun or Manual to set at you convenience If you select Manual you can set up the day you want to activate the timer Other Features Game Mode When connecting to a game console such as PlayStation or Xbox you can enjoy a more realistic gaming experience by selecting the game menu Precautions and limitations for game mode x To disconnect the game console and connect another external device set Game Mode to Off in the setup menu x If you display the TV menu in Game Mode the screen shakes slightly x Game Mode is not available when the input source is set to TV x After connecting the game console set Game Mode to On Unfortunately you may notice reduced picture quality LED TV user manual 2015 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd All rights reserved Changing the Input Source Source List Use to select TV or an external input source such as a DVD player Blu ray player cable box STB satellite receiver 1 Press the SOURCE button 2 Select a desired external input source TV AV Component HDMI1 HDMI2DVI You can only choose external devices that are connected to the TV In the Source List connected inputs will be highlighted How to use Edit Name Edit Name lets you associate a device name to an input source To access Edit Name press the TOOLS button in Source List Name the device connected to the input jacks to make your input source selection easier When connecting a PC to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI cable you should set the TV to PC mode under Edit Name When connecting a PC to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI to DVI cable you should set the TV to DVI PC mode under Edit Name When connecting an AV devices to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI to DVI cable you should set the TV to DVI mode under Edit Name Information You can see detailed information about the connected external device The slots and openings in the cabinet and in the back or bottom are provided for necessary ventilation To ensure reliable operation of this apparatus and to protect it from overheating these slots and openings must never be blocked or covered Do not cover the slots and openings with a cloth or other materials Do not block the slots and openings by placing this apparatus on a bed sofa rug or other similar surface Do not place this apparatus in a confined space such as a bookcase or builtin cabinet unless proper ventilation is provided Do not place this apparatus near or over a radiator or heat register or where it is exposed to direct sunlight Do not place a vessel containing water vases etc on this apparatus as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock Do not expose this apparatus to rain or place it near water near a bathtub washbowl kitchen sink or laundry tub in a wet basement or near a swimming pool etc If this apparatus accidentally gets wet unplug it and contact an authorized dealer immediately Make sure to pull out the power cord from the outlet before cleaning This apparatus use batteries In your community there might be regulations that require you to dispose of these batteries properly to protect the environment Please contact your local authorities for disposal or recycling information Do not overload wall outlets extension cords or adaptors beyond their capacity since this can result in fire or electric shock Powersupply cords should be routed so that they are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against them Pay particular attention to cords at the plug end where connected to adaptors and at the point where they exit from the apparatus To protect this apparatus from a lightning storm or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system This will prevent damage to the set due to lightning and power line surges Before connecting the AC power cord to the DC adaptor outlet make sure the voltage designation of the DC adaptor corresponds to the local electrical supply depending on the model Never insert anything metallic into the open parts of this apparatus Doing so may create a danger of electric shock To avoid electric shock never touch the inside of this apparatus Only a qualified technician should open this apparatus Make sure to plug the power cord in until it is firmly inserted Pull on the plug not the cord when removing the power cord from the outlet Do not touch the power cord with wet hands If this apparatus does not operate normally in particular if there are any unusual sounds or smells coming from it unplug it immediately and contact an authorized dealer or service center Be sure to pull the power plug out of the outlet if the TV is to remain unused or if you are to leave the house for an extended period of time especially when children elderly or disabled people will be left alone in the house Accumulated dust can cause an electric shock an electric leakage or a fire by causing the power cord to generate sparks and heat or cause the insulation to deteriorate Be sure to contact an authorized service center when installing your set in a location with heavy dust high or low temperatures high humidity chemical substances or where it will operate for 24 hours a day such as in an airport a train station etc Failure to do so may cause serious damage to your set Use only a properly grounded plug and receptacle An improper ground may cause electric shock or equipment damage Class l Equipment only To turn off the apparatus completely you must pull the power plug out of the wall socket Consequently the power plug should be readily accessible at all times Do not allow children to hang onto the product Store the accessories batteries etc in a location safely out of the reach of children Do not install the product in an unstable location such as a shaky self a slanted floor or a location exposed to vibration Do not drop or impart a shock to the product If the product is damaged disconnect the power cord and contact a service center To clean the product unplug the power cord from the power outlet and wipe the product using a soft cloth dipped in a small amount of water Do not use any chemicals such as wax benzene alcohol thinners insecticide air freshener lubricant or detergent This may damage the appearance or erase the printing on the product Do not expose the apparatus to dripping or splashing Do not dispose of batteries in a fire Do not short circuit disassemble or overheat the batteries There is a danger of explosion if you replace the batteries with the wrong type of battery Replace only with the same or equivalent type WARNING TO PREVENT THE SPREAD OF FIRE KEEP CANDLES OR OTHER OPEN FLAMES AWAY FROM THIS PRODUCT AT ALL TIMES Warning Important Safety Instructions Please read the safety instructions below before installing and using the product CAUTION CAUTION TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER OR BACK THERE ARE NO USER SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER ALL SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN This symbol indicates that high voltage is present inside It is dangerous to make any kind of contact with any internal part of this product This symbol indicates that important literature concerning operation and maintenance has been included with this product Make sure to rest the ACDC Adapter flat on a table or the floor If you place the ACDC Adapter so that it is hanging with the AC cord input facing upwards water or other foreign substances could enter the Adapter and cause the Adapter to malfunction BN6807180Y00 Figures and illustrations in this User Manual are provided for reference only and may differ from actual product appearance Product design and specifications may be changed without notice Still image warning Avoid displaying still images such as jpeg picture files or still image elements such as TV channel logos panorama or 43 image format stock or news bars at screen bottom etc on the screen Constant displaying of still pictures can cause ghosting of LED screen which will affect image quality To reduce risk of this effect please follow below recommendations y Avoid displaying the same TV channel for long periods y Always try to display any image on full screen use TV set picture format menu for best possible match y Reduce brightness and contrast values to minimum required to achieve desired picture quality exceeded values may speed up the burnout process y Frequently use all TV features designed to reduce image retention and screen burnout refer to proper user manual section for details Securing the Installation Space Keep the required distances between the product and other objects eg walls to ensure proper ventilation Failing to do so may result in fire or a problem with the product due to an increase in the internal temperature of the product When using a stand or wallmount use parts provided by Samsung Electronics only If you use parts provided by another manufacturer it may result in a problem with the product or an injury due to the product falling The appearance may differ depending on the product Be careful when you contact the TV because some parts can be somewhat hot Installation with a stand Installation with a wallmount 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches Contact SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE If you have any questions or comments relating to Samsung products please contact the SAMSUNG customer care center Country Customer Care Center Web Site MEXICO 01800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcommxsupport Dirección General Mariano Escobedo 476 Piso 8 Col Anzures Delegación Miguel Hidalgo Distrito Federal CP 11590 ARGENTINE 0800555SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar URUGUAY 0800SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar PARAGUAY 080011SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar BRAZIL 0800124421 Demais cidades e regiões 40040000 Capitais e grandes centros wwwsamsungcombrsupport CHILE 800SAMSUNG7267864 wwwsamsungcomclsupport BOLIVIA 800107260 wwwsamsungcomclsupport COLOMBIA Bogotá en el 600 12 72 Sin costo en todo el pais 01 8000 112 112 Y desde tu celular 726 wwwsamsungcomco COSTA RICA 008001SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 18007512676 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English ECUADOR 1800SAMSUNG 726786 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English EL SALVADOR 8000SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English GUATEMALA 18002990033 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English HONDURAS 80027919111 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English JAMAICA 1800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English NICARAGUA 0018005077267 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English PANAMA 8000101 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English PERU 080077708 wwwsamsungcompesupport PUERTO RICO 18006823180 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English TRINIDAD amp TOBAGO 1800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English VENEZUELA 0800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomvesupport Sólo Mexico IMPORTADO POR SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS MÉXICO SA DE CV GENERAL MARIANO ESCOBEDO 476 PISO 8 COL ANZURES DELEGACIÓN MIGUEL HIDALGO MÉXICO DISTRITO FEDERAL CP 11590 TEL 01 55 57475100 01 800 726 7864 y Remote Control amp Batteries AAA x 2 y Warranty Card Regulatory Guide y Owners Instructions y Power Cord y Wall Mount Adapter 4EA y ACDC Adapter Display Modes HDMIDVI Input Optimal resolution 4 series1366 x 76860Hz Mode Resolution Horizontal Frequency KHz Vertical Frequency Hz Pixel Clock Frequency MHz Sync Polarity H V 1366 x 768 IBM 720 x 400 31469 70087 28322 c MAC 640 x 480 35000 66667 30240 c 832 x 624 49726 74551 57284 c 1152 x 870 68681 75062 100000 VESA DMT 640 x 480 31469 59940 25175 c 640 x 480 37861 72809 31500 c 640 x 480 37500 75000 31500 c 800 x 600 37879 60317 40000 c 800 x 600 48077 72188 50000 c 800 x 600 46875 75000 49500 c 1024 x 768 48363 60004 65000 c 1024 x 768 56476 70069 75000 c 1024 x 768 60023 75029 78750 c 1152 x 864 67500 75000 108000 1280 x 720 45000 60000 74250 c 1280 x 800 49702 59810 83500 1280 x 1024 63981 60020 108000 1280 x 1024 79976 75025 135000 1366 x 768 47712 59790 85500 c 1440 x 900 55935 59887 106500 1600 x 900RB 60000 60000 108000 1680 x 1050 65290 59954 146250 1920 x 1080 67500 60000 148500 Installing batteries Battery size AAA NOTE Use the remote control within 23 feet from TV Bright light may affect the performance of the remote control Avoid use when nearby fluorescent lights or neon signs The Color and shape may vary depending on the model Remote Control Press to select additional channels digital being broadcasted by the same station For example to select channel 543 press 54 then press and 3 Returns to the previous channel Press to directly access to channels Turns the TV on and off Use these buttons in a specific feature EMANUAL Not available PIC SIZE Lets you choose the picture size Turns the Sports Mode on or off Cuts off the sound temporarily Not available Displays the channel list on the screen Displays information on the TV screen Quickly select frequently used functions Selects the onscreen menu items and changes the values seen on the menu Exit the menu Returns to the previous menu Displays and selects the available video sources Use these buttons according to the direction on screen Changes channels Displays the main onscreen menu Views the Media Play Adjusts the volume MEDIAP GUIDE EMANUAL PIC SIZE FÚTBOL The button names above may differ from the actual names Some buttons on the remote control may not be available This remote control has Braille points on the Power Channel Volume and Enter buttons and can be used by visually impaired persons ANT OUT WR R W AUDIO OUT RAUDIOL COMPONENT OUT PR PB Y R B R B RG R G OPTICAL DVI OUT HDMI OUT AUDIO OUT RAUDIOL VIDEO OUT WR Y R R Y W TV Rear Panel VCR AV Device 2 Using AudioVideo Cables Bluray player AV Device 3 Using a Component Cable up to 1080p Media Play Using a USB Drive AV Device 1 Using an HDMI Cable up to 1080p PC Using an HDMI Cable or an HDMI to DVI Cable Use the PC speakers for audio Audio Device Using an Optical Digital Cable Digital Audio System Bluray player DVD cable box sat box PC or VHFUHF Antenna Cable 2 1 6 5 3 7 4 8 J4000ZXBFBN6807180Y00ENGindb 1 20150728 오후 34907
  • Page 7 - English - : Connections y For the best picture and audio quality connect digital devices using an HDMI cable y If you connect an external device to the TV that uses an older version of HDMI the video and audio may not work If this occurs ask the manufacturer of the device about the HDMI version and if it is out of date request an upgrade y Be sure to purchase a certified HDMI cable Otherwise the picture may not display or a connection error may occur y PCDVI AUDIO IN input is not supported y For an HDMI to DVI cable connection you must use the HDMI IN 2 DVI port y Connecting through the HDMI cable may not be supported depending on the PC y If an HDMI to DVI cable is connected to the HDMI IN 2 DVI port the audio does not work y For Settop box connection using HDMI cable we highly recommend you to connect the HDMI IN 1 STB port Getting Started Accessories Input Cables Sold Separately y Audio y Composite AV y Component y Coaxial RF y HDMI y HDMIDVI Make sure you have the correct cable before plugging it in Illustrations of common plugs and jacks are shown below Cable Plugs PortsJacks Do not plug in opposite or wrong direction It could damage the TV port HDMI USB Optical Do not plug cables in upside down Be sure to check the orientation of the plug before plugging it in TV Controller The TVs Controller on the bottom right side of the TV lets you control the TV without the remote control Turns the TV on or off Changes channels Adjusts the volume Displays and selects the available video sources Control Menu Remote control sensorTV Controller The product color and shape may vary depending on the model You cannot input the numbers by pressing the TVs controller If you press it first the control menu appears You can select the function by pressing and holding the TVs controller With the TVs Controller you cannot perform other operations except for turning the TV on or off changing the channel adjusting the volume and switching the input source Plug amp Play Initial Setup When you turn the TV on for the first time a sequence of screens and onscreen prompts will assist you in configuring the TVs basic settings Press the POWER button Plug amp Play is available only when the Input source is set to TV Set the initial setup following instructions that the TV guides Connecting the power cord and antenna refer to Connections Channel Menu Seeing Channels Channel List Add delete or set Favorite channels and use the program guide for digital broadcasts Select a channel in the All Channels Added Channels Favorite or Programmed screen by pressing the buttons and pressing the ENTER E button Then you can watch the selected channel All Channels Shows all currently available channels Added Channels Shows all added channels Favorite Shows all favorite channels Programmed Shows all currently reserved programs Using the remote control buttons with the Channel List x Green Zoom Enlarges or shrinks a channel number x Yellow Select Selects multiple channel lists Select desired channels and press the Yellow button to set all the selected channels at the same time The c mark appears to the left of the selected channels x T Tools Displays the Channel List option menu The Options menus may differ depending on the situation Channel Status Display icons y c A channel selected y A channel set as a Favorite y A reserved program y A program currently being broadcast Memorizing channels Antenna Switch to Cable Switch to Air t Before your television can begin memorizing the available channels you must specify the type of signal source that is connected to the TV ie an Air or a Cable system Auto Program When selecting the Cable TV system Selects the cable system STD HRC and IRC identify various types of cable TV systems Contact your local cable company to identify the type of cable system that exists in your particular area At this point the signal source has been selected After all the available channels are stored it starts to remove scrambled channels The Auto Program menu then reappears Press the ENTER E button to stop the channel store during Auto Program How to Stop Auto Programming 1 Press the ENTER E button 2 A message will ask Stop Auto Program Select Yes by pressing the or button 3 Press the ENTER E button Other Features Clear Scrambled Channel This function filters out scrambled channels after Auto Program is completed This process may take up to 2030 minutes Press the ENTER E button to stop the Clear Scrambled Channel This function is only available in Cable mode Channel List Channel List Option Menu O Channel List t Set each channel using the Channel List menu options Option menu items may differ depending on the channel status Add Delete Delete or add a channel to display the channels you want All deleted channels will be shown on the All Channels menu A graycolored channel indicates the channel has been deleted The Add menu only appears for deleted channels Delete a channel from the Added Channels or Favorite menu in the same manner Add to Favorite Delete from Favorite t Set channels you watch frequently as Favorites Timer Viewing You can set a desired channel to be displayed automatically at the set time even when you are watching another channel Set the current time first to use this function Only memorized channels can be reserved Reserved programs will be displayed in the Programmed menu When a digital channel is selected press the Next Program button to view the digital program If you select the ENTER E Schedule button on the next program you can set Timer Viewing directly Channel Name Edit analog channels only Assign your own channel name Select All Select all the channels in the channel list Deselect All Deselect all the selected channels You can only select Deselect All when one or more channels are selected Auto Program Scans for a channel automatically and stores in the TV Programmed in Channel List O Channel List Programmed t You can view modify or delete a show you have reserved to watch Change Info Change a show you have reserved to watch Cancel Schedules Cancel a show you have reserved to watch Information Display a show you have reserved to watch You can also change the reservation Information Select All Deselect All You can select or deselect all channels in the channel list Channel Mode Change the channel mode directly between Added Channels and Favorite Channels The Favorite Channels is enabled only when you set Add to Favorite Fine Tune analog channels only If the reception is clear you do not have to fine tune the channel as this is done automatically during the search and store operation If the signal is weak or distorted fine tune the channel manually Fine tuned channels that have been saved are marked with an asterisk on the righthand side of the channel number in the channel banner To reset the finetuning select Reset Picture Menu Mode t Select your preferred picture type When connecting a PC you can only select Entertain and Standard Dynamic Suitable for a bright room Standard Suitable for a normal environment Movie Suitable for watching movies in a dark room Entertain Suitable for watching movies and games Only available when connecting a PC Backlight Contrast Brightness Sharpness Color Tint GR Your television has several setting options for picture quality control When connecting a PC you can only make changes to Backlight Contrast Brightness and Sharpness Picture Options When connecting a PC you can only make changes to the Color Tone Size and HDMI Black Level Color Tone Cool makes the picture bluer cooler Warm make the picture redder warmer Size Your cable boxsatellite receiver may have its own set of screen sizes as well However we highly recommend you use 169 mode most of the time The menu is deactivated when the H 264 1080p DTV is being played 169 Sets the picture to 169 wide mode Zoom1 Use for moderate magnification Zoom2 Use for a stronger magnification Wide Fit Enlarges the aspect ratio of the picture to fit the entire screen 43 Sets the picture to basic 43 mode Do not watch in 43 format for a long time Traces of borders displayed on the left right and center of the screen may cause image retention screen burn which are not covered by the warranty Screen Fit DTV Displays the full image without any cutoff when HDMI 720p 1080i 1080p or Component 1080i 1080p signals are inputted HD High Definition 169 1080i1080p 1920x1080 720p 1280x720 Settings can be adjusted and stored for each external device you have connected to an input on the TV Picture Sizes available by Input Source Input Source Picture Size ATV AV Component 480i 480p 169 Zoom1 Zoom2 43 DTV 1080i Component 1080i 1080p HDMI 720p 1080i 1080p 169 Wide Fit 43 Screen Fit Digital Clean View If the broadcast signal received by your TV is weak you can activate the Digital Clean View feature to reduce any static and ghosting that may appear on the screen When the signal is weak try other options until the best picture is displayed HDMI Black Level Selects the black level on the screen to adjust the screen depth Available only in HDMI mode RGB signals Film Mode Sets the TV to automatically sense and process film signals from all sources and adjusts the picture for optimum quality Available in ATV DTVinterlace AV COMPONENT 480i 1080i and HDMI 480i 1080i Motion Lighting Off On Reduce power consumption by brightness control adapted motion Available in Standard mode only Picture Reset Resets your current picture mode to its default settings Reset Picture Mode Returns all picture values in the currently selected mode to the default settings Sound Menu Mode t Standard Selects the normal sound mode Music Emphasizes music over voices Movie Provides the best sound for movies Clear Voice Emphasizes voices over other sounds Equalizer standard sound mode only Balance LR Adjusts the balance between the right and left speaker 100Hz 300Hz 1kHz 3kHz 10kHz Bandwidth Adjustment Adjusts the level of specific bandwidth frequencies Reset Resets the equalizer to its default settings DTS TruSurround standard sound mode only DTS TruSurround is a patented DTS technology that solves the problem of playing 51 multichannel content over two speakers TruSurround delivers a compelling virtual surround sound experience through any twospeaker playback system including internal television speakers It is fully compatible with all multichannel formats Preferred Language digital channels only DigitalTV broadcasts are capable of simultaneous transmission of many audio tracks for example simultaneous translations of the program into foreign languages You can only select a language from among the ones being broadcasted MultiTrack Sound analog channels only Mono Choose for channels that are broadcasting in mono or if you are having difficulty receiving a stereo signal Stereo Choose for channels that are broadcasting in stereo SAP Choose to listen to the Separate Audio Program which is usually a foreignlanguage translation Depending on the program being broadcast you can listen to Mono Stereo or SAP Auto Volume Because each broadcasting station has its own signal conditions the volume may fluctuate each time channel is changed This feature lets you automatically adjust the volume of the desired channel by lowering the sound output when the modulation signal is high or by raising the sound output when the modulation signal is low SPDIF Output The SPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFace outputs an uncompressed digital audio signal when you connect the digital audio jack on the back of the TV to a digital audio in jack on a receiver or home theater Audio Format You can select the Digital Audio output SPDIF format The available Digital Audio output SPDIF format may differ depending on the input source Audio Delay Lets you correct timing mismatches between the audio track and the video when you are watching the TV and listening to digital audio output from the TV through an external device such as an AV receiver When you select Audio Delay a slider appears Use the left and right arrow buttons to adjust the slider Press ENTER E when done 0ms 250ms Speaker Select If you are listening to the sound track of a broadcast or movie through an external receiver you may hear a sound echo caused by the difference in decoding speed between the TVs speakers and the speakers attached to your audio receiver If this occurs set the TV to External Speaker When you set Speaker Select to External Speaker the TVs speakers are turned off You will hear sound through the external speakers only When you set Speaker Select to TV Speaker both the TVs speakers and the external speakers are on You will hear sound through both When Speaker Select is set to External Speaker the VOLUME and MUTE buttons will not operate and the sound settings will be limited If there is no video signal both the TVs speakers and the external speakers will be mute Visual Impaired digital channels only Adds verbal description to the main audio to help the visually impaired Dolby Digital Comp Set Dolby Digital compression mode Sound Reset Reset All Resets all sound settings to the factory defaults Setup Menu Language Set the menu language Choose between English Español and Français Setting the Time Time The current time will appear every time you press the INFO button Clock Setting the clock is for using various timer features of the TV If you disconnect the power cord you have to set the clock again Clock Mode Set the current time manually or automatically Clock Set Set the Month Day Year Hour Minute and ampm Available only when Clock Mode is set to Manual Time Zone Select your time zone DST Daylight Saving Time Switches the DST Daylight Saving Time function on or off DST and Time Zone function is only available when the Clock Mode is set to Auto Sleep Timer t Automatically shuts off the TV after a preset period of time 30 60 90 120 150 and 180 minutes To cancel the Sleep Timer select Off Timer 1 Timer 2 Timer 3 Three different on off timer settings can be made You must set the clock first On Time Off Time Set the hour minute ampm and Activate Inactivate To activate the timer with the setting you have chosen set to Activate Volume Set the desired volume level Contents When the On Time is activated you can turn on a specific channel or play back contents such as photo or audio files TVUSB Select TV or USB Make sure that an USB device is connected to your TV Antenna Displays the current antenna source Channel Select the desired channel MusicPhoto Select the folder containing MP3JPEG files on the USB device The maximum displayed number of files including sub folders in one folder of USB storage device is 2000 The media may not be playing smoothly when using the device lower than USB 20 Repeat Select Once Everyday MonFri MonSat SatSun or Manual to set at you convenience If you select Manual you can set up the day you want to activate the timer Other Features Game Mode When connecting to a game console such as PlayStation or Xbox you can enjoy a more realistic gaming experience by selecting the game menu Precautions and limitations for game mode x To disconnect the game console and connect another external device set Game Mode to Off in the setup menu x If you display the TV menu in Game Mode the screen shakes slightly x Game Mode is not available when the input source is set to TV x After connecting the game console set Game Mode to On Unfortunately you may notice reduced picture quality LED TV user manual 2015 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd All rights reserved Changing the Input Source Source List Use to select TV or an external input source such as a DVD player Blu ray player cable box STB satellite receiver 1 Press the SOURCE button 2 Select a desired external input source TV AV Component HDMI1 HDMI2DVI You can only choose external devices that are connected to the TV In the Source List connected inputs will be highlighted How to use Edit Name Edit Name lets you associate a device name to an input source To access Edit Name press the TOOLS button in Source List Name the device connected to the input jacks to make your input source selection easier When connecting a PC to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI cable you should set the TV to PC mode under Edit Name When connecting a PC to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI to DVI cable you should set the TV to DVI PC mode under Edit Name When connecting an AV devices to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI to DVI cable you should set the TV to DVI mode under Edit Name Information You can see detailed information about the connected external device The slots and openings in the cabinet and in the back or bottom are provided for necessary ventilation To ensure reliable operation of this apparatus and to protect it from overheating these slots and openings must never be blocked or covered Do not cover the slots and openings with a cloth or other materials Do not block the slots and openings by placing this apparatus on a bed sofa rug or other similar surface Do not place this apparatus in a confined space such as a bookcase or builtin cabinet unless proper ventilation is provided Do not place this apparatus near or over a radiator or heat register or where it is exposed to direct sunlight Do not place a vessel containing water vases etc on this apparatus as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock Do not expose this apparatus to rain or place it near water near a bathtub washbowl kitchen sink or laundry tub in a wet basement or near a swimming pool etc If this apparatus accidentally gets wet unplug it and contact an authorized dealer immediately Make sure to pull out the power cord from the outlet before cleaning This apparatus use batteries In your community there might be regulations that require you to dispose of these batteries properly to protect the environment Please contact your local authorities for disposal or recycling information Do not overload wall outlets extension cords or adaptors beyond their capacity since this can result in fire or electric shock Powersupply cords should be routed so that they are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against them Pay particular attention to cords at the plug end where connected to adaptors and at the point where they exit from the apparatus To protect this apparatus from a lightning storm or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system This will prevent damage to the set due to lightning and power line surges Before connecting the AC power cord to the DC adaptor outlet make sure the voltage designation of the DC adaptor corresponds to the local electrical supply depending on the model Never insert anything metallic into the open parts of this apparatus Doing so may create a danger of electric shock To avoid electric shock never touch the inside of this apparatus Only a qualified technician should open this apparatus Make sure to plug the power cord in until it is firmly inserted Pull on the plug not the cord when removing the power cord from the outlet Do not touch the power cord with wet hands If this apparatus does not operate normally in particular if there are any unusual sounds or smells coming from it unplug it immediately and contact an authorized dealer or service center Be sure to pull the power plug out of the outlet if the TV is to remain unused or if you are to leave the house for an extended period of time especially when children elderly or disabled people will be left alone in the house Accumulated dust can cause an electric shock an electric leakage or a fire by causing the power cord to generate sparks and heat or cause the insulation to deteriorate Be sure to contact an authorized service center when installing your set in a location with heavy dust high or low temperatures high humidity chemical substances or where it will operate for 24 hours a day such as in an airport a train station etc Failure to do so may cause serious damage to your set Use only a properly grounded plug and receptacle An improper ground may cause electric shock or equipment damage Class l Equipment only To turn off the apparatus completely you must pull the power plug out of the wall socket Consequently the power plug should be readily accessible at all times Do not allow children to hang onto the product Store the accessories batteries etc in a location safely out of the reach of children Do not install the product in an unstable location such as a shaky self a slanted floor or a location exposed to vibration Do not drop or impart a shock to the product If the product is damaged disconnect the power cord and contact a service center To clean the product unplug the power cord from the power outlet and wipe the product using a soft cloth dipped in a small amount of water Do not use any chemicals such as wax benzene alcohol thinners insecticide air freshener lubricant or detergent This may damage the appearance or erase the printing on the product Do not expose the apparatus to dripping or splashing Do not dispose of batteries in a fire Do not short circuit disassemble or overheat the batteries There is a danger of explosion if you replace the batteries with the wrong type of battery Replace only with the same or equivalent type WARNING TO PREVENT THE SPREAD OF FIRE KEEP CANDLES OR OTHER OPEN FLAMES AWAY FROM THIS PRODUCT AT ALL TIMES Warning Important Safety Instructions Please read the safety instructions below before installing and using the product CAUTION CAUTION TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER OR BACK THERE ARE NO USER SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER ALL SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN This symbol indicates that high voltage is present inside It is dangerous to make any kind of contact with any internal part of this product This symbol indicates that important literature concerning operation and maintenance has been included with this product Make sure to rest the ACDC Adapter flat on a table or the floor If you place the ACDC Adapter so that it is hanging with the AC cord input facing upwards water or other foreign substances could enter the Adapter and cause the Adapter to malfunction BN6807180Y00 Figures and illustrations in this User Manual are provided for reference only and may differ from actual product appearance Product design and specifications may be changed without notice Still image warning Avoid displaying still images such as jpeg picture files or still image elements such as TV channel logos panorama or 43 image format stock or news bars at screen bottom etc on the screen Constant displaying of still pictures can cause ghosting of LED screen which will affect image quality To reduce risk of this effect please follow below recommendations y Avoid displaying the same TV channel for long periods y Always try to display any image on full screen use TV set picture format menu for best possible match y Reduce brightness and contrast values to minimum required to achieve desired picture quality exceeded values may speed up the burnout process y Frequently use all TV features designed to reduce image retention and screen burnout refer to proper user manual section for details Securing the Installation Space Keep the required distances between the product and other objects eg walls to ensure proper ventilation Failing to do so may result in fire or a problem with the product due to an increase in the internal temperature of the product When using a stand or wallmount use parts provided by Samsung Electronics only If you use parts provided by another manufacturer it may result in a problem with the product or an injury due to the product falling The appearance may differ depending on the product Be careful when you contact the TV because some parts can be somewhat hot Installation with a stand Installation with a wallmount 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches Contact SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE If you have any questions or comments relating to Samsung products please contact the SAMSUNG customer care center Country Customer Care Center Web Site MEXICO 01800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcommxsupport Dirección General Mariano Escobedo 476 Piso 8 Col Anzures Delegación Miguel Hidalgo Distrito Federal CP 11590 ARGENTINE 0800555SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar URUGUAY 0800SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar PARAGUAY 080011SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar BRAZIL 0800124421 Demais cidades e regiões 40040000 Capitais e grandes centros wwwsamsungcombrsupport CHILE 800SAMSUNG7267864 wwwsamsungcomclsupport BOLIVIA 800107260 wwwsamsungcomclsupport COLOMBIA Bogotá en el 600 12 72 Sin costo en todo el pais 01 8000 112 112 Y desde tu celular 726 wwwsamsungcomco COSTA RICA 008001SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 18007512676 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English ECUADOR 1800SAMSUNG 726786 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English EL SALVADOR 8000SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English GUATEMALA 18002990033 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English HONDURAS 80027919111 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English JAMAICA 1800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English NICARAGUA 0018005077267 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English PANAMA 8000101 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English PERU 080077708 wwwsamsungcompesupport PUERTO RICO 18006823180 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English TRINIDAD amp TOBAGO 1800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English VENEZUELA 0800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomvesupport Sólo Mexico IMPORTADO POR SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS MÉXICO SA DE CV GENERAL MARIANO ESCOBEDO 476 PISO 8 COL ANZURES DELEGACIÓN MIGUEL HIDALGO MÉXICO DISTRITO FEDERAL CP 11590 TEL 01 55 57475100 01 800 726 7864 y Remote Control amp Batteries AAA x 2 y Warranty Card Regulatory Guide y Owners Instructions y Power Cord y Wall Mount Adapter 4EA y ACDC Adapter Display Modes HDMIDVI Input Optimal resolution 4 series1366 x 76860Hz Mode Resolution Horizontal Frequency KHz Vertical Frequency Hz Pixel Clock Frequency MHz Sync Polarity H V 1366 x 768 IBM 720 x 400 31469 70087 28322 c MAC 640 x 480 35000 66667 30240 c 832 x 624 49726 74551 57284 c 1152 x 870 68681 75062 100000 VESA DMT 640 x 480 31469 59940 25175 c 640 x 480 37861 72809 31500 c 640 x 480 37500 75000 31500 c 800 x 600 37879 60317 40000 c 800 x 600 48077 72188 50000 c 800 x 600 46875 75000 49500 c 1024 x 768 48363 60004 65000 c 1024 x 768 56476 70069 75000 c 1024 x 768 60023 75029 78750 c 1152 x 864 67500 75000 108000 1280 x 720 45000 60000 74250 c 1280 x 800 49702 59810 83500 1280 x 1024 63981 60020 108000 1280 x 1024 79976 75025 135000 1366 x 768 47712 59790 85500 c 1440 x 900 55935 59887 106500 1600 x 900RB 60000 60000 108000 1680 x 1050 65290 59954 146250 1920 x 1080 67500 60000 148500 Installing batteries Battery size AAA NOTE Use the remote control within 23 feet from TV Bright light may affect the performance of the remote control Avoid use when nearby fluorescent lights or neon signs The Color and shape may vary depending on the model Remote Control Press to select additional channels digital being broadcasted by the same station For example to select channel 543 press 54 then press and 3 Returns to the previous channel Press to directly access to channels Turns the TV on and off Use these buttons in a specific feature EMANUAL Not available PIC SIZE Lets you choose the picture size Turns the Sports Mode on or off Cuts off the sound temporarily Not available Displays the channel list on the screen Displays information on the TV screen Quickly select frequently used functions Selects the onscreen menu items and changes the values seen on the menu Exit the menu Returns to the previous menu Displays and selects the available video sources Use these buttons according to the direction on screen Changes channels Displays the main onscreen menu Views the Media Play Adjusts the volume MEDIAP GUIDE EMANUAL PIC SIZE FÚTBOL The button names above may differ from the actual names Some buttons on the remote control may not be available This remote control has Braille points on the Power Channel Volume and Enter buttons and can be used by visually impaired persons ANT OUT WR R W AUDIO OUT RAUDIOL COMPONENT OUT PR PB Y R B R B RG R G OPTICAL DVI OUT HDMI OUT AUDIO OUT RAUDIOL VIDEO OUT WR Y R R Y W TV Rear Panel VCR AV Device 2 Using AudioVideo Cables Bluray player AV Device 3 Using a Component Cable up to 1080p Media Play Using a USB Drive AV Device 1 Using an HDMI Cable up to 1080p PC Using an HDMI Cable or an HDMI to DVI Cable Use the PC speakers for audio Audio Device Using an Optical Digital Cable Digital Audio System Bluray player DVD cable box sat box PC or VHFUHF Antenna Cable 2 1 6 5 3 7 4 8 J4000ZXBFBN6807180Y00ENGindb 1 20150728 오후 34907
  • Page 8 - English - : Connections y For the best picture and audio quality connect digital devices using an HDMI cable y If you connect an external device to the TV that uses an older version of HDMI the video and audio may not work If this occurs ask the manufacturer of the device about the HDMI version and if it is out of date request an upgrade y Be sure to purchase a certified HDMI cable Otherwise the picture may not display or a connection error may occur y PCDVI AUDIO IN input is not supported y For an HDMI to DVI cable connection you must use the HDMI IN 2 DVI port y Connecting through the HDMI cable may not be supported depending on the PC y If an HDMI to DVI cable is connected to the HDMI IN 2 DVI port the audio does not work y For Settop box connection using HDMI cable we highly recommend you to connect the HDMI IN 1 STB port Getting Started Accessories Input Cables Sold Separately y Audio y Composite AV y Component y Coaxial RF y HDMI y HDMIDVI Make sure you have the correct cable before plugging it in Illustrations of common plugs and jacks are shown below Cable Plugs PortsJacks Do not plug in opposite or wrong direction It could damage the TV port HDMI USB Optical Do not plug cables in upside down Be sure to check the orientation of the plug before plugging it in TV Controller The TVs Controller on the bottom right side of the TV lets you control the TV without the remote control Turns the TV on or off Changes channels Adjusts the volume Displays and selects the available video sources Control Menu Remote control sensorTV Controller The product color and shape may vary depending on the model You cannot input the numbers by pressing the TVs controller If you press it first the control menu appears You can select the function by pressing and holding the TVs controller With the TVs Controller you cannot perform other operations except for turning the TV on or off changing the channel adjusting the volume and switching the input source Plug amp Play Initial Setup When you turn the TV on for the first time a sequence of screens and onscreen prompts will assist you in configuring the TVs basic settings Press the POWER button Plug amp Play is available only when the Input source is set to TV Set the initial setup following instructions that the TV guides Connecting the power cord and antenna refer to Connections Channel Menu Seeing Channels Channel List Add delete or set Favorite channels and use the program guide for digital broadcasts Select a channel in the All Channels Added Channels Favorite or Programmed screen by pressing the buttons and pressing the ENTER E button Then you can watch the selected channel All Channels Shows all currently available channels Added Channels Shows all added channels Favorite Shows all favorite channels Programmed Shows all currently reserved programs Using the remote control buttons with the Channel List x Green Zoom Enlarges or shrinks a channel number x Yellow Select Selects multiple channel lists Select desired channels and press the Yellow button to set all the selected channels at the same time The c mark appears to the left of the selected channels x T Tools Displays the Channel List option menu The Options menus may differ depending on the situation Channel Status Display icons y c A channel selected y A channel set as a Favorite y A reserved program y A program currently being broadcast Memorizing channels Antenna Switch to Cable Switch to Air t Before your television can begin memorizing the available channels you must specify the type of signal source that is connected to the TV ie an Air or a Cable system Auto Program When selecting the Cable TV system Selects the cable system STD HRC and IRC identify various types of cable TV systems Contact your local cable company to identify the type of cable system that exists in your particular area At this point the signal source has been selected After all the available channels are stored it starts to remove scrambled channels The Auto Program menu then reappears Press the ENTER E button to stop the channel store during Auto Program How to Stop Auto Programming 1 Press the ENTER E button 2 A message will ask Stop Auto Program Select Yes by pressing the or button 3 Press the ENTER E button Other Features Clear Scrambled Channel This function filters out scrambled channels after Auto Program is completed This process may take up to 2030 minutes Press the ENTER E button to stop the Clear Scrambled Channel This function is only available in Cable mode Channel List Channel List Option Menu O Channel List t Set each channel using the Channel List menu options Option menu items may differ depending on the channel status Add Delete Delete or add a channel to display the channels you want All deleted channels will be shown on the All Channels menu A graycolored channel indicates the channel has been deleted The Add menu only appears for deleted channels Delete a channel from the Added Channels or Favorite menu in the same manner Add to Favorite Delete from Favorite t Set channels you watch frequently as Favorites Timer Viewing You can set a desired channel to be displayed automatically at the set time even when you are watching another channel Set the current time first to use this function Only memorized channels can be reserved Reserved programs will be displayed in the Programmed menu When a digital channel is selected press the Next Program button to view the digital program If you select the ENTER E Schedule button on the next program you can set Timer Viewing directly Channel Name Edit analog channels only Assign your own channel name Select All Select all the channels in the channel list Deselect All Deselect all the selected channels You can only select Deselect All when one or more channels are selected Auto Program Scans for a channel automatically and stores in the TV Programmed in Channel List O Channel List Programmed t You can view modify or delete a show you have reserved to watch Change Info Change a show you have reserved to watch Cancel Schedules Cancel a show you have reserved to watch Information Display a show you have reserved to watch You can also change the reservation Information Select All Deselect All You can select or deselect all channels in the channel list Channel Mode Change the channel mode directly between Added Channels and Favorite Channels The Favorite Channels is enabled only when you set Add to Favorite Fine Tune analog channels only If the reception is clear you do not have to fine tune the channel as this is done automatically during the search and store operation If the signal is weak or distorted fine tune the channel manually Fine tuned channels that have been saved are marked with an asterisk on the righthand side of the channel number in the channel banner To reset the finetuning select Reset Picture Menu Mode t Select your preferred picture type When connecting a PC you can only select Entertain and Standard Dynamic Suitable for a bright room Standard Suitable for a normal environment Movie Suitable for watching movies in a dark room Entertain Suitable for watching movies and games Only available when connecting a PC Backlight Contrast Brightness Sharpness Color Tint GR Your television has several setting options for picture quality control When connecting a PC you can only make changes to Backlight Contrast Brightness and Sharpness Picture Options When connecting a PC you can only make changes to the Color Tone Size and HDMI Black Level Color Tone Cool makes the picture bluer cooler Warm make the picture redder warmer Size Your cable boxsatellite receiver may have its own set of screen sizes as well However we highly recommend you use 169 mode most of the time The menu is deactivated when the H 264 1080p DTV is being played 169 Sets the picture to 169 wide mode Zoom1 Use for moderate magnification Zoom2 Use for a stronger magnification Wide Fit Enlarges the aspect ratio of the picture to fit the entire screen 43 Sets the picture to basic 43 mode Do not watch in 43 format for a long time Traces of borders displayed on the left right and center of the screen may cause image retention screen burn which are not covered by the warranty Screen Fit DTV Displays the full image without any cutoff when HDMI 720p 1080i 1080p or Component 1080i 1080p signals are inputted HD High Definition 169 1080i1080p 1920x1080 720p 1280x720 Settings can be adjusted and stored for each external device you have connected to an input on the TV Picture Sizes available by Input Source Input Source Picture Size ATV AV Component 480i 480p 169 Zoom1 Zoom2 43 DTV 1080i Component 1080i 1080p HDMI 720p 1080i 1080p 169 Wide Fit 43 Screen Fit Digital Clean View If the broadcast signal received by your TV is weak you can activate the Digital Clean View feature to reduce any static and ghosting that may appear on the screen When the signal is weak try other options until the best picture is displayed HDMI Black Level Selects the black level on the screen to adjust the screen depth Available only in HDMI mode RGB signals Film Mode Sets the TV to automatically sense and process film signals from all sources and adjusts the picture for optimum quality Available in ATV DTVinterlace AV COMPONENT 480i 1080i and HDMI 480i 1080i Motion Lighting Off On Reduce power consumption by brightness control adapted motion Available in Standard mode only Picture Reset Resets your current picture mode to its default settings Reset Picture Mode Returns all picture values in the currently selected mode to the default settings Sound Menu Mode t Standard Selects the normal sound mode Music Emphasizes music over voices Movie Provides the best sound for movies Clear Voice Emphasizes voices over other sounds Equalizer standard sound mode only Balance LR Adjusts the balance between the right and left speaker 100Hz 300Hz 1kHz 3kHz 10kHz Bandwidth Adjustment Adjusts the level of specific bandwidth frequencies Reset Resets the equalizer to its default settings DTS TruSurround standard sound mode only DTS TruSurround is a patented DTS technology that solves the problem of playing 51 multichannel content over two speakers TruSurround delivers a compelling virtual surround sound experience through any twospeaker playback system including internal television speakers It is fully compatible with all multichannel formats Preferred Language digital channels only DigitalTV broadcasts are capable of simultaneous transmission of many audio tracks for example simultaneous translations of the program into foreign languages You can only select a language from among the ones being broadcasted MultiTrack Sound analog channels only Mono Choose for channels that are broadcasting in mono or if you are having difficulty receiving a stereo signal Stereo Choose for channels that are broadcasting in stereo SAP Choose to listen to the Separate Audio Program which is usually a foreignlanguage translation Depending on the program being broadcast you can listen to Mono Stereo or SAP Auto Volume Because each broadcasting station has its own signal conditions the volume may fluctuate each time channel is changed This feature lets you automatically adjust the volume of the desired channel by lowering the sound output when the modulation signal is high or by raising the sound output when the modulation signal is low SPDIF Output The SPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFace outputs an uncompressed digital audio signal when you connect the digital audio jack on the back of the TV to a digital audio in jack on a receiver or home theater Audio Format You can select the Digital Audio output SPDIF format The available Digital Audio output SPDIF format may differ depending on the input source Audio Delay Lets you correct timing mismatches between the audio track and the video when you are watching the TV and listening to digital audio output from the TV through an external device such as an AV receiver When you select Audio Delay a slider appears Use the left and right arrow buttons to adjust the slider Press ENTER E when done 0ms 250ms Speaker Select If you are listening to the sound track of a broadcast or movie through an external receiver you may hear a sound echo caused by the difference in decoding speed between the TVs speakers and the speakers attached to your audio receiver If this occurs set the TV to External Speaker When you set Speaker Select to External Speaker the TVs speakers are turned off You will hear sound through the external speakers only When you set Speaker Select to TV Speaker both the TVs speakers and the external speakers are on You will hear sound through both When Speaker Select is set to External Speaker the VOLUME and MUTE buttons will not operate and the sound settings will be limited If there is no video signal both the TVs speakers and the external speakers will be mute Visual Impaired digital channels only Adds verbal description to the main audio to help the visually impaired Dolby Digital Comp Set Dolby Digital compression mode Sound Reset Reset All Resets all sound settings to the factory defaults Setup Menu Language Set the menu language Choose between English Español and Français Setting the Time Time The current time will appear every time you press the INFO button Clock Setting the clock is for using various timer features of the TV If you disconnect the power cord you have to set the clock again Clock Mode Set the current time manually or automatically Clock Set Set the Month Day Year Hour Minute and ampm Available only when Clock Mode is set to Manual Time Zone Select your time zone DST Daylight Saving Time Switches the DST Daylight Saving Time function on or off DST and Time Zone function is only available when the Clock Mode is set to Auto Sleep Timer t Automatically shuts off the TV after a preset period of time 30 60 90 120 150 and 180 minutes To cancel the Sleep Timer select Off Timer 1 Timer 2 Timer 3 Three different on off timer settings can be made You must set the clock first On Time Off Time Set the hour minute ampm and Activate Inactivate To activate the timer with the setting you have chosen set to Activate Volume Set the desired volume level Contents When the On Time is activated you can turn on a specific channel or play back contents such as photo or audio files TVUSB Select TV or USB Make sure that an USB device is connected to your TV Antenna Displays the current antenna source Channel Select the desired channel MusicPhoto Select the folder containing MP3JPEG files on the USB device The maximum displayed number of files including sub folders in one folder of USB storage device is 2000 The media may not be playing smoothly when using the device lower than USB 20 Repeat Select Once Everyday MonFri MonSat SatSun or Manual to set at you convenience If you select Manual you can set up the day you want to activate the timer Other Features Game Mode When connecting to a game console such as PlayStation or Xbox you can enjoy a more realistic gaming experience by selecting the game menu Precautions and limitations for game mode x To disconnect the game console and connect another external device set Game Mode to Off in the setup menu x If you display the TV menu in Game Mode the screen shakes slightly x Game Mode is not available when the input source is set to TV x After connecting the game console set Game Mode to On Unfortunately you may notice reduced picture quality LED TV user manual 2015 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd All rights reserved Changing the Input Source Source List Use to select TV or an external input source such as a DVD player Blu ray player cable box STB satellite receiver 1 Press the SOURCE button 2 Select a desired external input source TV AV Component HDMI1 HDMI2DVI You can only choose external devices that are connected to the TV In the Source List connected inputs will be highlighted How to use Edit Name Edit Name lets you associate a device name to an input source To access Edit Name press the TOOLS button in Source List Name the device connected to the input jacks to make your input source selection easier When connecting a PC to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI cable you should set the TV to PC mode under Edit Name When connecting a PC to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI to DVI cable you should set the TV to DVI PC mode under Edit Name When connecting an AV devices to the HDMI IN 2DVI port with HDMI to DVI cable you should set the TV to DVI mode under Edit Name Information You can see detailed information about the connected external device The slots and openings in the cabinet and in the back or bottom are provided for necessary ventilation To ensure reliable operation of this apparatus and to protect it from overheating these slots and openings must never be blocked or covered Do not cover the slots and openings with a cloth or other materials Do not block the slots and openings by placing this apparatus on a bed sofa rug or other similar surface Do not place this apparatus in a confined space such as a bookcase or builtin cabinet unless proper ventilation is provided Do not place this apparatus near or over a radiator or heat register or where it is exposed to direct sunlight Do not place a vessel containing water vases etc on this apparatus as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock Do not expose this apparatus to rain or place it near water near a bathtub washbowl kitchen sink or laundry tub in a wet basement or near a swimming pool etc If this apparatus accidentally gets wet unplug it and contact an authorized dealer immediately Make sure to pull out the power cord from the outlet before cleaning This apparatus use batteries In your community there might be regulations that require you to dispose of these batteries properly to protect the environment Please contact your local authorities for disposal or recycling information Do not overload wall outlets extension cords or adaptors beyond their capacity since this can result in fire or electric shock Powersupply cords should be routed so that they are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against them Pay particular attention to cords at the plug end where connected to adaptors and at the point where they exit from the apparatus To protect this apparatus from a lightning storm or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system This will prevent damage to the set due to lightning and power line surges Before connecting the AC power cord to the DC adaptor outlet make sure the voltage designation of the DC adaptor corresponds to the local electrical supply depending on the model Never insert anything metallic into the open parts of this apparatus Doing so may create a danger of electric shock To avoid electric shock never touch the inside of this apparatus Only a qualified technician should open this apparatus Make sure to plug the power cord in until it is firmly inserted Pull on the plug not the cord when removing the power cord from the outlet Do not touch the power cord with wet hands If this apparatus does not operate normally in particular if there are any unusual sounds or smells coming from it unplug it immediately and contact an authorized dealer or service center Be sure to pull the power plug out of the outlet if the TV is to remain unused or if you are to leave the house for an extended period of time especially when children elderly or disabled people will be left alone in the house Accumulated dust can cause an electric shock an electric leakage or a fire by causing the power cord to generate sparks and heat or cause the insulation to deteriorate Be sure to contact an authorized service center when installing your set in a location with heavy dust high or low temperatures high humidity chemical substances or where it will operate for 24 hours a day such as in an airport a train station etc Failure to do so may cause serious damage to your set Use only a properly grounded plug and receptacle An improper ground may cause electric shock or equipment damage Class l Equipment only To turn off the apparatus completely you must pull the power plug out of the wall socket Consequently the power plug should be readily accessible at all times Do not allow children to hang onto the product Store the accessories batteries etc in a location safely out of the reach of children Do not install the product in an unstable location such as a shaky self a slanted floor or a location exposed to vibration Do not drop or impart a shock to the product If the product is damaged disconnect the power cord and contact a service center To clean the product unplug the power cord from the power outlet and wipe the product using a soft cloth dipped in a small amount of water Do not use any chemicals such as wax benzene alcohol thinners insecticide air freshener lubricant or detergent This may damage the appearance or erase the printing on the product Do not expose the apparatus to dripping or splashing Do not dispose of batteries in a fire Do not short circuit disassemble or overheat the batteries There is a danger of explosion if you replace the batteries with the wrong type of battery Replace only with the same or equivalent type WARNING TO PREVENT THE SPREAD OF FIRE KEEP CANDLES OR OTHER OPEN FLAMES AWAY FROM THIS PRODUCT AT ALL TIMES Warning Important Safety Instructions Please read the safety instructions below before installing and using the product CAUTION CAUTION TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER OR BACK THERE ARE NO USER SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER ALL SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN This symbol indicates that high voltage is present inside It is dangerous to make any kind of contact with any internal part of this product This symbol indicates that important literature concerning operation and maintenance has been included with this product Make sure to rest the ACDC Adapter flat on a table or the floor If you place the ACDC Adapter so that it is hanging with the AC cord input facing upwards water or other foreign substances could enter the Adapter and cause the Adapter to malfunction BN6807180Y00 Figures and illustrations in this User Manual are provided for reference only and may differ from actual product appearance Product design and specifications may be changed without notice Still image warning Avoid displaying still images such as jpeg picture files or still image elements such as TV channel logos panorama or 43 image format stock or news bars at screen bottom etc on the screen Constant displaying of still pictures can cause ghosting of LED screen which will affect image quality To reduce risk of this effect please follow below recommendations y Avoid displaying the same TV channel for long periods y Always try to display any image on full screen use TV set picture format menu for best possible match y Reduce brightness and contrast values to minimum required to achieve desired picture quality exceeded values may speed up the burnout process y Frequently use all TV features designed to reduce image retention and screen burnout refer to proper user manual section for details Securing the Installation Space Keep the required distances between the product and other objects eg walls to ensure proper ventilation Failing to do so may result in fire or a problem with the product due to an increase in the internal temperature of the product When using a stand or wallmount use parts provided by Samsung Electronics only If you use parts provided by another manufacturer it may result in a problem with the product or an injury due to the product falling The appearance may differ depending on the product Be careful when you contact the TV because some parts can be somewhat hot Installation with a stand Installation with a wallmount 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches 4inches Contact SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE If you have any questions or comments relating to Samsung products please contact the SAMSUNG customer care center Country Customer Care Center Web Site MEXICO 01800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcommxsupport Dirección General Mariano Escobedo 476 Piso 8 Col Anzures Delegación Miguel Hidalgo Distrito Federal CP 11590 ARGENTINE 0800555SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar URUGUAY 0800SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar PARAGUAY 080011SAMS7267 wwwsamsungcomar BRAZIL 0800124421 Demais cidades e regiões 40040000 Capitais e grandes centros wwwsamsungcombrsupport CHILE 800SAMSUNG7267864 wwwsamsungcomclsupport BOLIVIA 800107260 wwwsamsungcomclsupport COLOMBIA Bogotá en el 600 12 72 Sin costo en todo el pais 01 8000 112 112 Y desde tu celular 726 wwwsamsungcomco COSTA RICA 008001SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 18007512676 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English ECUADOR 1800SAMSUNG 726786 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English EL SALVADOR 8000SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English GUATEMALA 18002990033 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English HONDURAS 80027919111 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English JAMAICA 1800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English NICARAGUA 0018005077267 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English PANAMA 8000101 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English PERU 080077708 wwwsamsungcompesupport PUERTO RICO 18006823180 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English TRINIDAD amp TOBAGO 1800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomlatinsupport Spanish wwwsamsungcomlatinensupport English VENEZUELA 0800SAMSUNG 7267864 wwwsamsungcomvesupport Sólo Mexico IMPORTADO POR SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS MÉXICO SA DE CV GENERAL MARIANO ESCOBEDO 476 PISO 8 COL ANZURES DELEGACIÓN MIGUEL HIDALGO MÉXICO DISTRITO FEDERAL CP 11590 TEL 01 55 57475100 01 800 726 7864 y Remote Control amp Batteries AAA x 2 y Warranty Card Regulatory Guide y Owners Instructions y Power Cord y Wall Mount Adapter 4EA y ACDC Adapter Display Modes HDMIDVI Input Optimal resolution 4 series1366 x 76860Hz Mode Resolution Horizontal Frequency KHz Vertical Frequency Hz Pixel Clock Frequency MHz Sync Polarity H V 1366 x 768 IBM 720 x 400 31469 70087 28322 c MAC 640 x 480 35000 66667 30240 c 832 x 624 49726 74551 57284 c 1152 x 870 68681 75062 100000 VESA DMT 640 x 480 31469 59940 25175 c 640 x 480 37861 72809 31500 c 640 x 480 37500 75000 31500 c 800 x 600 37879 60317 40000 c 800 x 600 48077 72188 50000 c 800 x 600 46875 75000 49500 c 1024 x 768 48363 60004 65000 c 1024 x 768 56476 70069 75000 c 1024 x 768 60023 75029 78750 c 1152 x 864 67500 75000 108000 1280 x 720 45000 60000 74250 c 1280 x 800 49702 59810 83500 1280 x 1024 63981 60020 108000 1280 x 1024 79976 75025 135000 1366 x 768 47712 59790 85500 c 1440 x 900 55935 59887 106500 1600 x 900RB 60000 60000 108000 1680 x 1050 65290 59954 146250 1920 x 1080 67500 60000 148500 Installing batteries Battery size AAA NOTE Use the remote control within 23 feet from TV Bright light may affect the performance of the remote control Avoid use when nearby fluorescent lights or neon signs The Color and shape may vary depending on the model Remote Control Press to select additional channels digital being broadcasted by the same station For example to select channel 543 press 54 then press and 3 Returns to the previous channel Press to directly access to channels Turns the TV on and off Use these buttons in a specific feature EMANUAL Not available PIC SIZE Lets you choose the picture size Turns the Sports Mode on or off Cuts off the sound temporarily Not available Displays the channel list on the screen Displays information on the TV screen Quickly select frequently used functions Selects the onscreen menu items and changes the values seen on the menu Exit the menu Returns to the previous menu Displays and selects the available video sources Use these buttons according to the direction on screen Changes channels Displays the main onscreen menu Views the Media Play Adjusts the volume MEDIAP GUIDE EMANUAL PIC SIZE FÚTBOL The button names above may differ from the actual names Some buttons on the remote control may not be available This remote control has Braille points on the Power Channel Volume and Enter buttons and can be used by visually impaired persons ANT OUT WR R W AUDIO OUT RAUDIOL COMPONENT OUT PR PB Y R B R B RG R G OPTICAL DVI OUT HDMI OUT AUDIO OUT RAUDIOL VIDEO OUT WR Y R R Y W TV Rear Panel VCR AV Device 2 Using AudioVideo Cables Bluray player AV Device 3 Using a Component Cable up to 1080p Media Play Using a USB Drive AV Device 1 Using an HDMI Cable up to 1080p PC Using an HDMI Cable or an HDMI to DVI Cable Use the PC speakers for audio Audio Device Using an Optical Digital Cable Digital Audio System Bluray player DVD cable box sat box PC or VHFUHF Antenna Cable 2 1 6 5 3 7 4 8 J4000ZXBFBN6807180Y00ENGindb 1 20150728 오후 34907
  • Page 9 - English - : Application Menu Using the Media Play Enjoy photos music andor movie files saved on a USB Mass Storage Class MSC device P POWER MEDIAP Connecting a USB Device 1 Turn on your TV 2 Connect a USB device containing photo music andor movie files to the USB jack on the side of the TV 3 When USB is connected to the TV you can select Media Play USB in Applications menu Using the Media Play Menu 1 Press the MENU button Press the or button to select Applications then press the ENTER E button 2 Press the or button to select Media Play USB then press the ENTER E button 3 Press the or button to select an icon Videos Music Photos Settings then press the ENTER E button It might not work properly with unlicensed multimedia files NeedtoKnow List before using Media Play USB x Supported file systems are FAT and NTFS x Certain types of USB Digital camera and audio devices may not be compatible with this TV x Media Play only supports USB Mass Storage Class MSC devices MSC is a Mass Storage Class BulkOnly Transport device Examples of MSC are Thumb drives and Flash Card Readers Devices should be connected directly to the TVs USB port USB HDD is not supported x Before connecting your device to the TV please back up your files to prevent them from damage or loss of data SAMSUNG is not responsible for any data file damage or data loss x A USB device that requires high power more than 05A may not be supported x Do not disconnect the USB device while it is loading x The higher the resolution of the image the longer it takes to display on the screen x The maximum supported JPEG resolution is 15360 x 8640 pixels x If a file is corrupted or the TV does not support the file type the Not Supported File Format message appears x The TV cannot play MP3 files with DRM that have been downloaded from a forpay site Digital Rights Management DRM is a technology that supports the creation distribution and management of digital content in an integrated and comprehensive way including protecting the rights and interests of content providers preventing illegal copying of contents and managing billings and settlements x PTP device is not supported x If an overpower warning message is displayed while you are connecting or using a USB device the device may not be recognized or may malfunction x If the TV has no input during the time set in Auto Protection Time the Screensaver will run x The powersaving mode of some external hard disk drives may be released automatically when your connect them to the TV x If you use a USB extension cable the TV may not recognize the USB device or may not be able to read the files on the device x If a USB device connected to the TV is not recognized the list of files on the device is corrupted or a file in the list is not played connect the USB device to a PC format the device and check the connection x If a file you deleted from the PC is still found when you run Media Play use the Empty the Recycle Bin function on the PC to permanently delete the file x Photos only supports sequential jpeg format x The scene search and thumbnail functions are not supported in the Videos x If the number of files and folders saved on a USB storage device is approximately over 4000 the files and folders may not appear and some folders may not be opened x The maximum displayed number of files including sub folders in one folder of USB storage device is 2000 x The media may not be playing smoothly when using the device lower than USB 20 Videos 1 Press the buttons to select Videos then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired video in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button The selected file is displayed on the top with its playing time If video time information is unknown playing time and the progress bar are not displayed During video playback you can search using the buttons In this mode you can play movie clips contained in a game but you cannot play the game itself y Supported Subtitle Formats External Name File extension MPEG4 timed text ttxt SAMI smi SubRip srt SubViewer sub Micro DVD sub or txt SubStation Alpha ssa Advanced SubStation Alpha ass Internal Name Container Format Xsub AVI Picture Format SubStation Alpha MKV Text Format Advanced SubStation Alpha MKV Text Format SubRip MKV Text Format MPEG4 Timed text MP4 Text Format y Supported Video Formats File Extension Container Video Codec Resolution Frame ratefps Bit rate Mbps Audio Codec avi mkv asf wmv mp4 mov 3gp vro mpg mpeg ts tp trp mov flv vob svi divx AVI MKV ASF MP4 3GP MOV FLV VRO VOB PS TS Motion JPEG 640x480 MAX 30 AC3 LPCM ADPCM IMA MS AAC HEAAC WMA DD MPEGMP3 DTS Core LBR G711A Law μLaw H264 BP MPHP 1920x1080 30 H 264 BP MP HP Divx 311 4 5 6 MPEG4 SP ASP Window Media Video v9VC1 MPEG2 MPEG1 webm WebM VP8 1920x1080 630 20 Vorbis The picture is black and white If you are using an AV composite input connect the video cable yellow to the Green jack of component input 1 on the TV When changing channels the picture freezes or is distorted or delayed y If connected to a cable box please try to reset it Reconnect the AC cord and wait until the cable box reboots It may take up to 20 minutes y Set the output resolution of the cable box to 1080i or 720p Sound Problem First of all please perform the Sound Test to confirm that your TV audio is properly operating Go to MENU Support Self Diagnosis Sound Test If the audio is OK the sound problem may caused by the source or signal There is no sound or the sound is too low at maximum volume Please check the volume of the device CableSat Box DVD Bluray etc connected to your TV The picture is good but there is no sound y If you are using an external device check the devices audio output option ex you may need to change your cable boxs audio option to HDMI when you have a HDMI connected to your TV y Reboot the connected device by reconnecting the devices power cable The speakers are making an inappropriate noise y Check the cable connections Make sure a video cable is not connected to an audio input y For Antenna or Cable connections check the signal information A weak signal may cause sound distortion y Perform the Sound Test as explained above No Picture No Video The TV will not turn on y Make sure the AC power cord is securely plugged into the wall outlet and the TV y Make sure the wall outlet is working y Try pressing the POWER button on the TV to make sure the problem is not the remote If the TV turns on refer to Remote control does not work below The TV turns off automatically y Ensure the Sleep Timer is set to Off in the Time menu y If your PC is connected to the TV check your PC power settings y Make sure the AC power cord is plugged in securely to the wall outlet and the TV y When you are watching TV connected to an antenna or cable connection the TV will turn off after 10 15 minutes if there is no signal There is no picturevideo y Check the cable connections Remove and reconnect all cables connected to the TV and external devices y Set your external devices CableSat Box DVD Bluray etc video outputs to match the connections to the TV input For example if an external devices output is HDMI it should be connected to an HDMI input on the TV y Make sure your connected devices are powered on y Be sure to select the TVs correct source by pressing the SOURCE button on the remote control y Reboot the connected device by reconnecting the devices power cable RFCableAntenna Connection The TV is not receiving all channels y Make sure the coaxial cable is connected securely y Please try Auto Program to add available channels to the channel list go to MENU Channel Auto Program then select Auto and make sure the correct Cable TV signal type is set in the menu There are 3 options STD HRC and IRC y Verify the antenna is positioned correctly No Caption on digital channels y Check the Caption Setup menu Try changing Caption Mode Service1 to CC1 y Some channels may not have caption data The picture is distorted macroblock error small block dots pixelization y Compression of video contents may cause picture distortion Especially on fast moving pictures such as sports and action movies y A weak signal can cause picture distortion This is not a TV problem Others Purplegreen rolling horizontal bars and buzzing noise from the TV speakers with Component cable connection Remove the left and right audio connections from the settopbox If the buzzing stops this indicates that the settopbox has a grounding issue Replace the Component video cables with an HDMI connection The picture will not display in full screen y HD channels will have black bars on either side of the screen when displaying up scaled SD 43 contents y Black bars on the Top amp Bottom will be shown on movies that have aspect ratios different from your TV y Adjust the picture size option on your external device or change the TV to full screen The remote control does not work y Replace the remote control batteries with correct polarity y Clean the transmission window located on the top of the remote control y Try pointing the remote directly at the TV from 56 feet away The cableset top box remote control does not turn the TV on or off or adjust the volume Program the CableSet top box remote control to operate the TV Refer to the CableSet top box user manual for the SAMSUNG TV code A Mode Not Supported message appears Check the supported resolution of the TV and adjust the external devices output resolution accordingly Refer to resolution settings in this manual Caption on the TV menu is greyed out y You cannot select Caption in the TV menu when watching content from a device connected via HDMI or Component y Caption must be activated on the external device There is a plastic smell from the TV This smell is normal and will dissipate over time Other Restrictions x Codecs may not function properly if there is a problem with the content x Video content does not play or does not play correctly if there is an error in the content or container x Sound or video may not work if they have standard bit ratesframe rates above the TVs compatibility ratings x If the Index Table is has an error the Seek Jump function will not work x When playing video over a network connection the video may not play smoothly because of data transmission speeds x Some USBdigital camera devices may not be compatible with the TV x While the TV is playing a video at the bit rate of 10 Mbps or higher the menu screens may be displayed slowly Video Decoder Supports up to H264 Level 41 H264 FMO ASO RS VC1 AP L4 are not supported GMC 2 or above is not supported Audio Decoder WMA 10 Pro supports up to 51 channels Supports up to the M2 profile WMA lossless audio is not supported QCELP and AMR NBWB are not supported Vorbis is supported for up to 2 channels Dolby Digital Plus is supported for up to 51 channels The DTS LBR codec is only available for MKV MP4 TS containers Music 1 Press the buttons to select Music then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired Music in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button During music playback you can search using the buttons REW and FF buttons do not function during play Only displays the files with MP3 file extensions Other file extensions are not displayed even if they are saved on the same USB device If the sound is abnormal when playing MP3 files adjust the Equalizer in the Sound menu An overmodulated MP3 file may cause a sound problem Photos 1 Press the buttons to select Photos then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired photo in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button NOTE While a photo list is displayed press the Play ENTER E button on the remote control to start the slide show All files in the file list section will be displayed in the slide show During the slide show files are displayed in order During the slide show you can adjust the slide show speed using REW or FF button You can move to other file using the buttons y Supported Photo Formats Image Photo Resolution JPEG Baseline 15360 x 8704 Progressive 1024 x 768 Other Restrictions CMYK and YCCK Color space JPEGs are not supported Playing Multiple Files Playing selected videomusicphoto files 1 Press the Yellow button in the file list to select the desired file 2 Repeat the above operation to select multiple files NOTE The c mark appears to the left of the selected files To cancel a selection press the Yellow button again To deselect all selected files press the TOOLS button and select Deselect All 3 Press the TOOLS button and then select Play Selected Contents Playing the videomusicphoto file group 1 While a file list is displayed move to any file in desired group 2 Press the TOOLS button and then select Play Folder Media Play Additional Functions VideosMusicPhotos Play Option menus When playing a file press the TOOLS button Category Operation Videos Music Photos Title You can move the other file directly c Repeat Mode You can play movie and music files repeatedly c c Picture Size You can adjust the picture size to your preference c Picture Mode You can adjust the picture setting c c Sound Mode You can adjust the sound setting c c c Subtitle Settings You can play the video with Subtitles This function only works if the subtitles are the same file name as the video c Audio Format You can select the digital audio output format c Audio Language You can change the audio language if the video has more than one language c Stop Slide Show Start Slide Show You can start or stop a Slide Show c Slide Show Speed You can select the slide show speed during the slide show c Background Music You can set and select background music when watching a Slide Show c Zoom You can zoom into images in full screen mode c Rotate You can rotate images in full screen mode c Information You can see detailed information about the played file c c c Using the Sports Mode Sports Mode This mode provides optimised condition for watching sports games When the Sports Mode is On the picture and sound modes are set to Stadium automatically Other Information Installing the Wall Mount Kit The wall mount kit sold separately allows you to mount the TV on the wall For detailed information on installing the wall mount see the instructions provided with the wall mount items Contact a technician for assistance when installing the wall mount bracket Samsung Electronics is not responsible for any damage to the product or injury to yourself or others if you elect to install the wall mount on your own TV Wall mount bracket C Wall mount Adapter Wall Mount Kit Specifications VESA The wall mount kit is not supplied but sold separately Install your wall mount on a solid wall perpendicular to the floor When attaching to other building materials please contact your nearest dealer If you install the TV on a ceiling or slanted wall it may fall and result in severe personal injury NOTE x Standard dimensions for wall mount kits are shown in the table below x When purchasing our wall mount kit a detailed installation manual and all parts necessary for assembly are provided x Do not use screws that do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications x Do not use screws that are longer than the standard dimension or do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications Screws that are too long may cause damage to the inside of the TV set x For wall mounts that do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications the length of the screws may differ depending on the wall mount specifications x Do not fasten the screws too firmly This may damage the product or cause the product to fall leading to personal injury Samsung is not liable for these kinds of accidents x Samsung is not liable for product damage or personal injury when a nonVESA or nonspecified wall mount is used or the consumer fails to follow the product installation instructions x Do not mount the TV at more than a 15 degree tilt x Always have two people mount the TV on a wall Product Family TV size in inches VESA screw hole specs A B in millimeters C mm Standard Screw Quantity LEDTV 32 200 X 200 313 323 M8 4 Do not install your Wall Mount Kit while your TV is turned on It may result in personal injury due to electric shock Securing the TV to the Wall Caution Pulling pushing or climbing onto the TV may cause the TV to fall In particular ensure that your children do not hang over or destabilize the TV doing so may cause the TV to tip over resulting in serious injuries or death Follow all safety precautions provided on the included Safety Flyer For added stability install the antifall device for safety purposes as follows To prevent the TV from falling Since the necessary clamps screws and string are not supplied please purchase these additionally 1 Drive the screws into the clamps and firmly fasten them onto the wall Make sure the screws are firmly fixed into the wall 2 Remove the screws from the back center of the TV put the screws into the clamps and then fasten the screws onto the TV again 3 Connect the clamps fixed onto the TV and the clamps fixed onto the wall with a strong cable and then tie the string tightly Verify all connections are properly secured Periodically check the connections for any sign of fatigue or failure If you have any doubt about the security of your connections contact a professional installer Install the TV close to the wall so that it does not fall It is safe to connect the string so that the clamps fixed on the wall are equal to or lower than the clamps fixed on the TV Untie the string before moving the TV Kensington Lock The Kensington Lock is not supplied by Samsung It is a device used to physically fix the system when using it in a public place Refer to the manual provided with the Kensington Lock for additional information on proper use Please find a K icon on the rear of the TV The Kensington slot is beside the K icon The position and color may differ depending on the model Program Rating Lock The Program Rating Lock feature automatically locks out programs that are deemed inappropriate for children The user must enter a PIN personal identification number before any of the Program Rating Lock restrictions are set up or changed Program Rating Lock is not available in HDMI or Component mode The default PIN number of a new TV set is 0000 Program Rating Lock You can block rated TV Programs TV Parental Guidelines You can block TV programs depending on their rating This function allows you to control what your children are watching MPAA Rating You can block movies depending on their MPAA rating The Motion Picture Association of America MPAA has implemented a rating system that provides parents or guardians with advanced information on which films are appropriate for children Canadian English You can block TV programs depending on their Anglophone Canadian Canadian French You can block TV programs depending on their French Canadian rating Downloadable US Rating Parental restriction information can be used while watching DTV channels Change PIN The Change PIN screen will appear Choose any 4 digits for your PIN and enter it in Enter New PIN Reenter the same 4 digits in Confirm New PIN When the Change PIN screen disappears press the OK button The TV has memorized your new PIN If you forget the PIN press the remotecontrol buttons in the following sequence which resets the pin to 0000 POWER off MUTE 8 2 4 POWER on Caption OnScreen Text Messages Caption You can switch the caption function on or off If captions are not available they will not be displayed on the screen The Caption feature does not work in Component or HDMI mode Caption Mode You can select the desired caption mode Default CC1CC4 Text1Text4 analog channels only The Analog Caption function operates in either analog TV channel mode or when a signal is supplied from an external device to the TV Depending on the broadcasting signal the Analog Caption function may or may not work with digital channels Default Service1Service6 CC1CC4 Text1Text4 digital channels only The Digital Captions function works with digital channels Service16 may not be available in digital caption mode depending on the broadcast Digital Caption Options digital channels only Size Options include Default Small Standard and Large The default is Standard Font Style Options include Default and Styles 0 to 7 The default is Style 0 Foreground Color Options include Default White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta and Cyan You can change the color of the letter The default is White Background Color Options include Default White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta and Cyan You can change the background color of the caption The default is Black Foreground Opacity This adjusts the opacity of text Options include Default Transparent Translucent Solid and Flashing Background Opacity This adjusts the opacity of the caption background Options include Default Transparent Translucent Solid and Flashing Return to Default This option sets each Size Font Style Foreground Color Background Color Foreground Opacity and Background Opacity to its default Digital Caption Options are available only when Default and Service1Service6 can be selected in Caption Mode The Foreground and Background cannot be set to have the same color Boot Logo Enabledisable displaying the logo while the TV starts up Eco Solution Energy Saving This adjust the brightness of the TV in order to reduce power consumption If you select Picture Off the screen is turned off but the sound remains on Press any button except volume button to turn on the screen No Signal Power Off Sets how quickly the TV switches to standby mode if no picture is being received Disabled when the PC is in power saving mode Auto Power Off The TV will be automatically turned off when no user operation is received for 4 hours Auto Protection Time If the screen remains idle with a still image for a certain period of time defined by the user the screen saver is activated to prevent the formation of ghost images on the screen Support Menu Self Diagnosis Picture Test Use to check for picture problems If the problem continues to occur check the color pattern Sound Test Use the builtin melody sound to check for sound problems Signal Strength digital channels only An HD channels reception quality is either perfect or the channels are unavailable Adjust your antenna to increase signal strength Reset Reset all settings to the factory defaults The PIN input screen appears before the setup screen Enter your 4digit PIN Change the PIN using the Change PIN option Software Upgrade Software Upgrade can be performed by downloading the latest firmware from samsungcom to a USB memory device Use Mode You can turn the TV into a display model for retail environments by setting Use Mode to Store Demo For all other uses select Home Use With Store Demo some functions are disabled and the TV automatically resets itself after a preset amount of time HD Connection Guide Refer to this information when connecting external devices to the TV Contact Samsung View this information when your TV does not work properly or when you want to upgrade the software You can find information regarding our call centers and how to download products and software Troubleshooting If the TV seems to have a problem first review this list of possible problems and solutions If none of these troubleshooting tips apply visit samsung com then click on Support or call Samsung customer service Problem Possible Solution Flickering and Dimming If your Samsung Television is flickering or dimming sporadically you may need to disable some of its energy efficient features like the Energy Saving feature If you follow below step with your remote you can turn these features off or on y Energy Saving MENU Setup Eco Solution Energy Saving Select Settings Component Connections Screen Color If you find that the color on your Samsung televisions screen is not correct or black and White first run a Self Diagnosis on the TV to make sure there are no device issues y Self Diagnosis MENU Support Self Diagnosis Picture Test If the test is ok try making sure y Your connections are all consistent For example if youve used the AV In jack on your TV make sure you have used the AV Out jack on your video source y Try making sure you have connected to the correct jacks For example if you use the Component jacks labeled Pb Pr and Y to connect your TV and video source make sure you have connected the blue Pb jack on the video source to the blue Pb jack on the TV the red Pr jack on the source to the red Pr jack on the TV Screen Brightness If you find that the colors on your Samsung TV are correct but just a little too dark or bright there are some settings you should check before calling for a repair y Backlight Contrast Brightness Sharpness Color Tint GR and so on Go in to Picture on user Menu then try adjusting options mentioned above Unwanted Powering off If your Samsung TV appears to turn off by itself there may be an issue with either your Timer settings or your Eco friendly No Signal Power Off feature First make sure you Sleep Timer is not accidentally set The sleep timer allows you the comfort of falling asleep with the TV still on but turns it off after a certain period of time so as not to waste energy y Sleep Timer MENU Setup Time Sleep Timer If the Sleep Timer is not activated you may have engaged the No Signal Power Off or Auto Power Off feature y No Signal Power Off MENU Setup Eco Solution No Signal Power Off y Auto Power Off MENU Setup Eco Solution Auto Power Off Trouble Powering On Before Turn on check red light on the right or left bottom of your TV Press power on button on TV or remote and it will blink about 5 times before turning on If you find that you are having trouble powering on your Samsung television there are a number of things to check before making a call to the service department y If you happen to be using the TV as a monitor and the standby light only blinks for a few seconds when you press the power button your PC is in sleep mode To take your PC out of sleep mode press a key on your keyboard or move the mouse Then try turning your TV on If youre sure your power cord remote control and PC are functioning properly you may be having a cable issue If you have a cable or satellite box your TV may appear to be off because the cable or satellite box is not outputting a signal To test the signal output of your cable or satellite box press the guide or info button on the cable or satellite box remote control If the screen displays the guide or info data the problem is caused by the box Stand Assembly If you have any trouble to assemble the stand though you refer to Install the Stand mentioned at separate guide Cannot find channel Rerun plug and play Poor picture First perform the Picture Test and to see if your TV is properly displaying the test image Go to MENU Support Self Diagnosis Picture Test If the test image is properly displayed the poor picture may be caused by the source or signal The TV image does not look as good as it did in the store If you have an analog cablesatellite box upgrade to a digital set top box Use HDMI or Component cables to deliver HD high definition picture quality CableSatellite subscribers Try HD channels from the channel line up AirCable Antenna connection Try HD channels after performing Auto program Many HD channels are up scaled from SDStandard Definition contents y Adjust the CableSet top box video output resolution to 1080i or 720p The picture is distorted macroblock error small block dots pixelization y Compression of video contents may cause picture distortion especially on fast moving pictures such as sports and action movies y A weak signal can cause picture distortion This is not a TV problem y Mobile phones used close to the TV within 33ft may cause noise in the picture on analog and digital channels Color is wrong or missing If youre using a component connection make sure the component cables are connected to the correct jacks Incorrect or loose connections may cause color problems or a blank screen There is poor color or brightness y Adjust the Picture options in the TV menu Go to Picture Mode Color Brightness Sharpness y Adjust the Energy Saving option in the TV menu Go to MENU Setup Eco Solution Energy Saving y Try resetting the picture to view the default picture setting Go to MENU Picture Picture Reset There is a dotted line on the edge of the screen y If the picture size is set to Screen Fit change it to 169 y Change the cablesatellite box resolution TV Signal Strength is unavailable in the Self Diagnosis Test menu This function is only available for digital channels from an Antenna RF Coax connection TV is tilted to the right or left side Remove the stand base from the TV and reassemble it The Channel menu is greyed out unavailable The Channel menu is only available when you select the TV source Your settings are lost after 30 minutes or every time the TV is turned off If TV is in the Store Demo mode it will reset audio and picture settings every 30 minutes Please change from Store Demo mode to Home Use mode using the Plug amp Play procedure Press the SOURCE button to select TV mode go to MENU Setup Plug amp Play ENTER E You have intermittent loss of audio or video Check the cable connections and reconnect them Loss of audio or video can be caused by using overly rigid or thick cables Make sure the cables are flexible enough for long term use If mounting the TV to the wall we recommend using cables with 90 degree connectors You see small particles when you look closely at the edge of the frame of the TV This is part of the products design and is not a defect POP TVs internal banner ad appears on the screen Select Home Use under Plug amp Play mode For details refer to Plug amp Play Initial Setup This TFT LED panel uses a panel consisting of sub pixels which require sophisticated technology to produce However there may be a few bright or dark pixels on the screen These pixels will have no impact on the performance of the product Some functions and pictures shown in this manual are available on specific models only You can keep your TV as optimum condition to upgrade the latest firmware on web site samsungcom Support Downloads by USB Storage and Maintenance If you attached some stickers on the TV screen it remains some debris after removing the sticker Please clean it to watch TV The exterior and screen of the product can get scratched during cleaning Be sure to wipe the exterior and screen carefully using a soft cloth to prevent scratches Do not spray water directly onto the product Any liquid that goes into the product may cause a failure fire or electric shock Clean the product with a soft cloth dampened with in a small amount of water Do not use a flammable liquid eg benzene thinners or a cleaning agent License This DivX Certified device has passed rigorous testing to ensure it plays DivX video To play purchased DivX movies first register your device at voddivxcom Find your registration code in the DivX VOD section of your device setup menu DivX Certified to play DivX video up to HD 1080p including premium content DivX DivX Certified and associated logos are trademarks of DivX LLC and are used under license Covered by one or more of the following US patents 7295673 7460668 7515710 7519274 This device supports DivX Plus Streaming for enjoying HD movies and TV shows with advanced features multi language subtitles multiple audio tracks chapters smooth FFRW etc streamed to your device For DTS patents see httppatentsdtscom Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited DTS the Symbol amp DTS and the Symbol together are registered trademarks and DTS 20 Channel is a trademark of DTS Inc DTS Inc All Rights Reserved For DTS patents see httppatentsdtscom Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited DTS the Symbol DTS in combination with the Symbol and DTS Studio Sound are registered trademarks or trademarks of DTS Inc in the United States andor other countries DTS Inc All Rights Reserved Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Dolby and the doubleD symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories The terms HDMI and HDMI HighDefinition Multimedia Interface and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries Open Source Announcement To send inquiries and requests for questions regarding open sources contact Samsung via Email ossrequestsamsungcom Specifications Environmental Considerations Operating Temperature Operating Humidity Storage Temperature Storage Humidity 50F to 104F 10C to 40C 10 to 80 noncondensing 4F to 113F 20C to 45C 5 to 95 noncondensing Model Name UN32J4000 UN32J4050 Display Resolution 1366 x 768 Screen Size Diagonal 32quot Class 315quot measured diagonally Sound Output 10 W Dimensions W x H x D Body With stand 293 x 174 x 27 inches 7454 x 4422 x 690 mm 293 x 182 x 59 inches 7454 x 4631 x 1505 mm Weight Without Stand With Stand 81 lbs 37 kg 83 lbs 38 kg Power Requirements Mexico Only DC 19V Power Consumption Mexico Only 40 W Design and specifications are subject to change without prior notice The actual appearance of the TV may differ from the images in this manual depending on the model For information about your TVs power requirements and more about power consumption refer to the label attached to the product Typical power consumption is measured according to Energy Star Program requirements for televisions 10 9 14 13 11 15 12 16 J4000ZXBFBN6807180Y00ENGindb 2 20150728 오후 34909
  • Page 10 - English - : Application Menu Using the Media Play Enjoy photos music andor movie files saved on a USB Mass Storage Class MSC device P POWER MEDIAP Connecting a USB Device 1 Turn on your TV 2 Connect a USB device containing photo music andor movie files to the USB jack on the side of the TV 3 When USB is connected to the TV you can select Media Play USB in Applications menu Using the Media Play Menu 1 Press the MENU button Press the or button to select Applications then press the ENTER E button 2 Press the or button to select Media Play USB then press the ENTER E button 3 Press the or button to select an icon Videos Music Photos Settings then press the ENTER E button It might not work properly with unlicensed multimedia files NeedtoKnow List before using Media Play USB x Supported file systems are FAT and NTFS x Certain types of USB Digital camera and audio devices may not be compatible with this TV x Media Play only supports USB Mass Storage Class MSC devices MSC is a Mass Storage Class BulkOnly Transport device Examples of MSC are Thumb drives and Flash Card Readers Devices should be connected directly to the TVs USB port USB HDD is not supported x Before connecting your device to the TV please back up your files to prevent them from damage or loss of data SAMSUNG is not responsible for any data file damage or data loss x A USB device that requires high power more than 05A may not be supported x Do not disconnect the USB device while it is loading x The higher the resolution of the image the longer it takes to display on the screen x The maximum supported JPEG resolution is 15360 x 8640 pixels x If a file is corrupted or the TV does not support the file type the Not Supported File Format message appears x The TV cannot play MP3 files with DRM that have been downloaded from a forpay site Digital Rights Management DRM is a technology that supports the creation distribution and management of digital content in an integrated and comprehensive way including protecting the rights and interests of content providers preventing illegal copying of contents and managing billings and settlements x PTP device is not supported x If an overpower warning message is displayed while you are connecting or using a USB device the device may not be recognized or may malfunction x If the TV has no input during the time set in Auto Protection Time the Screensaver will run x The powersaving mode of some external hard disk drives may be released automatically when your connect them to the TV x If you use a USB extension cable the TV may not recognize the USB device or may not be able to read the files on the device x If a USB device connected to the TV is not recognized the list of files on the device is corrupted or a file in the list is not played connect the USB device to a PC format the device and check the connection x If a file you deleted from the PC is still found when you run Media Play use the Empty the Recycle Bin function on the PC to permanently delete the file x Photos only supports sequential jpeg format x The scene search and thumbnail functions are not supported in the Videos x If the number of files and folders saved on a USB storage device is approximately over 4000 the files and folders may not appear and some folders may not be opened x The maximum displayed number of files including sub folders in one folder of USB storage device is 2000 x The media may not be playing smoothly when using the device lower than USB 20 Videos 1 Press the buttons to select Videos then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired video in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button The selected file is displayed on the top with its playing time If video time information is unknown playing time and the progress bar are not displayed During video playback you can search using the buttons In this mode you can play movie clips contained in a game but you cannot play the game itself y Supported Subtitle Formats External Name File extension MPEG4 timed text ttxt SAMI smi SubRip srt SubViewer sub Micro DVD sub or txt SubStation Alpha ssa Advanced SubStation Alpha ass Internal Name Container Format Xsub AVI Picture Format SubStation Alpha MKV Text Format Advanced SubStation Alpha MKV Text Format SubRip MKV Text Format MPEG4 Timed text MP4 Text Format y Supported Video Formats File Extension Container Video Codec Resolution Frame ratefps Bit rate Mbps Audio Codec avi mkv asf wmv mp4 mov 3gp vro mpg mpeg ts tp trp mov flv vob svi divx AVI MKV ASF MP4 3GP MOV FLV VRO VOB PS TS Motion JPEG 640x480 MAX 30 AC3 LPCM ADPCM IMA MS AAC HEAAC WMA DD MPEGMP3 DTS Core LBR G711A Law μLaw H264 BP MPHP 1920x1080 30 H 264 BP MP HP Divx 311 4 5 6 MPEG4 SP ASP Window Media Video v9VC1 MPEG2 MPEG1 webm WebM VP8 1920x1080 630 20 Vorbis The picture is black and white If you are using an AV composite input connect the video cable yellow to the Green jack of component input 1 on the TV When changing channels the picture freezes or is distorted or delayed y If connected to a cable box please try to reset it Reconnect the AC cord and wait until the cable box reboots It may take up to 20 minutes y Set the output resolution of the cable box to 1080i or 720p Sound Problem First of all please perform the Sound Test to confirm that your TV audio is properly operating Go to MENU Support Self Diagnosis Sound Test If the audio is OK the sound problem may caused by the source or signal There is no sound or the sound is too low at maximum volume Please check the volume of the device CableSat Box DVD Bluray etc connected to your TV The picture is good but there is no sound y If you are using an external device check the devices audio output option ex you may need to change your cable boxs audio option to HDMI when you have a HDMI connected to your TV y Reboot the connected device by reconnecting the devices power cable The speakers are making an inappropriate noise y Check the cable connections Make sure a video cable is not connected to an audio input y For Antenna or Cable connections check the signal information A weak signal may cause sound distortion y Perform the Sound Test as explained above No Picture No Video The TV will not turn on y Make sure the AC power cord is securely plugged into the wall outlet and the TV y Make sure the wall outlet is working y Try pressing the POWER button on the TV to make sure the problem is not the remote If the TV turns on refer to Remote control does not work below The TV turns off automatically y Ensure the Sleep Timer is set to Off in the Time menu y If your PC is connected to the TV check your PC power settings y Make sure the AC power cord is plugged in securely to the wall outlet and the TV y When you are watching TV connected to an antenna or cable connection the TV will turn off after 10 15 minutes if there is no signal There is no picturevideo y Check the cable connections Remove and reconnect all cables connected to the TV and external devices y Set your external devices CableSat Box DVD Bluray etc video outputs to match the connections to the TV input For example if an external devices output is HDMI it should be connected to an HDMI input on the TV y Make sure your connected devices are powered on y Be sure to select the TVs correct source by pressing the SOURCE button on the remote control y Reboot the connected device by reconnecting the devices power cable RFCableAntenna Connection The TV is not receiving all channels y Make sure the coaxial cable is connected securely y Please try Auto Program to add available channels to the channel list go to MENU Channel Auto Program then select Auto and make sure the correct Cable TV signal type is set in the menu There are 3 options STD HRC and IRC y Verify the antenna is positioned correctly No Caption on digital channels y Check the Caption Setup menu Try changing Caption Mode Service1 to CC1 y Some channels may not have caption data The picture is distorted macroblock error small block dots pixelization y Compression of video contents may cause picture distortion Especially on fast moving pictures such as sports and action movies y A weak signal can cause picture distortion This is not a TV problem Others Purplegreen rolling horizontal bars and buzzing noise from the TV speakers with Component cable connection Remove the left and right audio connections from the settopbox If the buzzing stops this indicates that the settopbox has a grounding issue Replace the Component video cables with an HDMI connection The picture will not display in full screen y HD channels will have black bars on either side of the screen when displaying up scaled SD 43 contents y Black bars on the Top amp Bottom will be shown on movies that have aspect ratios different from your TV y Adjust the picture size option on your external device or change the TV to full screen The remote control does not work y Replace the remote control batteries with correct polarity y Clean the transmission window located on the top of the remote control y Try pointing the remote directly at the TV from 56 feet away The cableset top box remote control does not turn the TV on or off or adjust the volume Program the CableSet top box remote control to operate the TV Refer to the CableSet top box user manual for the SAMSUNG TV code A Mode Not Supported message appears Check the supported resolution of the TV and adjust the external devices output resolution accordingly Refer to resolution settings in this manual Caption on the TV menu is greyed out y You cannot select Caption in the TV menu when watching content from a device connected via HDMI or Component y Caption must be activated on the external device There is a plastic smell from the TV This smell is normal and will dissipate over time Other Restrictions x Codecs may not function properly if there is a problem with the content x Video content does not play or does not play correctly if there is an error in the content or container x Sound or video may not work if they have standard bit ratesframe rates above the TVs compatibility ratings x If the Index Table is has an error the Seek Jump function will not work x When playing video over a network connection the video may not play smoothly because of data transmission speeds x Some USBdigital camera devices may not be compatible with the TV x While the TV is playing a video at the bit rate of 10 Mbps or higher the menu screens may be displayed slowly Video Decoder Supports up to H264 Level 41 H264 FMO ASO RS VC1 AP L4 are not supported GMC 2 or above is not supported Audio Decoder WMA 10 Pro supports up to 51 channels Supports up to the M2 profile WMA lossless audio is not supported QCELP and AMR NBWB are not supported Vorbis is supported for up to 2 channels Dolby Digital Plus is supported for up to 51 channels The DTS LBR codec is only available for MKV MP4 TS containers Music 1 Press the buttons to select Music then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired Music in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button During music playback you can search using the buttons REW and FF buttons do not function during play Only displays the files with MP3 file extensions Other file extensions are not displayed even if they are saved on the same USB device If the sound is abnormal when playing MP3 files adjust the Equalizer in the Sound menu An overmodulated MP3 file may cause a sound problem Photos 1 Press the buttons to select Photos then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired photo in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button NOTE While a photo list is displayed press the Play ENTER E button on the remote control to start the slide show All files in the file list section will be displayed in the slide show During the slide show files are displayed in order During the slide show you can adjust the slide show speed using REW or FF button You can move to other file using the buttons y Supported Photo Formats Image Photo Resolution JPEG Baseline 15360 x 8704 Progressive 1024 x 768 Other Restrictions CMYK and YCCK Color space JPEGs are not supported Playing Multiple Files Playing selected videomusicphoto files 1 Press the Yellow button in the file list to select the desired file 2 Repeat the above operation to select multiple files NOTE The c mark appears to the left of the selected files To cancel a selection press the Yellow button again To deselect all selected files press the TOOLS button and select Deselect All 3 Press the TOOLS button and then select Play Selected Contents Playing the videomusicphoto file group 1 While a file list is displayed move to any file in desired group 2 Press the TOOLS button and then select Play Folder Media Play Additional Functions VideosMusicPhotos Play Option menus When playing a file press the TOOLS button Category Operation Videos Music Photos Title You can move the other file directly c Repeat Mode You can play movie and music files repeatedly c c Picture Size You can adjust the picture size to your preference c Picture Mode You can adjust the picture setting c c Sound Mode You can adjust the sound setting c c c Subtitle Settings You can play the video with Subtitles This function only works if the subtitles are the same file name as the video c Audio Format You can select the digital audio output format c Audio Language You can change the audio language if the video has more than one language c Stop Slide Show Start Slide Show You can start or stop a Slide Show c Slide Show Speed You can select the slide show speed during the slide show c Background Music You can set and select background music when watching a Slide Show c Zoom You can zoom into images in full screen mode c Rotate You can rotate images in full screen mode c Information You can see detailed information about the played file c c c Using the Sports Mode Sports Mode This mode provides optimised condition for watching sports games When the Sports Mode is On the picture and sound modes are set to Stadium automatically Other Information Installing the Wall Mount Kit The wall mount kit sold separately allows you to mount the TV on the wall For detailed information on installing the wall mount see the instructions provided with the wall mount items Contact a technician for assistance when installing the wall mount bracket Samsung Electronics is not responsible for any damage to the product or injury to yourself or others if you elect to install the wall mount on your own TV Wall mount bracket C Wall mount Adapter Wall Mount Kit Specifications VESA The wall mount kit is not supplied but sold separately Install your wall mount on a solid wall perpendicular to the floor When attaching to other building materials please contact your nearest dealer If you install the TV on a ceiling or slanted wall it may fall and result in severe personal injury NOTE x Standard dimensions for wall mount kits are shown in the table below x When purchasing our wall mount kit a detailed installation manual and all parts necessary for assembly are provided x Do not use screws that do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications x Do not use screws that are longer than the standard dimension or do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications Screws that are too long may cause damage to the inside of the TV set x For wall mounts that do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications the length of the screws may differ depending on the wall mount specifications x Do not fasten the screws too firmly This may damage the product or cause the product to fall leading to personal injury Samsung is not liable for these kinds of accidents x Samsung is not liable for product damage or personal injury when a nonVESA or nonspecified wall mount is used or the consumer fails to follow the product installation instructions x Do not mount the TV at more than a 15 degree tilt x Always have two people mount the TV on a wall Product Family TV size in inches VESA screw hole specs A B in millimeters C mm Standard Screw Quantity LEDTV 32 200 X 200 313 323 M8 4 Do not install your Wall Mount Kit while your TV is turned on It may result in personal injury due to electric shock Securing the TV to the Wall Caution Pulling pushing or climbing onto the TV may cause the TV to fall In particular ensure that your children do not hang over or destabilize the TV doing so may cause the TV to tip over resulting in serious injuries or death Follow all safety precautions provided on the included Safety Flyer For added stability install the antifall device for safety purposes as follows To prevent the TV from falling Since the necessary clamps screws and string are not supplied please purchase these additionally 1 Drive the screws into the clamps and firmly fasten them onto the wall Make sure the screws are firmly fixed into the wall 2 Remove the screws from the back center of the TV put the screws into the clamps and then fasten the screws onto the TV again 3 Connect the clamps fixed onto the TV and the clamps fixed onto the wall with a strong cable and then tie the string tightly Verify all connections are properly secured Periodically check the connections for any sign of fatigue or failure If you have any doubt about the security of your connections contact a professional installer Install the TV close to the wall so that it does not fall It is safe to connect the string so that the clamps fixed on the wall are equal to or lower than the clamps fixed on the TV Untie the string before moving the TV Kensington Lock The Kensington Lock is not supplied by Samsung It is a device used to physically fix the system when using it in a public place Refer to the manual provided with the Kensington Lock for additional information on proper use Please find a K icon on the rear of the TV The Kensington slot is beside the K icon The position and color may differ depending on the model Program Rating Lock The Program Rating Lock feature automatically locks out programs that are deemed inappropriate for children The user must enter a PIN personal identification number before any of the Program Rating Lock restrictions are set up or changed Program Rating Lock is not available in HDMI or Component mode The default PIN number of a new TV set is 0000 Program Rating Lock You can block rated TV Programs TV Parental Guidelines You can block TV programs depending on their rating This function allows you to control what your children are watching MPAA Rating You can block movies depending on their MPAA rating The Motion Picture Association of America MPAA has implemented a rating system that provides parents or guardians with advanced information on which films are appropriate for children Canadian English You can block TV programs depending on their Anglophone Canadian Canadian French You can block TV programs depending on their French Canadian rating Downloadable US Rating Parental restriction information can be used while watching DTV channels Change PIN The Change PIN screen will appear Choose any 4 digits for your PIN and enter it in Enter New PIN Reenter the same 4 digits in Confirm New PIN When the Change PIN screen disappears press the OK button The TV has memorized your new PIN If you forget the PIN press the remotecontrol buttons in the following sequence which resets the pin to 0000 POWER off MUTE 8 2 4 POWER on Caption OnScreen Text Messages Caption You can switch the caption function on or off If captions are not available they will not be displayed on the screen The Caption feature does not work in Component or HDMI mode Caption Mode You can select the desired caption mode Default CC1CC4 Text1Text4 analog channels only The Analog Caption function operates in either analog TV channel mode or when a signal is supplied from an external device to the TV Depending on the broadcasting signal the Analog Caption function may or may not work with digital channels Default Service1Service6 CC1CC4 Text1Text4 digital channels only The Digital Captions function works with digital channels Service16 may not be available in digital caption mode depending on the broadcast Digital Caption Options digital channels only Size Options include Default Small Standard and Large The default is Standard Font Style Options include Default and Styles 0 to 7 The default is Style 0 Foreground Color Options include Default White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta and Cyan You can change the color of the letter The default is White Background Color Options include Default White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta and Cyan You can change the background color of the caption The default is Black Foreground Opacity This adjusts the opacity of text Options include Default Transparent Translucent Solid and Flashing Background Opacity This adjusts the opacity of the caption background Options include Default Transparent Translucent Solid and Flashing Return to Default This option sets each Size Font Style Foreground Color Background Color Foreground Opacity and Background Opacity to its default Digital Caption Options are available only when Default and Service1Service6 can be selected in Caption Mode The Foreground and Background cannot be set to have the same color Boot Logo Enabledisable displaying the logo while the TV starts up Eco Solution Energy Saving This adjust the brightness of the TV in order to reduce power consumption If you select Picture Off the screen is turned off but the sound remains on Press any button except volume button to turn on the screen No Signal Power Off Sets how quickly the TV switches to standby mode if no picture is being received Disabled when the PC is in power saving mode Auto Power Off The TV will be automatically turned off when no user operation is received for 4 hours Auto Protection Time If the screen remains idle with a still image for a certain period of time defined by the user the screen saver is activated to prevent the formation of ghost images on the screen Support Menu Self Diagnosis Picture Test Use to check for picture problems If the problem continues to occur check the color pattern Sound Test Use the builtin melody sound to check for sound problems Signal Strength digital channels only An HD channels reception quality is either perfect or the channels are unavailable Adjust your antenna to increase signal strength Reset Reset all settings to the factory defaults The PIN input screen appears before the setup screen Enter your 4digit PIN Change the PIN using the Change PIN option Software Upgrade Software Upgrade can be performed by downloading the latest firmware from samsungcom to a USB memory device Use Mode You can turn the TV into a display model for retail environments by setting Use Mode to Store Demo For all other uses select Home Use With Store Demo some functions are disabled and the TV automatically resets itself after a preset amount of time HD Connection Guide Refer to this information when connecting external devices to the TV Contact Samsung View this information when your TV does not work properly or when you want to upgrade the software You can find information regarding our call centers and how to download products and software Troubleshooting If the TV seems to have a problem first review this list of possible problems and solutions If none of these troubleshooting tips apply visit samsung com then click on Support or call Samsung customer service Problem Possible Solution Flickering and Dimming If your Samsung Television is flickering or dimming sporadically you may need to disable some of its energy efficient features like the Energy Saving feature If you follow below step with your remote you can turn these features off or on y Energy Saving MENU Setup Eco Solution Energy Saving Select Settings Component Connections Screen Color If you find that the color on your Samsung televisions screen is not correct or black and White first run a Self Diagnosis on the TV to make sure there are no device issues y Self Diagnosis MENU Support Self Diagnosis Picture Test If the test is ok try making sure y Your connections are all consistent For example if youve used the AV In jack on your TV make sure you have used the AV Out jack on your video source y Try making sure you have connected to the correct jacks For example if you use the Component jacks labeled Pb Pr and Y to connect your TV and video source make sure you have connected the blue Pb jack on the video source to the blue Pb jack on the TV the red Pr jack on the source to the red Pr jack on the TV Screen Brightness If you find that the colors on your Samsung TV are correct but just a little too dark or bright there are some settings you should check before calling for a repair y Backlight Contrast Brightness Sharpness Color Tint GR and so on Go in to Picture on user Menu then try adjusting options mentioned above Unwanted Powering off If your Samsung TV appears to turn off by itself there may be an issue with either your Timer settings or your Eco friendly No Signal Power Off feature First make sure you Sleep Timer is not accidentally set The sleep timer allows you the comfort of falling asleep with the TV still on but turns it off after a certain period of time so as not to waste energy y Sleep Timer MENU Setup Time Sleep Timer If the Sleep Timer is not activated you may have engaged the No Signal Power Off or Auto Power Off feature y No Signal Power Off MENU Setup Eco Solution No Signal Power Off y Auto Power Off MENU Setup Eco Solution Auto Power Off Trouble Powering On Before Turn on check red light on the right or left bottom of your TV Press power on button on TV or remote and it will blink about 5 times before turning on If you find that you are having trouble powering on your Samsung television there are a number of things to check before making a call to the service department y If you happen to be using the TV as a monitor and the standby light only blinks for a few seconds when you press the power button your PC is in sleep mode To take your PC out of sleep mode press a key on your keyboard or move the mouse Then try turning your TV on If youre sure your power cord remote control and PC are functioning properly you may be having a cable issue If you have a cable or satellite box your TV may appear to be off because the cable or satellite box is not outputting a signal To test the signal output of your cable or satellite box press the guide or info button on the cable or satellite box remote control If the screen displays the guide or info data the problem is caused by the box Stand Assembly If you have any trouble to assemble the stand though you refer to Install the Stand mentioned at separate guide Cannot find channel Rerun plug and play Poor picture First perform the Picture Test and to see if your TV is properly displaying the test image Go to MENU Support Self Diagnosis Picture Test If the test image is properly displayed the poor picture may be caused by the source or signal The TV image does not look as good as it did in the store If you have an analog cablesatellite box upgrade to a digital set top box Use HDMI or Component cables to deliver HD high definition picture quality CableSatellite subscribers Try HD channels from the channel line up AirCable Antenna connection Try HD channels after performing Auto program Many HD channels are up scaled from SDStandard Definition contents y Adjust the CableSet top box video output resolution to 1080i or 720p The picture is distorted macroblock error small block dots pixelization y Compression of video contents may cause picture distortion especially on fast moving pictures such as sports and action movies y A weak signal can cause picture distortion This is not a TV problem y Mobile phones used close to the TV within 33ft may cause noise in the picture on analog and digital channels Color is wrong or missing If youre using a component connection make sure the component cables are connected to the correct jacks Incorrect or loose connections may cause color problems or a blank screen There is poor color or brightness y Adjust the Picture options in the TV menu Go to Picture Mode Color Brightness Sharpness y Adjust the Energy Saving option in the TV menu Go to MENU Setup Eco Solution Energy Saving y Try resetting the picture to view the default picture setting Go to MENU Picture Picture Reset There is a dotted line on the edge of the screen y If the picture size is set to Screen Fit change it to 169 y Change the cablesatellite box resolution TV Signal Strength is unavailable in the Self Diagnosis Test menu This function is only available for digital channels from an Antenna RF Coax connection TV is tilted to the right or left side Remove the stand base from the TV and reassemble it The Channel menu is greyed out unavailable The Channel menu is only available when you select the TV source Your settings are lost after 30 minutes or every time the TV is turned off If TV is in the Store Demo mode it will reset audio and picture settings every 30 minutes Please change from Store Demo mode to Home Use mode using the Plug amp Play procedure Press the SOURCE button to select TV mode go to MENU Setup Plug amp Play ENTER E You have intermittent loss of audio or video Check the cable connections and reconnect them Loss of audio or video can be caused by using overly rigid or thick cables Make sure the cables are flexible enough for long term use If mounting the TV to the wall we recommend using cables with 90 degree connectors You see small particles when you look closely at the edge of the frame of the TV This is part of the products design and is not a defect POP TVs internal banner ad appears on the screen Select Home Use under Plug amp Play mode For details refer to Plug amp Play Initial Setup This TFT LED panel uses a panel consisting of sub pixels which require sophisticated technology to produce However there may be a few bright or dark pixels on the screen These pixels will have no impact on the performance of the product Some functions and pictures shown in this manual are available on specific models only You can keep your TV as optimum condition to upgrade the latest firmware on web site samsungcom Support Downloads by USB Storage and Maintenance If you attached some stickers on the TV screen it remains some debris after removing the sticker Please clean it to watch TV The exterior and screen of the product can get scratched during cleaning Be sure to wipe the exterior and screen carefully using a soft cloth to prevent scratches Do not spray water directly onto the product Any liquid that goes into the product may cause a failure fire or electric shock Clean the product with a soft cloth dampened with in a small amount of water Do not use a flammable liquid eg benzene thinners or a cleaning agent License This DivX Certified device has passed rigorous testing to ensure it plays DivX video To play purchased DivX movies first register your device at voddivxcom Find your registration code in the DivX VOD section of your device setup menu DivX Certified to play DivX video up to HD 1080p including premium content DivX DivX Certified and associated logos are trademarks of DivX LLC and are used under license Covered by one or more of the following US patents 7295673 7460668 7515710 7519274 This device supports DivX Plus Streaming for enjoying HD movies and TV shows with advanced features multi language subtitles multiple audio tracks chapters smooth FFRW etc streamed to your device For DTS patents see httppatentsdtscom Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited DTS the Symbol amp DTS and the Symbol together are registered trademarks and DTS 20 Channel is a trademark of DTS Inc DTS Inc All Rights Reserved For DTS patents see httppatentsdtscom Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited DTS the Symbol DTS in combination with the Symbol and DTS Studio Sound are registered trademarks or trademarks of DTS Inc in the United States andor other countries DTS Inc All Rights Reserved Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Dolby and the doubleD symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories The terms HDMI and HDMI HighDefinition Multimedia Interface and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries Open Source Announcement To send inquiries and requests for questions regarding open sources contact Samsung via Email ossrequestsamsungcom Specifications Environmental Considerations Operating Temperature Operating Humidity Storage Temperature Storage Humidity 50F to 104F 10C to 40C 10 to 80 noncondensing 4F to 113F 20C to 45C 5 to 95 noncondensing Model Name UN32J4000 UN32J4050 Display Resolution 1366 x 768 Screen Size Diagonal 32quot Class 315quot measured diagonally Sound Output 10 W Dimensions W x H x D Body With stand 293 x 174 x 27 inches 7454 x 4422 x 690 mm 293 x 182 x 59 inches 7454 x 4631 x 1505 mm Weight Without Stand With Stand 81 lbs 37 kg 83 lbs 38 kg Power Requirements Mexico Only DC 19V Power Consumption Mexico Only 40 W Design and specifications are subject to change without prior notice The actual appearance of the TV may differ from the images in this manual depending on the model For information about your TVs power requirements and more about power consumption refer to the label attached to the product Typical power consumption is measured according to Energy Star Program requirements for televisions 10 9 14 13 11 15 12 16 J4000ZXBFBN6807180Y00ENGindb 2 20150728 오후 34909
  • Page 11 - English - : Application Menu Using the Media Play Enjoy photos music andor movie files saved on a USB Mass Storage Class MSC device P POWER MEDIAP Connecting a USB Device 1 Turn on your TV 2 Connect a USB device containing photo music andor movie files to the USB jack on the side of the TV 3 When USB is connected to the TV you can select Media Play USB in Applications menu Using the Media Play Menu 1 Press the MENU button Press the or button to select Applications then press the ENTER E button 2 Press the or button to select Media Play USB then press the ENTER E button 3 Press the or button to select an icon Videos Music Photos Settings then press the ENTER E button It might not work properly with unlicensed multimedia files NeedtoKnow List before using Media Play USB x Supported file systems are FAT and NTFS x Certain types of USB Digital camera and audio devices may not be compatible with this TV x Media Play only supports USB Mass Storage Class MSC devices MSC is a Mass Storage Class BulkOnly Transport device Examples of MSC are Thumb drives and Flash Card Readers Devices should be connected directly to the TVs USB port USB HDD is not supported x Before connecting your device to the TV please back up your files to prevent them from damage or loss of data SAMSUNG is not responsible for any data file damage or data loss x A USB device that requires high power more than 05A may not be supported x Do not disconnect the USB device while it is loading x The higher the resolution of the image the longer it takes to display on the screen x The maximum supported JPEG resolution is 15360 x 8640 pixels x If a file is corrupted or the TV does not support the file type the Not Supported File Format message appears x The TV cannot play MP3 files with DRM that have been downloaded from a forpay site Digital Rights Management DRM is a technology that supports the creation distribution and management of digital content in an integrated and comprehensive way including protecting the rights and interests of content providers preventing illegal copying of contents and managing billings and settlements x PTP device is not supported x If an overpower warning message is displayed while you are connecting or using a USB device the device may not be recognized or may malfunction x If the TV has no input during the time set in Auto Protection Time the Screensaver will run x The powersaving mode of some external hard disk drives may be released automatically when your connect them to the TV x If you use a USB extension cable the TV may not recognize the USB device or may not be able to read the files on the device x If a USB device connected to the TV is not recognized the list of files on the device is corrupted or a file in the list is not played connect the USB device to a PC format the device and check the connection x If a file you deleted from the PC is still found when you run Media Play use the Empty the Recycle Bin function on the PC to permanently delete the file x Photos only supports sequential jpeg format x The scene search and thumbnail functions are not supported in the Videos x If the number of files and folders saved on a USB storage device is approximately over 4000 the files and folders may not appear and some folders may not be opened x The maximum displayed number of files including sub folders in one folder of USB storage device is 2000 x The media may not be playing smoothly when using the device lower than USB 20 Videos 1 Press the buttons to select Videos then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired video in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button The selected file is displayed on the top with its playing time If video time information is unknown playing time and the progress bar are not displayed During video playback you can search using the buttons In this mode you can play movie clips contained in a game but you cannot play the game itself y Supported Subtitle Formats External Name File extension MPEG4 timed text ttxt SAMI smi SubRip srt SubViewer sub Micro DVD sub or txt SubStation Alpha ssa Advanced SubStation Alpha ass Internal Name Container Format Xsub AVI Picture Format SubStation Alpha MKV Text Format Advanced SubStation Alpha MKV Text Format SubRip MKV Text Format MPEG4 Timed text MP4 Text Format y Supported Video Formats File Extension Container Video Codec Resolution Frame ratefps Bit rate Mbps Audio Codec avi mkv asf wmv mp4 mov 3gp vro mpg mpeg ts tp trp mov flv vob svi divx AVI MKV ASF MP4 3GP MOV FLV VRO VOB PS TS Motion JPEG 640x480 MAX 30 AC3 LPCM ADPCM IMA MS AAC HEAAC WMA DD MPEGMP3 DTS Core LBR G711A Law μLaw H264 BP MPHP 1920x1080 30 H 264 BP MP HP Divx 311 4 5 6 MPEG4 SP ASP Window Media Video v9VC1 MPEG2 MPEG1 webm WebM VP8 1920x1080 630 20 Vorbis The picture is black and white If you are using an AV composite input connect the video cable yellow to the Green jack of component input 1 on the TV When changing channels the picture freezes or is distorted or delayed y If connected to a cable box please try to reset it Reconnect the AC cord and wait until the cable box reboots It may take up to 20 minutes y Set the output resolution of the cable box to 1080i or 720p Sound Problem First of all please perform the Sound Test to confirm that your TV audio is properly operating Go to MENU Support Self Diagnosis Sound Test If the audio is OK the sound problem may caused by the source or signal There is no sound or the sound is too low at maximum volume Please check the volume of the device CableSat Box DVD Bluray etc connected to your TV The picture is good but there is no sound y If you are using an external device check the devices audio output option ex you may need to change your cable boxs audio option to HDMI when you have a HDMI connected to your TV y Reboot the connected device by reconnecting the devices power cable The speakers are making an inappropriate noise y Check the cable connections Make sure a video cable is not connected to an audio input y For Antenna or Cable connections check the signal information A weak signal may cause sound distortion y Perform the Sound Test as explained above No Picture No Video The TV will not turn on y Make sure the AC power cord is securely plugged into the wall outlet and the TV y Make sure the wall outlet is working y Try pressing the POWER button on the TV to make sure the problem is not the remote If the TV turns on refer to Remote control does not work below The TV turns off automatically y Ensure the Sleep Timer is set to Off in the Time menu y If your PC is connected to the TV check your PC power settings y Make sure the AC power cord is plugged in securely to the wall outlet and the TV y When you are watching TV connected to an antenna or cable connection the TV will turn off after 10 15 minutes if there is no signal There is no picturevideo y Check the cable connections Remove and reconnect all cables connected to the TV and external devices y Set your external devices CableSat Box DVD Bluray etc video outputs to match the connections to the TV input For example if an external devices output is HDMI it should be connected to an HDMI input on the TV y Make sure your connected devices are powered on y Be sure to select the TVs correct source by pressing the SOURCE button on the remote control y Reboot the connected device by reconnecting the devices power cable RFCableAntenna Connection The TV is not receiving all channels y Make sure the coaxial cable is connected securely y Please try Auto Program to add available channels to the channel list go to MENU Channel Auto Program then select Auto and make sure the correct Cable TV signal type is set in the menu There are 3 options STD HRC and IRC y Verify the antenna is positioned correctly No Caption on digital channels y Check the Caption Setup menu Try changing Caption Mode Service1 to CC1 y Some channels may not have caption data The picture is distorted macroblock error small block dots pixelization y Compression of video contents may cause picture distortion Especially on fast moving pictures such as sports and action movies y A weak signal can cause picture distortion This is not a TV problem Others Purplegreen rolling horizontal bars and buzzing noise from the TV speakers with Component cable connection Remove the left and right audio connections from the settopbox If the buzzing stops this indicates that the settopbox has a grounding issue Replace the Component video cables with an HDMI connection The picture will not display in full screen y HD channels will have black bars on either side of the screen when displaying up scaled SD 43 contents y Black bars on the Top amp Bottom will be shown on movies that have aspect ratios different from your TV y Adjust the picture size option on your external device or change the TV to full screen The remote control does not work y Replace the remote control batteries with correct polarity y Clean the transmission window located on the top of the remote control y Try pointing the remote directly at the TV from 56 feet away The cableset top box remote control does not turn the TV on or off or adjust the volume Program the CableSet top box remote control to operate the TV Refer to the CableSet top box user manual for the SAMSUNG TV code A Mode Not Supported message appears Check the supported resolution of the TV and adjust the external devices output resolution accordingly Refer to resolution settings in this manual Caption on the TV menu is greyed out y You cannot select Caption in the TV menu when watching content from a device connected via HDMI or Component y Caption must be activated on the external device There is a plastic smell from the TV This smell is normal and will dissipate over time Other Restrictions x Codecs may not function properly if there is a problem with the content x Video content does not play or does not play correctly if there is an error in the content or container x Sound or video may not work if they have standard bit ratesframe rates above the TVs compatibility ratings x If the Index Table is has an error the Seek Jump function will not work x When playing video over a network connection the video may not play smoothly because of data transmission speeds x Some USBdigital camera devices may not be compatible with the TV x While the TV is playing a video at the bit rate of 10 Mbps or higher the menu screens may be displayed slowly Video Decoder Supports up to H264 Level 41 H264 FMO ASO RS VC1 AP L4 are not supported GMC 2 or above is not supported Audio Decoder WMA 10 Pro supports up to 51 channels Supports up to the M2 profile WMA lossless audio is not supported QCELP and AMR NBWB are not supported Vorbis is supported for up to 2 channels Dolby Digital Plus is supported for up to 51 channels The DTS LBR codec is only available for MKV MP4 TS containers Music 1 Press the buttons to select Music then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired Music in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button During music playback you can search using the buttons REW and FF buttons do not function during play Only displays the files with MP3 file extensions Other file extensions are not displayed even if they are saved on the same USB device If the sound is abnormal when playing MP3 files adjust the Equalizer in the Sound menu An overmodulated MP3 file may cause a sound problem Photos 1 Press the buttons to select Photos then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired photo in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button NOTE While a photo list is displayed press the Play ENTER E button on the remote control to start the slide show All files in the file list section will be displayed in the slide show During the slide show files are displayed in order During the slide show you can adjust the slide show speed using REW or FF button You can move to other file using the buttons y Supported Photo Formats Image Photo Resolution JPEG Baseline 15360 x 8704 Progressive 1024 x 768 Other Restrictions CMYK and YCCK Color space JPEGs are not supported Playing Multiple Files Playing selected videomusicphoto files 1 Press the Yellow button in the file list to select the desired file 2 Repeat the above operation to select multiple files NOTE The c mark appears to the left of the selected files To cancel a selection press the Yellow button again To deselect all selected files press the TOOLS button and select Deselect All 3 Press the TOOLS button and then select Play Selected Contents Playing the videomusicphoto file group 1 While a file list is displayed move to any file in desired group 2 Press the TOOLS button and then select Play Folder Media Play Additional Functions VideosMusicPhotos Play Option menus When playing a file press the TOOLS button Category Operation Videos Music Photos Title You can move the other file directly c Repeat Mode You can play movie and music files repeatedly c c Picture Size You can adjust the picture size to your preference c Picture Mode You can adjust the picture setting c c Sound Mode You can adjust the sound setting c c c Subtitle Settings You can play the video with Subtitles This function only works if the subtitles are the same file name as the video c Audio Format You can select the digital audio output format c Audio Language You can change the audio language if the video has more than one language c Stop Slide Show Start Slide Show You can start or stop a Slide Show c Slide Show Speed You can select the slide show speed during the slide show c Background Music You can set and select background music when watching a Slide Show c Zoom You can zoom into images in full screen mode c Rotate You can rotate images in full screen mode c Information You can see detailed information about the played file c c c Using the Sports Mode Sports Mode This mode provides optimised condition for watching sports games When the Sports Mode is On the picture and sound modes are set to Stadium automatically Other Information Installing the Wall Mount Kit The wall mount kit sold separately allows you to mount the TV on the wall For detailed information on installing the wall mount see the instructions provided with the wall mount items Contact a technician for assistance when installing the wall mount bracket Samsung Electronics is not responsible for any damage to the product or injury to yourself or others if you elect to install the wall mount on your own TV Wall mount bracket C Wall mount Adapter Wall Mount Kit Specifications VESA The wall mount kit is not supplied but sold separately Install your wall mount on a solid wall perpendicular to the floor When attaching to other building materials please contact your nearest dealer If you install the TV on a ceiling or slanted wall it may fall and result in severe personal injury NOTE x Standard dimensions for wall mount kits are shown in the table below x When purchasing our wall mount kit a detailed installation manual and all parts necessary for assembly are provided x Do not use screws that do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications x Do not use screws that are longer than the standard dimension or do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications Screws that are too long may cause damage to the inside of the TV set x For wall mounts that do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications the length of the screws may differ depending on the wall mount specifications x Do not fasten the screws too firmly This may damage the product or cause the product to fall leading to personal injury Samsung is not liable for these kinds of accidents x Samsung is not liable for product damage or personal injury when a nonVESA or nonspecified wall mount is used or the consumer fails to follow the product installation instructions x Do not mount the TV at more than a 15 degree tilt x Always have two people mount the TV on a wall Product Family TV size in inches VESA screw hole specs A B in millimeters C mm Standard Screw Quantity LEDTV 32 200 X 200 313 323 M8 4 Do not install your Wall Mount Kit while your TV is turned on It may result in personal injury due to electric shock Securing the TV to the Wall Caution Pulling pushing or climbing onto the TV may cause the TV to fall In particular ensure that your children do not hang over or destabilize the TV doing so may cause the TV to tip over resulting in serious injuries or death Follow all safety precautions provided on the included Safety Flyer For added stability install the antifall device for safety purposes as follows To prevent the TV from falling Since the necessary clamps screws and string are not supplied please purchase these additionally 1 Drive the screws into the clamps and firmly fasten them onto the wall Make sure the screws are firmly fixed into the wall 2 Remove the screws from the back center of the TV put the screws into the clamps and then fasten the screws onto the TV again 3 Connect the clamps fixed onto the TV and the clamps fixed onto the wall with a strong cable and then tie the string tightly Verify all connections are properly secured Periodically check the connections for any sign of fatigue or failure If you have any doubt about the security of your connections contact a professional installer Install the TV close to the wall so that it does not fall It is safe to connect the string so that the clamps fixed on the wall are equal to or lower than the clamps fixed on the TV Untie the string before moving the TV Kensington Lock The Kensington Lock is not supplied by Samsung It is a device used to physically fix the system when using it in a public place Refer to the manual provided with the Kensington Lock for additional information on proper use Please find a K icon on the rear of the TV The Kensington slot is beside the K icon The position and color may differ depending on the model Program Rating Lock The Program Rating Lock feature automatically locks out programs that are deemed inappropriate for children The user must enter a PIN personal identification number before any of the Program Rating Lock restrictions are set up or changed Program Rating Lock is not available in HDMI or Component mode The default PIN number of a new TV set is 0000 Program Rating Lock You can block rated TV Programs TV Parental Guidelines You can block TV programs depending on their rating This function allows you to control what your children are watching MPAA Rating You can block movies depending on their MPAA rating The Motion Picture Association of America MPAA has implemented a rating system that provides parents or guardians with advanced information on which films are appropriate for children Canadian English You can block TV programs depending on their Anglophone Canadian Canadian French You can block TV programs depending on their French Canadian rating Downloadable US Rating Parental restriction information can be used while watching DTV channels Change PIN The Change PIN screen will appear Choose any 4 digits for your PIN and enter it in Enter New PIN Reenter the same 4 digits in Confirm New PIN When the Change PIN screen disappears press the OK button The TV has memorized your new PIN If you forget the PIN press the remotecontrol buttons in the following sequence which resets the pin to 0000 POWER off MUTE 8 2 4 POWER on Caption OnScreen Text Messages Caption You can switch the caption function on or off If captions are not available they will not be displayed on the screen The Caption feature does not work in Component or HDMI mode Caption Mode You can select the desired caption mode Default CC1CC4 Text1Text4 analog channels only The Analog Caption function operates in either analog TV channel mode or when a signal is supplied from an external device to the TV Depending on the broadcasting signal the Analog Caption function may or may not work with digital channels Default Service1Service6 CC1CC4 Text1Text4 digital channels only The Digital Captions function works with digital channels Service16 may not be available in digital caption mode depending on the broadcast Digital Caption Options digital channels only Size Options include Default Small Standard and Large The default is Standard Font Style Options include Default and Styles 0 to 7 The default is Style 0 Foreground Color Options include Default White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta and Cyan You can change the color of the letter The default is White Background Color Options include Default White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta and Cyan You can change the background color of the caption The default is Black Foreground Opacity This adjusts the opacity of text Options include Default Transparent Translucent Solid and Flashing Background Opacity This adjusts the opacity of the caption background Options include Default Transparent Translucent Solid and Flashing Return to Default This option sets each Size Font Style Foreground Color Background Color Foreground Opacity and Background Opacity to its default Digital Caption Options are available only when Default and Service1Service6 can be selected in Caption Mode The Foreground and Background cannot be set to have the same color Boot Logo Enabledisable displaying the logo while the TV starts up Eco Solution Energy Saving This adjust the brightness of the TV in order to reduce power consumption If you select Picture Off the screen is turned off but the sound remains on Press any button except volume button to turn on the screen No Signal Power Off Sets how quickly the TV switches to standby mode if no picture is being received Disabled when the PC is in power saving mode Auto Power Off The TV will be automatically turned off when no user operation is received for 4 hours Auto Protection Time If the screen remains idle with a still image for a certain period of time defined by the user the screen saver is activated to prevent the formation of ghost images on the screen Support Menu Self Diagnosis Picture Test Use to check for picture problems If the problem continues to occur check the color pattern Sound Test Use the builtin melody sound to check for sound problems Signal Strength digital channels only An HD channels reception quality is either perfect or the channels are unavailable Adjust your antenna to increase signal strength Reset Reset all settings to the factory defaults The PIN input screen appears before the setup screen Enter your 4digit PIN Change the PIN using the Change PIN option Software Upgrade Software Upgrade can be performed by downloading the latest firmware from samsungcom to a USB memory device Use Mode You can turn the TV into a display model for retail environments by setting Use Mode to Store Demo For all other uses select Home Use With Store Demo some functions are disabled and the TV automatically resets itself after a preset amount of time HD Connection Guide Refer to this information when connecting external devices to the TV Contact Samsung View this information when your TV does not work properly or when you want to upgrade the software You can find information regarding our call centers and how to download products and software Troubleshooting If the TV seems to have a problem first review this list of possible problems and solutions If none of these troubleshooting tips apply visit samsung com then click on Support or call Samsung customer service Problem Possible Solution Flickering and Dimming If your Samsung Television is flickering or dimming sporadically you may need to disable some of its energy efficient features like the Energy Saving feature If you follow below step with your remote you can turn these features off or on y Energy Saving MENU Setup Eco Solution Energy Saving Select Settings Component Connections Screen Color If you find that the color on your Samsung televisions screen is not correct or black and White first run a Self Diagnosis on the TV to make sure there are no device issues y Self Diagnosis MENU Support Self Diagnosis Picture Test If the test is ok try making sure y Your connections are all consistent For example if youve used the AV In jack on your TV make sure you have used the AV Out jack on your video source y Try making sure you have connected to the correct jacks For example if you use the Component jacks labeled Pb Pr and Y to connect your TV and video source make sure you have connected the blue Pb jack on the video source to the blue Pb jack on the TV the red Pr jack on the source to the red Pr jack on the TV Screen Brightness If you find that the colors on your Samsung TV are correct but just a little too dark or bright there are some settings you should check before calling for a repair y Backlight Contrast Brightness Sharpness Color Tint GR and so on Go in to Picture on user Menu then try adjusting options mentioned above Unwanted Powering off If your Samsung TV appears to turn off by itself there may be an issue with either your Timer settings or your Eco friendly No Signal Power Off feature First make sure you Sleep Timer is not accidentally set The sleep timer allows you the comfort of falling asleep with the TV still on but turns it off after a certain period of time so as not to waste energy y Sleep Timer MENU Setup Time Sleep Timer If the Sleep Timer is not activated you may have engaged the No Signal Power Off or Auto Power Off feature y No Signal Power Off MENU Setup Eco Solution No Signal Power Off y Auto Power Off MENU Setup Eco Solution Auto Power Off Trouble Powering On Before Turn on check red light on the right or left bottom of your TV Press power on button on TV or remote and it will blink about 5 times before turning on If you find that you are having trouble powering on your Samsung television there are a number of things to check before making a call to the service department y If you happen to be using the TV as a monitor and the standby light only blinks for a few seconds when you press the power button your PC is in sleep mode To take your PC out of sleep mode press a key on your keyboard or move the mouse Then try turning your TV on If youre sure your power cord remote control and PC are functioning properly you may be having a cable issue If you have a cable or satellite box your TV may appear to be off because the cable or satellite box is not outputting a signal To test the signal output of your cable or satellite box press the guide or info button on the cable or satellite box remote control If the screen displays the guide or info data the problem is caused by the box Stand Assembly If you have any trouble to assemble the stand though you refer to Install the Stand mentioned at separate guide Cannot find channel Rerun plug and play Poor picture First perform the Picture Test and to see if your TV is properly displaying the test image Go to MENU Support Self Diagnosis Picture Test If the test image is properly displayed the poor picture may be caused by the source or signal The TV image does not look as good as it did in the store If you have an analog cablesatellite box upgrade to a digital set top box Use HDMI or Component cables to deliver HD high definition picture quality CableSatellite subscribers Try HD channels from the channel line up AirCable Antenna connection Try HD channels after performing Auto program Many HD channels are up scaled from SDStandard Definition contents y Adjust the CableSet top box video output resolution to 1080i or 720p The picture is distorted macroblock error small block dots pixelization y Compression of video contents may cause picture distortion especially on fast moving pictures such as sports and action movies y A weak signal can cause picture distortion This is not a TV problem y Mobile phones used close to the TV within 33ft may cause noise in the picture on analog and digital channels Color is wrong or missing If youre using a component connection make sure the component cables are connected to the correct jacks Incorrect or loose connections may cause color problems or a blank screen There is poor color or brightness y Adjust the Picture options in the TV menu Go to Picture Mode Color Brightness Sharpness y Adjust the Energy Saving option in the TV menu Go to MENU Setup Eco Solution Energy Saving y Try resetting the picture to view the default picture setting Go to MENU Picture Picture Reset There is a dotted line on the edge of the screen y If the picture size is set to Screen Fit change it to 169 y Change the cablesatellite box resolution TV Signal Strength is unavailable in the Self Diagnosis Test menu This function is only available for digital channels from an Antenna RF Coax connection TV is tilted to the right or left side Remove the stand base from the TV and reassemble it The Channel menu is greyed out unavailable The Channel menu is only available when you select the TV source Your settings are lost after 30 minutes or every time the TV is turned off If TV is in the Store Demo mode it will reset audio and picture settings every 30 minutes Please change from Store Demo mode to Home Use mode using the Plug amp Play procedure Press the SOURCE button to select TV mode go to MENU Setup Plug amp Play ENTER E You have intermittent loss of audio or video Check the cable connections and reconnect them Loss of audio or video can be caused by using overly rigid or thick cables Make sure the cables are flexible enough for long term use If mounting the TV to the wall we recommend using cables with 90 degree connectors You see small particles when you look closely at the edge of the frame of the TV This is part of the products design and is not a defect POP TVs internal banner ad appears on the screen Select Home Use under Plug amp Play mode For details refer to Plug amp Play Initial Setup This TFT LED panel uses a panel consisting of sub pixels which require sophisticated technology to produce However there may be a few bright or dark pixels on the screen These pixels will have no impact on the performance of the product Some functions and pictures shown in this manual are available on specific models only You can keep your TV as optimum condition to upgrade the latest firmware on web site samsungcom Support Downloads by USB Storage and Maintenance If you attached some stickers on the TV screen it remains some debris after removing the sticker Please clean it to watch TV The exterior and screen of the product can get scratched during cleaning Be sure to wipe the exterior and screen carefully using a soft cloth to prevent scratches Do not spray water directly onto the product Any liquid that goes into the product may cause a failure fire or electric shock Clean the product with a soft cloth dampened with in a small amount of water Do not use a flammable liquid eg benzene thinners or a cleaning agent License This DivX Certified device has passed rigorous testing to ensure it plays DivX video To play purchased DivX movies first register your device at voddivxcom Find your registration code in the DivX VOD section of your device setup menu DivX Certified to play DivX video up to HD 1080p including premium content DivX DivX Certified and associated logos are trademarks of DivX LLC and are used under license Covered by one or more of the following US patents 7295673 7460668 7515710 7519274 This device supports DivX Plus Streaming for enjoying HD movies and TV shows with advanced features multi language subtitles multiple audio tracks chapters smooth FFRW etc streamed to your device For DTS patents see httppatentsdtscom Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited DTS the Symbol amp DTS and the Symbol together are registered trademarks and DTS 20 Channel is a trademark of DTS Inc DTS Inc All Rights Reserved For DTS patents see httppatentsdtscom Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited DTS the Symbol DTS in combination with the Symbol and DTS Studio Sound are registered trademarks or trademarks of DTS Inc in the United States andor other countries DTS Inc All Rights Reserved Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Dolby and the doubleD symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories The terms HDMI and HDMI HighDefinition Multimedia Interface and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries Open Source Announcement To send inquiries and requests for questions regarding open sources contact Samsung via Email ossrequestsamsungcom Specifications Environmental Considerations Operating Temperature Operating Humidity Storage Temperature Storage Humidity 50F to 104F 10C to 40C 10 to 80 noncondensing 4F to 113F 20C to 45C 5 to 95 noncondensing Model Name UN32J4000 UN32J4050 Display Resolution 1366 x 768 Screen Size Diagonal 32quot Class 315quot measured diagonally Sound Output 10 W Dimensions W x H x D Body With stand 293 x 174 x 27 inches 7454 x 4422 x 690 mm 293 x 182 x 59 inches 7454 x 4631 x 1505 mm Weight Without Stand With Stand 81 lbs 37 kg 83 lbs 38 kg Power Requirements Mexico Only DC 19V Power Consumption Mexico Only 40 W Design and specifications are subject to change without prior notice The actual appearance of the TV may differ from the images in this manual depending on the model For information about your TVs power requirements and more about power consumption refer to the label attached to the product Typical power consumption is measured according to Energy Star Program requirements for televisions 10 9 14 13 11 15 12 16 J4000ZXBFBN6807180Y00ENGindb 2 20150728 오후 34909
  • Page 12 - English - : Application Menu Using the Media Play Enjoy photos music andor movie files saved on a USB Mass Storage Class MSC device P POWER MEDIAP Connecting a USB Device 1 Turn on your TV 2 Connect a USB device containing photo music andor movie files to the USB jack on the side of the TV 3 When USB is connected to the TV you can select Media Play USB in Applications menu Using the Media Play Menu 1 Press the MENU button Press the or button to select Applications then press the ENTER E button 2 Press the or button to select Media Play USB then press the ENTER E button 3 Press the or button to select an icon Videos Music Photos Settings then press the ENTER E button It might not work properly with unlicensed multimedia files NeedtoKnow List before using Media Play USB x Supported file systems are FAT and NTFS x Certain types of USB Digital camera and audio devices may not be compatible with this TV x Media Play only supports USB Mass Storage Class MSC devices MSC is a Mass Storage Class BulkOnly Transport device Examples of MSC are Thumb drives and Flash Card Readers Devices should be connected directly to the TVs USB port USB HDD is not supported x Before connecting your device to the TV please back up your files to prevent them from damage or loss of data SAMSUNG is not responsible for any data file damage or data loss x A USB device that requires high power more than 05A may not be supported x Do not disconnect the USB device while it is loading x The higher the resolution of the image the longer it takes to display on the screen x The maximum supported JPEG resolution is 15360 x 8640 pixels x If a file is corrupted or the TV does not support the file type the Not Supported File Format message appears x The TV cannot play MP3 files with DRM that have been downloaded from a forpay site Digital Rights Management DRM is a technology that supports the creation distribution and management of digital content in an integrated and comprehensive way including protecting the rights and interests of content providers preventing illegal copying of contents and managing billings and settlements x PTP device is not supported x If an overpower warning message is displayed while you are connecting or using a USB device the device may not be recognized or may malfunction x If the TV has no input during the time set in Auto Protection Time the Screensaver will run x The powersaving mode of some external hard disk drives may be released automatically when your connect them to the TV x If you use a USB extension cable the TV may not recognize the USB device or may not be able to read the files on the device x If a USB device connected to the TV is not recognized the list of files on the device is corrupted or a file in the list is not played connect the USB device to a PC format the device and check the connection x If a file you deleted from the PC is still found when you run Media Play use the Empty the Recycle Bin function on the PC to permanently delete the file x Photos only supports sequential jpeg format x The scene search and thumbnail functions are not supported in the Videos x If the number of files and folders saved on a USB storage device is approximately over 4000 the files and folders may not appear and some folders may not be opened x The maximum displayed number of files including sub folders in one folder of USB storage device is 2000 x The media may not be playing smoothly when using the device lower than USB 20 Videos 1 Press the buttons to select Videos then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired video in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button The selected file is displayed on the top with its playing time If video time information is unknown playing time and the progress bar are not displayed During video playback you can search using the buttons In this mode you can play movie clips contained in a game but you cannot play the game itself y Supported Subtitle Formats External Name File extension MPEG4 timed text ttxt SAMI smi SubRip srt SubViewer sub Micro DVD sub or txt SubStation Alpha ssa Advanced SubStation Alpha ass Internal Name Container Format Xsub AVI Picture Format SubStation Alpha MKV Text Format Advanced SubStation Alpha MKV Text Format SubRip MKV Text Format MPEG4 Timed text MP4 Text Format y Supported Video Formats File Extension Container Video Codec Resolution Frame ratefps Bit rate Mbps Audio Codec avi mkv asf wmv mp4 mov 3gp vro mpg mpeg ts tp trp mov flv vob svi divx AVI MKV ASF MP4 3GP MOV FLV VRO VOB PS TS Motion JPEG 640x480 MAX 30 AC3 LPCM ADPCM IMA MS AAC HEAAC WMA DD MPEGMP3 DTS Core LBR G711A Law μLaw H264 BP MPHP 1920x1080 30 H 264 BP MP HP Divx 311 4 5 6 MPEG4 SP ASP Window Media Video v9VC1 MPEG2 MPEG1 webm WebM VP8 1920x1080 630 20 Vorbis The picture is black and white If you are using an AV composite input connect the video cable yellow to the Green jack of component input 1 on the TV When changing channels the picture freezes or is distorted or delayed y If connected to a cable box please try to reset it Reconnect the AC cord and wait until the cable box reboots It may take up to 20 minutes y Set the output resolution of the cable box to 1080i or 720p Sound Problem First of all please perform the Sound Test to confirm that your TV audio is properly operating Go to MENU Support Self Diagnosis Sound Test If the audio is OK the sound problem may caused by the source or signal There is no sound or the sound is too low at maximum volume Please check the volume of the device CableSat Box DVD Bluray etc connected to your TV The picture is good but there is no sound y If you are using an external device check the devices audio output option ex you may need to change your cable boxs audio option to HDMI when you have a HDMI connected to your TV y Reboot the connected device by reconnecting the devices power cable The speakers are making an inappropriate noise y Check the cable connections Make sure a video cable is not connected to an audio input y For Antenna or Cable connections check the signal information A weak signal may cause sound distortion y Perform the Sound Test as explained above No Picture No Video The TV will not turn on y Make sure the AC power cord is securely plugged into the wall outlet and the TV y Make sure the wall outlet is working y Try pressing the POWER button on the TV to make sure the problem is not the remote If the TV turns on refer to Remote control does not work below The TV turns off automatically y Ensure the Sleep Timer is set to Off in the Time menu y If your PC is connected to the TV check your PC power settings y Make sure the AC power cord is plugged in securely to the wall outlet and the TV y When you are watching TV connected to an antenna or cable connection the TV will turn off after 10 15 minutes if there is no signal There is no picturevideo y Check the cable connections Remove and reconnect all cables connected to the TV and external devices y Set your external devices CableSat Box DVD Bluray etc video outputs to match the connections to the TV input For example if an external devices output is HDMI it should be connected to an HDMI input on the TV y Make sure your connected devices are powered on y Be sure to select the TVs correct source by pressing the SOURCE button on the remote control y Reboot the connected device by reconnecting the devices power cable RFCableAntenna Connection The TV is not receiving all channels y Make sure the coaxial cable is connected securely y Please try Auto Program to add available channels to the channel list go to MENU Channel Auto Program then select Auto and make sure the correct Cable TV signal type is set in the menu There are 3 options STD HRC and IRC y Verify the antenna is positioned correctly No Caption on digital channels y Check the Caption Setup menu Try changing Caption Mode Service1 to CC1 y Some channels may not have caption data The picture is distorted macroblock error small block dots pixelization y Compression of video contents may cause picture distortion Especially on fast moving pictures such as sports and action movies y A weak signal can cause picture distortion This is not a TV problem Others Purplegreen rolling horizontal bars and buzzing noise from the TV speakers with Component cable connection Remove the left and right audio connections from the settopbox If the buzzing stops this indicates that the settopbox has a grounding issue Replace the Component video cables with an HDMI connection The picture will not display in full screen y HD channels will have black bars on either side of the screen when displaying up scaled SD 43 contents y Black bars on the Top amp Bottom will be shown on movies that have aspect ratios different from your TV y Adjust the picture size option on your external device or change the TV to full screen The remote control does not work y Replace the remote control batteries with correct polarity y Clean the transmission window located on the top of the remote control y Try pointing the remote directly at the TV from 56 feet away The cableset top box remote control does not turn the TV on or off or adjust the volume Program the CableSet top box remote control to operate the TV Refer to the CableSet top box user manual for the SAMSUNG TV code A Mode Not Supported message appears Check the supported resolution of the TV and adjust the external devices output resolution accordingly Refer to resolution settings in this manual Caption on the TV menu is greyed out y You cannot select Caption in the TV menu when watching content from a device connected via HDMI or Component y Caption must be activated on the external device There is a plastic smell from the TV This smell is normal and will dissipate over time Other Restrictions x Codecs may not function properly if there is a problem with the content x Video content does not play or does not play correctly if there is an error in the content or container x Sound or video may not work if they have standard bit ratesframe rates above the TVs compatibility ratings x If the Index Table is has an error the Seek Jump function will not work x When playing video over a network connection the video may not play smoothly because of data transmission speeds x Some USBdigital camera devices may not be compatible with the TV x While the TV is playing a video at the bit rate of 10 Mbps or higher the menu screens may be displayed slowly Video Decoder Supports up to H264 Level 41 H264 FMO ASO RS VC1 AP L4 are not supported GMC 2 or above is not supported Audio Decoder WMA 10 Pro supports up to 51 channels Supports up to the M2 profile WMA lossless audio is not supported QCELP and AMR NBWB are not supported Vorbis is supported for up to 2 channels Dolby Digital Plus is supported for up to 51 channels The DTS LBR codec is only available for MKV MP4 TS containers Music 1 Press the buttons to select Music then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired Music in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button During music playback you can search using the buttons REW and FF buttons do not function during play Only displays the files with MP3 file extensions Other file extensions are not displayed even if they are saved on the same USB device If the sound is abnormal when playing MP3 files adjust the Equalizer in the Sound menu An overmodulated MP3 file may cause a sound problem Photos 1 Press the buttons to select Photos then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired photo in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button NOTE While a photo list is displayed press the Play ENTER E button on the remote control to start the slide show All files in the file list section will be displayed in the slide show During the slide show files are displayed in order During the slide show you can adjust the slide show speed using REW or FF button You can move to other file using the buttons y Supported Photo Formats Image Photo Resolution JPEG Baseline 15360 x 8704 Progressive 1024 x 768 Other Restrictions CMYK and YCCK Color space JPEGs are not supported Playing Multiple Files Playing selected videomusicphoto files 1 Press the Yellow button in the file list to select the desired file 2 Repeat the above operation to select multiple files NOTE The c mark appears to the left of the selected files To cancel a selection press the Yellow button again To deselect all selected files press the TOOLS button and select Deselect All 3 Press the TOOLS button and then select Play Selected Contents Playing the videomusicphoto file group 1 While a file list is displayed move to any file in desired group 2 Press the TOOLS button and then select Play Folder Media Play Additional Functions VideosMusicPhotos Play Option menus When playing a file press the TOOLS button Category Operation Videos Music Photos Title You can move the other file directly c Repeat Mode You can play movie and music files repeatedly c c Picture Size You can adjust the picture size to your preference c Picture Mode You can adjust the picture setting c c Sound Mode You can adjust the sound setting c c c Subtitle Settings You can play the video with Subtitles This function only works if the subtitles are the same file name as the video c Audio Format You can select the digital audio output format c Audio Language You can change the audio language if the video has more than one language c Stop Slide Show Start Slide Show You can start or stop a Slide Show c Slide Show Speed You can select the slide show speed during the slide show c Background Music You can set and select background music when watching a Slide Show c Zoom You can zoom into images in full screen mode c Rotate You can rotate images in full screen mode c Information You can see detailed information about the played file c c c Using the Sports Mode Sports Mode This mode provides optimised condition for watching sports games When the Sports Mode is On the picture and sound modes are set to Stadium automatically Other Information Installing the Wall Mount Kit The wall mount kit sold separately allows you to mount the TV on the wall For detailed information on installing the wall mount see the instructions provided with the wall mount items Contact a technician for assistance when installing the wall mount bracket Samsung Electronics is not responsible for any damage to the product or injury to yourself or others if you elect to install the wall mount on your own TV Wall mount bracket C Wall mount Adapter Wall Mount Kit Specifications VESA The wall mount kit is not supplied but sold separately Install your wall mount on a solid wall perpendicular to the floor When attaching to other building materials please contact your nearest dealer If you install the TV on a ceiling or slanted wall it may fall and result in severe personal injury NOTE x Standard dimensions for wall mount kits are shown in the table below x When purchasing our wall mount kit a detailed installation manual and all parts necessary for assembly are provided x Do not use screws that do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications x Do not use screws that are longer than the standard dimension or do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications Screws that are too long may cause damage to the inside of the TV set x For wall mounts that do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications the length of the screws may differ depending on the wall mount specifications x Do not fasten the screws too firmly This may damage the product or cause the product to fall leading to personal injury Samsung is not liable for these kinds of accidents x Samsung is not liable for product damage or personal injury when a nonVESA or nonspecified wall mount is used or the consumer fails to follow the product installation instructions x Do not mount the TV at more than a 15 degree tilt x Always have two people mount the TV on a wall Product Family TV size in inches VESA screw hole specs A B in millimeters C mm Standard Screw Quantity LEDTV 32 200 X 200 313 323 M8 4 Do not install your Wall Mount Kit while your TV is turned on It may result in personal injury due to electric shock Securing the TV to the Wall Caution Pulling pushing or climbing onto the TV may cause the TV to fall In particular ensure that your children do not hang over or destabilize the TV doing so may cause the TV to tip over resulting in serious injuries or death Follow all safety precautions provided on the included Safety Flyer For added stability install the antifall device for safety purposes as follows To prevent the TV from falling Since the necessary clamps screws and string are not supplied please purchase these additionally 1 Drive the screws into the clamps and firmly fasten them onto the wall Make sure the screws are firmly fixed into the wall 2 Remove the screws from the back center of the TV put the screws into the clamps and then fasten the screws onto the TV again 3 Connect the clamps fixed onto the TV and the clamps fixed onto the wall with a strong cable and then tie the string tightly Verify all connections are properly secured Periodically check the connections for any sign of fatigue or failure If you have any doubt about the security of your connections contact a professional installer Install the TV close to the wall so that it does not fall It is safe to connect the string so that the clamps fixed on the wall are equal to or lower than the clamps fixed on the TV Untie the string before moving the TV Kensington Lock The Kensington Lock is not supplied by Samsung It is a device used to physically fix the system when using it in a public place Refer to the manual provided with the Kensington Lock for additional information on proper use Please find a K icon on the rear of the TV The Kensington slot is beside the K icon The position and color may differ depending on the model Program Rating Lock The Program Rating Lock feature automatically locks out programs that are deemed inappropriate for children The user must enter a PIN personal identification number before any of the Program Rating Lock restrictions are set up or changed Program Rating Lock is not available in HDMI or Component mode The default PIN number of a new TV set is 0000 Program Rating Lock You can block rated TV Programs TV Parental Guidelines You can block TV programs depending on their rating This function allows you to control what your children are watching MPAA Rating You can block movies depending on their MPAA rating The Motion Picture Association of America MPAA has implemented a rating system that provides parents or guardians with advanced information on which films are appropriate for children Canadian English You can block TV programs depending on their Anglophone Canadian Canadian French You can block TV programs depending on their French Canadian rating Downloadable US Rating Parental restriction information can be used while watching DTV channels Change PIN The Change PIN screen will appear Choose any 4 digits for your PIN and enter it in Enter New PIN Reenter the same 4 digits in Confirm New PIN When the Change PIN screen disappears press the OK button The TV has memorized your new PIN If you forget the PIN press the remotecontrol buttons in the following sequence which resets the pin to 0000 POWER off MUTE 8 2 4 POWER on Caption OnScreen Text Messages Caption You can switch the caption function on or off If captions are not available they will not be displayed on the screen The Caption feature does not work in Component or HDMI mode Caption Mode You can select the desired caption mode Default CC1CC4 Text1Text4 analog channels only The Analog Caption function operates in either analog TV channel mode or when a signal is supplied from an external device to the TV Depending on the broadcasting signal the Analog Caption function may or may not work with digital channels Default Service1Service6 CC1CC4 Text1Text4 digital channels only The Digital Captions function works with digital channels Service16 may not be available in digital caption mode depending on the broadcast Digital Caption Options digital channels only Size Options include Default Small Standard and Large The default is Standard Font Style Options include Default and Styles 0 to 7 The default is Style 0 Foreground Color Options include Default White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta and Cyan You can change the color of the letter The default is White Background Color Options include Default White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta and Cyan You can change the background color of the caption The default is Black Foreground Opacity This adjusts the opacity of text Options include Default Transparent Translucent Solid and Flashing Background Opacity This adjusts the opacity of the caption background Options include Default Transparent Translucent Solid and Flashing Return to Default This option sets each Size Font Style Foreground Color Background Color Foreground Opacity and Background Opacity to its default Digital Caption Options are available only when Default and Service1Service6 can be selected in Caption Mode The Foreground and Background cannot be set to have the same color Boot Logo Enabledisable displaying the logo while the TV starts up Eco Solution Energy Saving This adjust the brightness of the TV in order to reduce power consumption If you select Picture Off the screen is turned off but the sound remains on Press any button except volume button to turn on the screen No Signal Power Off Sets how quickly the TV switches to standby mode if no picture is being received Disabled when the PC is in power saving mode Auto Power Off The TV will be automatically turned off when no user operation is received for 4 hours Auto Protection Time If the screen remains idle with a still image for a certain period of time defined by the user the screen saver is activated to prevent the formation of ghost images on the screen Support Menu Self Diagnosis Picture Test Use to check for picture problems If the problem continues to occur check the color pattern Sound Test Use the builtin melody sound to check for sound problems Signal Strength digital channels only An HD channels reception quality is either perfect or the channels are unavailable Adjust your antenna to increase signal strength Reset Reset all settings to the factory defaults The PIN input screen appears before the setup screen Enter your 4digit PIN Change the PIN using the Change PIN option Software Upgrade Software Upgrade can be performed by downloading the latest firmware from samsungcom to a USB memory device Use Mode You can turn the TV into a display model for retail environments by setting Use Mode to Store Demo For all other uses select Home Use With Store Demo some functions are disabled and the TV automatically resets itself after a preset amount of time HD Connection Guide Refer to this information when connecting external devices to the TV Contact Samsung View this information when your TV does not work properly or when you want to upgrade the software You can find information regarding our call centers and how to download products and software Troubleshooting If the TV seems to have a problem first review this list of possible problems and solutions If none of these troubleshooting tips apply visit samsung com then click on Support or call Samsung customer service Problem Possible Solution Flickering and Dimming If your Samsung Television is flickering or dimming sporadically you may need to disable some of its energy efficient features like the Energy Saving feature If you follow below step with your remote you can turn these features off or on y Energy Saving MENU Setup Eco Solution Energy Saving Select Settings Component Connections Screen Color If you find that the color on your Samsung televisions screen is not correct or black and White first run a Self Diagnosis on the TV to make sure there are no device issues y Self Diagnosis MENU Support Self Diagnosis Picture Test If the test is ok try making sure y Your connections are all consistent For example if youve used the AV In jack on your TV make sure you have used the AV Out jack on your video source y Try making sure you have connected to the correct jacks For example if you use the Component jacks labeled Pb Pr and Y to connect your TV and video source make sure you have connected the blue Pb jack on the video source to the blue Pb jack on the TV the red Pr jack on the source to the red Pr jack on the TV Screen Brightness If you find that the colors on your Samsung TV are correct but just a little too dark or bright there are some settings you should check before calling for a repair y Backlight Contrast Brightness Sharpness Color Tint GR and so on Go in to Picture on user Menu then try adjusting options mentioned above Unwanted Powering off If your Samsung TV appears to turn off by itself there may be an issue with either your Timer settings or your Eco friendly No Signal Power Off feature First make sure you Sleep Timer is not accidentally set The sleep timer allows you the comfort of falling asleep with the TV still on but turns it off after a certain period of time so as not to waste energy y Sleep Timer MENU Setup Time Sleep Timer If the Sleep Timer is not activated you may have engaged the No Signal Power Off or Auto Power Off feature y No Signal Power Off MENU Setup Eco Solution No Signal Power Off y Auto Power Off MENU Setup Eco Solution Auto Power Off Trouble Powering On Before Turn on check red light on the right or left bottom of your TV Press power on button on TV or remote and it will blink about 5 times before turning on If you find that you are having trouble powering on your Samsung television there are a number of things to check before making a call to the service department y If you happen to be using the TV as a monitor and the standby light only blinks for a few seconds when you press the power button your PC is in sleep mode To take your PC out of sleep mode press a key on your keyboard or move the mouse Then try turning your TV on If youre sure your power cord remote control and PC are functioning properly you may be having a cable issue If you have a cable or satellite box your TV may appear to be off because the cable or satellite box is not outputting a signal To test the signal output of your cable or satellite box press the guide or info button on the cable or satellite box remote control If the screen displays the guide or info data the problem is caused by the box Stand Assembly If you have any trouble to assemble the stand though you refer to Install the Stand mentioned at separate guide Cannot find channel Rerun plug and play Poor picture First perform the Picture Test and to see if your TV is properly displaying the test image Go to MENU Support Self Diagnosis Picture Test If the test image is properly displayed the poor picture may be caused by the source or signal The TV image does not look as good as it did in the store If you have an analog cablesatellite box upgrade to a digital set top box Use HDMI or Component cables to deliver HD high definition picture quality CableSatellite subscribers Try HD channels from the channel line up AirCable Antenna connection Try HD channels after performing Auto program Many HD channels are up scaled from SDStandard Definition contents y Adjust the CableSet top box video output resolution to 1080i or 720p The picture is distorted macroblock error small block dots pixelization y Compression of video contents may cause picture distortion especially on fast moving pictures such as sports and action movies y A weak signal can cause picture distortion This is not a TV problem y Mobile phones used close to the TV within 33ft may cause noise in the picture on analog and digital channels Color is wrong or missing If youre using a component connection make sure the component cables are connected to the correct jacks Incorrect or loose connections may cause color problems or a blank screen There is poor color or brightness y Adjust the Picture options in the TV menu Go to Picture Mode Color Brightness Sharpness y Adjust the Energy Saving option in the TV menu Go to MENU Setup Eco Solution Energy Saving y Try resetting the picture to view the default picture setting Go to MENU Picture Picture Reset There is a dotted line on the edge of the screen y If the picture size is set to Screen Fit change it to 169 y Change the cablesatellite box resolution TV Signal Strength is unavailable in the Self Diagnosis Test menu This function is only available for digital channels from an Antenna RF Coax connection TV is tilted to the right or left side Remove the stand base from the TV and reassemble it The Channel menu is greyed out unavailable The Channel menu is only available when you select the TV source Your settings are lost after 30 minutes or every time the TV is turned off If TV is in the Store Demo mode it will reset audio and picture settings every 30 minutes Please change from Store Demo mode to Home Use mode using the Plug amp Play procedure Press the SOURCE button to select TV mode go to MENU Setup Plug amp Play ENTER E You have intermittent loss of audio or video Check the cable connections and reconnect them Loss of audio or video can be caused by using overly rigid or thick cables Make sure the cables are flexible enough for long term use If mounting the TV to the wall we recommend using cables with 90 degree connectors You see small particles when you look closely at the edge of the frame of the TV This is part of the products design and is not a defect POP TVs internal banner ad appears on the screen Select Home Use under Plug amp Play mode For details refer to Plug amp Play Initial Setup This TFT LED panel uses a panel consisting of sub pixels which require sophisticated technology to produce However there may be a few bright or dark pixels on the screen These pixels will have no impact on the performance of the product Some functions and pictures shown in this manual are available on specific models only You can keep your TV as optimum condition to upgrade the latest firmware on web site samsungcom Support Downloads by USB Storage and Maintenance If you attached some stickers on the TV screen it remains some debris after removing the sticker Please clean it to watch TV The exterior and screen of the product can get scratched during cleaning Be sure to wipe the exterior and screen carefully using a soft cloth to prevent scratches Do not spray water directly onto the product Any liquid that goes into the product may cause a failure fire or electric shock Clean the product with a soft cloth dampened with in a small amount of water Do not use a flammable liquid eg benzene thinners or a cleaning agent License This DivX Certified device has passed rigorous testing to ensure it plays DivX video To play purchased DivX movies first register your device at voddivxcom Find your registration code in the DivX VOD section of your device setup menu DivX Certified to play DivX video up to HD 1080p including premium content DivX DivX Certified and associated logos are trademarks of DivX LLC and are used under license Covered by one or more of the following US patents 7295673 7460668 7515710 7519274 This device supports DivX Plus Streaming for enjoying HD movies and TV shows with advanced features multi language subtitles multiple audio tracks chapters smooth FFRW etc streamed to your device For DTS patents see httppatentsdtscom Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited DTS the Symbol amp DTS and the Symbol together are registered trademarks and DTS 20 Channel is a trademark of DTS Inc DTS Inc All Rights Reserved For DTS patents see httppatentsdtscom Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited DTS the Symbol DTS in combination with the Symbol and DTS Studio Sound are registered trademarks or trademarks of DTS Inc in the United States andor other countries DTS Inc All Rights Reserved Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Dolby and the doubleD symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories The terms HDMI and HDMI HighDefinition Multimedia Interface and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries Open Source Announcement To send inquiries and requests for questions regarding open sources contact Samsung via Email ossrequestsamsungcom Specifications Environmental Considerations Operating Temperature Operating Humidity Storage Temperature Storage Humidity 50F to 104F 10C to 40C 10 to 80 noncondensing 4F to 113F 20C to 45C 5 to 95 noncondensing Model Name UN32J4000 UN32J4050 Display Resolution 1366 x 768 Screen Size Diagonal 32quot Class 315quot measured diagonally Sound Output 10 W Dimensions W x H x D Body With stand 293 x 174 x 27 inches 7454 x 4422 x 690 mm 293 x 182 x 59 inches 7454 x 4631 x 1505 mm Weight Without Stand With Stand 81 lbs 37 kg 83 lbs 38 kg Power Requirements Mexico Only DC 19V Power Consumption Mexico Only 40 W Design and specifications are subject to change without prior notice The actual appearance of the TV may differ from the images in this manual depending on the model For information about your TVs power requirements and more about power consumption refer to the label attached to the product Typical power consumption is measured according to Energy Star Program requirements for televisions 10 9 14 13 11 15 12 16 J4000ZXBFBN6807180Y00ENGindb 2 20150728 오후 34909
  • Page 13 - English - : Application Menu Using the Media Play Enjoy photos music andor movie files saved on a USB Mass Storage Class MSC device P POWER MEDIAP Connecting a USB Device 1 Turn on your TV 2 Connect a USB device containing photo music andor movie files to the USB jack on the side of the TV 3 When USB is connected to the TV you can select Media Play USB in Applications menu Using the Media Play Menu 1 Press the MENU button Press the or button to select Applications then press the ENTER E button 2 Press the or button to select Media Play USB then press the ENTER E button 3 Press the or button to select an icon Videos Music Photos Settings then press the ENTER E button It might not work properly with unlicensed multimedia files NeedtoKnow List before using Media Play USB x Supported file systems are FAT and NTFS x Certain types of USB Digital camera and audio devices may not be compatible with this TV x Media Play only supports USB Mass Storage Class MSC devices MSC is a Mass Storage Class BulkOnly Transport device Examples of MSC are Thumb drives and Flash Card Readers Devices should be connected directly to the TVs USB port USB HDD is not supported x Before connecting your device to the TV please back up your files to prevent them from damage or loss of data SAMSUNG is not responsible for any data file damage or data loss x A USB device that requires high power more than 05A may not be supported x Do not disconnect the USB device while it is loading x The higher the resolution of the image the longer it takes to display on the screen x The maximum supported JPEG resolution is 15360 x 8640 pixels x If a file is corrupted or the TV does not support the file type the Not Supported File Format message appears x The TV cannot play MP3 files with DRM that have been downloaded from a forpay site Digital Rights Management DRM is a technology that supports the creation distribution and management of digital content in an integrated and comprehensive way including protecting the rights and interests of content providers preventing illegal copying of contents and managing billings and settlements x PTP device is not supported x If an overpower warning message is displayed while you are connecting or using a USB device the device may not be recognized or may malfunction x If the TV has no input during the time set in Auto Protection Time the Screensaver will run x The powersaving mode of some external hard disk drives may be released automatically when your connect them to the TV x If you use a USB extension cable the TV may not recognize the USB device or may not be able to read the files on the device x If a USB device connected to the TV is not recognized the list of files on the device is corrupted or a file in the list is not played connect the USB device to a PC format the device and check the connection x If a file you deleted from the PC is still found when you run Media Play use the Empty the Recycle Bin function on the PC to permanently delete the file x Photos only supports sequential jpeg format x The scene search and thumbnail functions are not supported in the Videos x If the number of files and folders saved on a USB storage device is approximately over 4000 the files and folders may not appear and some folders may not be opened x The maximum displayed number of files including sub folders in one folder of USB storage device is 2000 x The media may not be playing smoothly when using the device lower than USB 20 Videos 1 Press the buttons to select Videos then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired video in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button The selected file is displayed on the top with its playing time If video time information is unknown playing time and the progress bar are not displayed During video playback you can search using the buttons In this mode you can play movie clips contained in a game but you cannot play the game itself y Supported Subtitle Formats External Name File extension MPEG4 timed text ttxt SAMI smi SubRip srt SubViewer sub Micro DVD sub or txt SubStation Alpha ssa Advanced SubStation Alpha ass Internal Name Container Format Xsub AVI Picture Format SubStation Alpha MKV Text Format Advanced SubStation Alpha MKV Text Format SubRip MKV Text Format MPEG4 Timed text MP4 Text Format y Supported Video Formats File Extension Container Video Codec Resolution Frame ratefps Bit rate Mbps Audio Codec avi mkv asf wmv mp4 mov 3gp vro mpg mpeg ts tp trp mov flv vob svi divx AVI MKV ASF MP4 3GP MOV FLV VRO VOB PS TS Motion JPEG 640x480 MAX 30 AC3 LPCM ADPCM IMA MS AAC HEAAC WMA DD MPEGMP3 DTS Core LBR G711A Law μLaw H264 BP MPHP 1920x1080 30 H 264 BP MP HP Divx 311 4 5 6 MPEG4 SP ASP Window Media Video v9VC1 MPEG2 MPEG1 webm WebM VP8 1920x1080 630 20 Vorbis The picture is black and white If you are using an AV composite input connect the video cable yellow to the Green jack of component input 1 on the TV When changing channels the picture freezes or is distorted or delayed y If connected to a cable box please try to reset it Reconnect the AC cord and wait until the cable box reboots It may take up to 20 minutes y Set the output resolution of the cable box to 1080i or 720p Sound Problem First of all please perform the Sound Test to confirm that your TV audio is properly operating Go to MENU Support Self Diagnosis Sound Test If the audio is OK the sound problem may caused by the source or signal There is no sound or the sound is too low at maximum volume Please check the volume of the device CableSat Box DVD Bluray etc connected to your TV The picture is good but there is no sound y If you are using an external device check the devices audio output option ex you may need to change your cable boxs audio option to HDMI when you have a HDMI connected to your TV y Reboot the connected device by reconnecting the devices power cable The speakers are making an inappropriate noise y Check the cable connections Make sure a video cable is not connected to an audio input y For Antenna or Cable connections check the signal information A weak signal may cause sound distortion y Perform the Sound Test as explained above No Picture No Video The TV will not turn on y Make sure the AC power cord is securely plugged into the wall outlet and the TV y Make sure the wall outlet is working y Try pressing the POWER button on the TV to make sure the problem is not the remote If the TV turns on refer to Remote control does not work below The TV turns off automatically y Ensure the Sleep Timer is set to Off in the Time menu y If your PC is connected to the TV check your PC power settings y Make sure the AC power cord is plugged in securely to the wall outlet and the TV y When you are watching TV connected to an antenna or cable connection the TV will turn off after 10 15 minutes if there is no signal There is no picturevideo y Check the cable connections Remove and reconnect all cables connected to the TV and external devices y Set your external devices CableSat Box DVD Bluray etc video outputs to match the connections to the TV input For example if an external devices output is HDMI it should be connected to an HDMI input on the TV y Make sure your connected devices are powered on y Be sure to select the TVs correct source by pressing the SOURCE button on the remote control y Reboot the connected device by reconnecting the devices power cable RFCableAntenna Connection The TV is not receiving all channels y Make sure the coaxial cable is connected securely y Please try Auto Program to add available channels to the channel list go to MENU Channel Auto Program then select Auto and make sure the correct Cable TV signal type is set in the menu There are 3 options STD HRC and IRC y Verify the antenna is positioned correctly No Caption on digital channels y Check the Caption Setup menu Try changing Caption Mode Service1 to CC1 y Some channels may not have caption data The picture is distorted macroblock error small block dots pixelization y Compression of video contents may cause picture distortion Especially on fast moving pictures such as sports and action movies y A weak signal can cause picture distortion This is not a TV problem Others Purplegreen rolling horizontal bars and buzzing noise from the TV speakers with Component cable connection Remove the left and right audio connections from the settopbox If the buzzing stops this indicates that the settopbox has a grounding issue Replace the Component video cables with an HDMI connection The picture will not display in full screen y HD channels will have black bars on either side of the screen when displaying up scaled SD 43 contents y Black bars on the Top amp Bottom will be shown on movies that have aspect ratios different from your TV y Adjust the picture size option on your external device or change the TV to full screen The remote control does not work y Replace the remote control batteries with correct polarity y Clean the transmission window located on the top of the remote control y Try pointing the remote directly at the TV from 56 feet away The cableset top box remote control does not turn the TV on or off or adjust the volume Program the CableSet top box remote control to operate the TV Refer to the CableSet top box user manual for the SAMSUNG TV code A Mode Not Supported message appears Check the supported resolution of the TV and adjust the external devices output resolution accordingly Refer to resolution settings in this manual Caption on the TV menu is greyed out y You cannot select Caption in the TV menu when watching content from a device connected via HDMI or Component y Caption must be activated on the external device There is a plastic smell from the TV This smell is normal and will dissipate over time Other Restrictions x Codecs may not function properly if there is a problem with the content x Video content does not play or does not play correctly if there is an error in the content or container x Sound or video may not work if they have standard bit ratesframe rates above the TVs compatibility ratings x If the Index Table is has an error the Seek Jump function will not work x When playing video over a network connection the video may not play smoothly because of data transmission speeds x Some USBdigital camera devices may not be compatible with the TV x While the TV is playing a video at the bit rate of 10 Mbps or higher the menu screens may be displayed slowly Video Decoder Supports up to H264 Level 41 H264 FMO ASO RS VC1 AP L4 are not supported GMC 2 or above is not supported Audio Decoder WMA 10 Pro supports up to 51 channels Supports up to the M2 profile WMA lossless audio is not supported QCELP and AMR NBWB are not supported Vorbis is supported for up to 2 channels Dolby Digital Plus is supported for up to 51 channels The DTS LBR codec is only available for MKV MP4 TS containers Music 1 Press the buttons to select Music then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired Music in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button During music playback you can search using the buttons REW and FF buttons do not function during play Only displays the files with MP3 file extensions Other file extensions are not displayed even if they are saved on the same USB device If the sound is abnormal when playing MP3 files adjust the Equalizer in the Sound menu An overmodulated MP3 file may cause a sound problem Photos 1 Press the buttons to select Photos then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired photo in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button NOTE While a photo list is displayed press the Play ENTER E button on the remote control to start the slide show All files in the file list section will be displayed in the slide show During the slide show files are displayed in order During the slide show you can adjust the slide show speed using REW or FF button You can move to other file using the buttons y Supported Photo Formats Image Photo Resolution JPEG Baseline 15360 x 8704 Progressive 1024 x 768 Other Restrictions CMYK and YCCK Color space JPEGs are not supported Playing Multiple Files Playing selected videomusicphoto files 1 Press the Yellow button in the file list to select the desired file 2 Repeat the above operation to select multiple files NOTE The c mark appears to the left of the selected files To cancel a selection press the Yellow button again To deselect all selected files press the TOOLS button and select Deselect All 3 Press the TOOLS button and then select Play Selected Contents Playing the videomusicphoto file group 1 While a file list is displayed move to any file in desired group 2 Press the TOOLS button and then select Play Folder Media Play Additional Functions VideosMusicPhotos Play Option menus When playing a file press the TOOLS button Category Operation Videos Music Photos Title You can move the other file directly c Repeat Mode You can play movie and music files repeatedly c c Picture Size You can adjust the picture size to your preference c Picture Mode You can adjust the picture setting c c Sound Mode You can adjust the sound setting c c c Subtitle Settings You can play the video with Subtitles This function only works if the subtitles are the same file name as the video c Audio Format You can select the digital audio output format c Audio Language You can change the audio language if the video has more than one language c Stop Slide Show Start Slide Show You can start or stop a Slide Show c Slide Show Speed You can select the slide show speed during the slide show c Background Music You can set and select background music when watching a Slide Show c Zoom You can zoom into images in full screen mode c Rotate You can rotate images in full screen mode c Information You can see detailed information about the played file c c c Using the Sports Mode Sports Mode This mode provides optimised condition for watching sports games When the Sports Mode is On the picture and sound modes are set to Stadium automatically Other Information Installing the Wall Mount Kit The wall mount kit sold separately allows you to mount the TV on the wall For detailed information on installing the wall mount see the instructions provided with the wall mount items Contact a technician for assistance when installing the wall mount bracket Samsung Electronics is not responsible for any damage to the product or injury to yourself or others if you elect to install the wall mount on your own TV Wall mount bracket C Wall mount Adapter Wall Mount Kit Specifications VESA The wall mount kit is not supplied but sold separately Install your wall mount on a solid wall perpendicular to the floor When attaching to other building materials please contact your nearest dealer If you install the TV on a ceiling or slanted wall it may fall and result in severe personal injury NOTE x Standard dimensions for wall mount kits are shown in the table below x When purchasing our wall mount kit a detailed installation manual and all parts necessary for assembly are provided x Do not use screws that do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications x Do not use screws that are longer than the standard dimension or do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications Screws that are too long may cause damage to the inside of the TV set x For wall mounts that do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications the length of the screws may differ depending on the wall mount specifications x Do not fasten the screws too firmly This may damage the product or cause the product to fall leading to personal injury Samsung is not liable for these kinds of accidents x Samsung is not liable for product damage or personal injury when a nonVESA or nonspecified wall mount is used or the consumer fails to follow the product installation instructions x Do not mount the TV at more than a 15 degree tilt x Always have two people mount the TV on a wall Product Family TV size in inches VESA screw hole specs A B in millimeters C mm Standard Screw Quantity LEDTV 32 200 X 200 313 323 M8 4 Do not install your Wall Mount Kit while your TV is turned on It may result in personal injury due to electric shock Securing the TV to the Wall Caution Pulling pushing or climbing onto the TV may cause the TV to fall In particular ensure that your children do not hang over or destabilize the TV doing so may cause the TV to tip over resulting in serious injuries or death Follow all safety precautions provided on the included Safety Flyer For added stability install the antifall device for safety purposes as follows To prevent the TV from falling Since the necessary clamps screws and string are not supplied please purchase these additionally 1 Drive the screws into the clamps and firmly fasten them onto the wall Make sure the screws are firmly fixed into the wall 2 Remove the screws from the back center of the TV put the screws into the clamps and then fasten the screws onto the TV again 3 Connect the clamps fixed onto the TV and the clamps fixed onto the wall with a strong cable and then tie the string tightly Verify all connections are properly secured Periodically check the connections for any sign of fatigue or failure If you have any doubt about the security of your connections contact a professional installer Install the TV close to the wall so that it does not fall It is safe to connect the string so that the clamps fixed on the wall are equal to or lower than the clamps fixed on the TV Untie the string before moving the TV Kensington Lock The Kensington Lock is not supplied by Samsung It is a device used to physically fix the system when using it in a public place Refer to the manual provided with the Kensington Lock for additional information on proper use Please find a K icon on the rear of the TV The Kensington slot is beside the K icon The position and color may differ depending on the model Program Rating Lock The Program Rating Lock feature automatically locks out programs that are deemed inappropriate for children The user must enter a PIN personal identification number before any of the Program Rating Lock restrictions are set up or changed Program Rating Lock is not available in HDMI or Component mode The default PIN number of a new TV set is 0000 Program Rating Lock You can block rated TV Programs TV Parental Guidelines You can block TV programs depending on their rating This function allows you to control what your children are watching MPAA Rating You can block movies depending on their MPAA rating The Motion Picture Association of America MPAA has implemented a rating system that provides parents or guardians with advanced information on which films are appropriate for children Canadian English You can block TV programs depending on their Anglophone Canadian Canadian French You can block TV programs depending on their French Canadian rating Downloadable US Rating Parental restriction information can be used while watching DTV channels Change PIN The Change PIN screen will appear Choose any 4 digits for your PIN and enter it in Enter New PIN Reenter the same 4 digits in Confirm New PIN When the Change PIN screen disappears press the OK button The TV has memorized your new PIN If you forget the PIN press the remotecontrol buttons in the following sequence which resets the pin to 0000 POWER off MUTE 8 2 4 POWER on Caption OnScreen Text Messages Caption You can switch the caption function on or off If captions are not available they will not be displayed on the screen The Caption feature does not work in Component or HDMI mode Caption Mode You can select the desired caption mode Default CC1CC4 Text1Text4 analog channels only The Analog Caption function operates in either analog TV channel mode or when a signal is supplied from an external device to the TV Depending on the broadcasting signal the Analog Caption function may or may not work with digital channels Default Service1Service6 CC1CC4 Text1Text4 digital channels only The Digital Captions function works with digital channels Service16 may not be available in digital caption mode depending on the broadcast Digital Caption Options digital channels only Size Options include Default Small Standard and Large The default is Standard Font Style Options include Default and Styles 0 to 7 The default is Style 0 Foreground Color Options include Default White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta and Cyan You can change the color of the letter The default is White Background Color Options include Default White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta and Cyan You can change the background color of the caption The default is Black Foreground Opacity This adjusts the opacity of text Options include Default Transparent Translucent Solid and Flashing Background Opacity This adjusts the opacity of the caption background Options include Default Transparent Translucent Solid and Flashing Return to Default This option sets each Size Font Style Foreground Color Background Color Foreground Opacity and Background Opacity to its default Digital Caption Options are available only when Default and Service1Service6 can be selected in Caption Mode The Foreground and Background cannot be set to have the same color Boot Logo Enabledisable displaying the logo while the TV starts up Eco Solution Energy Saving This adjust the brightness of the TV in order to reduce power consumption If you select Picture Off the screen is turned off but the sound remains on Press any button except volume button to turn on the screen No Signal Power Off Sets how quickly the TV switches to standby mode if no picture is being received Disabled when the PC is in power saving mode Auto Power Off The TV will be automatically turned off when no user operation is received for 4 hours Auto Protection Time If the screen remains idle with a still image for a certain period of time defined by the user the screen saver is activated to prevent the formation of ghost images on the screen Support Menu Self Diagnosis Picture Test Use to check for picture problems If the problem continues to occur check the color pattern Sound Test Use the builtin melody sound to check for sound problems Signal Strength digital channels only An HD channels reception quality is either perfect or the channels are unavailable Adjust your antenna to increase signal strength Reset Reset all settings to the factory defaults The PIN input screen appears before the setup screen Enter your 4digit PIN Change the PIN using the Change PIN option Software Upgrade Software Upgrade can be performed by downloading the latest firmware from samsungcom to a USB memory device Use Mode You can turn the TV into a display model for retail environments by setting Use Mode to Store Demo For all other uses select Home Use With Store Demo some functions are disabled and the TV automatically resets itself after a preset amount of time HD Connection Guide Refer to this information when connecting external devices to the TV Contact Samsung View this information when your TV does not work properly or when you want to upgrade the software You can find information regarding our call centers and how to download products and software Troubleshooting If the TV seems to have a problem first review this list of possible problems and solutions If none of these troubleshooting tips apply visit samsung com then click on Support or call Samsung customer service Problem Possible Solution Flickering and Dimming If your Samsung Television is flickering or dimming sporadically you may need to disable some of its energy efficient features like the Energy Saving feature If you follow below step with your remote you can turn these features off or on y Energy Saving MENU Setup Eco Solution Energy Saving Select Settings Component Connections Screen Color If you find that the color on your Samsung televisions screen is not correct or black and White first run a Self Diagnosis on the TV to make sure there are no device issues y Self Diagnosis MENU Support Self Diagnosis Picture Test If the test is ok try making sure y Your connections are all consistent For example if youve used the AV In jack on your TV make sure you have used the AV Out jack on your video source y Try making sure you have connected to the correct jacks For example if you use the Component jacks labeled Pb Pr and Y to connect your TV and video source make sure you have connected the blue Pb jack on the video source to the blue Pb jack on the TV the red Pr jack on the source to the red Pr jack on the TV Screen Brightness If you find that the colors on your Samsung TV are correct but just a little too dark or bright there are some settings you should check before calling for a repair y Backlight Contrast Brightness Sharpness Color Tint GR and so on Go in to Picture on user Menu then try adjusting options mentioned above Unwanted Powering off If your Samsung TV appears to turn off by itself there may be an issue with either your Timer settings or your Eco friendly No Signal Power Off feature First make sure you Sleep Timer is not accidentally set The sleep timer allows you the comfort of falling asleep with the TV still on but turns it off after a certain period of time so as not to waste energy y Sleep Timer MENU Setup Time Sleep Timer If the Sleep Timer is not activated you may have engaged the No Signal Power Off or Auto Power Off feature y No Signal Power Off MENU Setup Eco Solution No Signal Power Off y Auto Power Off MENU Setup Eco Solution Auto Power Off Trouble Powering On Before Turn on check red light on the right or left bottom of your TV Press power on button on TV or remote and it will blink about 5 times before turning on If you find that you are having trouble powering on your Samsung television there are a number of things to check before making a call to the service department y If you happen to be using the TV as a monitor and the standby light only blinks for a few seconds when you press the power button your PC is in sleep mode To take your PC out of sleep mode press a key on your keyboard or move the mouse Then try turning your TV on If youre sure your power cord remote control and PC are functioning properly you may be having a cable issue If you have a cable or satellite box your TV may appear to be off because the cable or satellite box is not outputting a signal To test the signal output of your cable or satellite box press the guide or info button on the cable or satellite box remote control If the screen displays the guide or info data the problem is caused by the box Stand Assembly If you have any trouble to assemble the stand though you refer to Install the Stand mentioned at separate guide Cannot find channel Rerun plug and play Poor picture First perform the Picture Test and to see if your TV is properly displaying the test image Go to MENU Support Self Diagnosis Picture Test If the test image is properly displayed the poor picture may be caused by the source or signal The TV image does not look as good as it did in the store If you have an analog cablesatellite box upgrade to a digital set top box Use HDMI or Component cables to deliver HD high definition picture quality CableSatellite subscribers Try HD channels from the channel line up AirCable Antenna connection Try HD channels after performing Auto program Many HD channels are up scaled from SDStandard Definition contents y Adjust the CableSet top box video output resolution to 1080i or 720p The picture is distorted macroblock error small block dots pixelization y Compression of video contents may cause picture distortion especially on fast moving pictures such as sports and action movies y A weak signal can cause picture distortion This is not a TV problem y Mobile phones used close to the TV within 33ft may cause noise in the picture on analog and digital channels Color is wrong or missing If youre using a component connection make sure the component cables are connected to the correct jacks Incorrect or loose connections may cause color problems or a blank screen There is poor color or brightness y Adjust the Picture options in the TV menu Go to Picture Mode Color Brightness Sharpness y Adjust the Energy Saving option in the TV menu Go to MENU Setup Eco Solution Energy Saving y Try resetting the picture to view the default picture setting Go to MENU Picture Picture Reset There is a dotted line on the edge of the screen y If the picture size is set to Screen Fit change it to 169 y Change the cablesatellite box resolution TV Signal Strength is unavailable in the Self Diagnosis Test menu This function is only available for digital channels from an Antenna RF Coax connection TV is tilted to the right or left side Remove the stand base from the TV and reassemble it The Channel menu is greyed out unavailable The Channel menu is only available when you select the TV source Your settings are lost after 30 minutes or every time the TV is turned off If TV is in the Store Demo mode it will reset audio and picture settings every 30 minutes Please change from Store Demo mode to Home Use mode using the Plug amp Play procedure Press the SOURCE button to select TV mode go to MENU Setup Plug amp Play ENTER E You have intermittent loss of audio or video Check the cable connections and reconnect them Loss of audio or video can be caused by using overly rigid or thick cables Make sure the cables are flexible enough for long term use If mounting the TV to the wall we recommend using cables with 90 degree connectors You see small particles when you look closely at the edge of the frame of the TV This is part of the products design and is not a defect POP TVs internal banner ad appears on the screen Select Home Use under Plug amp Play mode For details refer to Plug amp Play Initial Setup This TFT LED panel uses a panel consisting of sub pixels which require sophisticated technology to produce However there may be a few bright or dark pixels on the screen These pixels will have no impact on the performance of the product Some functions and pictures shown in this manual are available on specific models only You can keep your TV as optimum condition to upgrade the latest firmware on web site samsungcom Support Downloads by USB Storage and Maintenance If you attached some stickers on the TV screen it remains some debris after removing the sticker Please clean it to watch TV The exterior and screen of the product can get scratched during cleaning Be sure to wipe the exterior and screen carefully using a soft cloth to prevent scratches Do not spray water directly onto the product Any liquid that goes into the product may cause a failure fire or electric shock Clean the product with a soft cloth dampened with in a small amount of water Do not use a flammable liquid eg benzene thinners or a cleaning agent License This DivX Certified device has passed rigorous testing to ensure it plays DivX video To play purchased DivX movies first register your device at voddivxcom Find your registration code in the DivX VOD section of your device setup menu DivX Certified to play DivX video up to HD 1080p including premium content DivX DivX Certified and associated logos are trademarks of DivX LLC and are used under license Covered by one or more of the following US patents 7295673 7460668 7515710 7519274 This device supports DivX Plus Streaming for enjoying HD movies and TV shows with advanced features multi language subtitles multiple audio tracks chapters smooth FFRW etc streamed to your device For DTS patents see httppatentsdtscom Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited DTS the Symbol amp DTS and the Symbol together are registered trademarks and DTS 20 Channel is a trademark of DTS Inc DTS Inc All Rights Reserved For DTS patents see httppatentsdtscom Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited DTS the Symbol DTS in combination with the Symbol and DTS Studio Sound are registered trademarks or trademarks of DTS Inc in the United States andor other countries DTS Inc All Rights Reserved Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Dolby and the doubleD symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories The terms HDMI and HDMI HighDefinition Multimedia Interface and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries Open Source Announcement To send inquiries and requests for questions regarding open sources contact Samsung via Email ossrequestsamsungcom Specifications Environmental Considerations Operating Temperature Operating Humidity Storage Temperature Storage Humidity 50F to 104F 10C to 40C 10 to 80 noncondensing 4F to 113F 20C to 45C 5 to 95 noncondensing Model Name UN32J4000 UN32J4050 Display Resolution 1366 x 768 Screen Size Diagonal 32quot Class 315quot measured diagonally Sound Output 10 W Dimensions W x H x D Body With stand 293 x 174 x 27 inches 7454 x 4422 x 690 mm 293 x 182 x 59 inches 7454 x 4631 x 1505 mm Weight Without Stand With Stand 81 lbs 37 kg 83 lbs 38 kg Power Requirements Mexico Only DC 19V Power Consumption Mexico Only 40 W Design and specifications are subject to change without prior notice The actual appearance of the TV may differ from the images in this manual depending on the model For information about your TVs power requirements and more about power consumption refer to the label attached to the product Typical power consumption is measured according to Energy Star Program requirements for televisions 10 9 14 13 11 15 12 16 J4000ZXBFBN6807180Y00ENGindb 2 20150728 오후 34909
  • Page 14 - English - : Application Menu Using the Media Play Enjoy photos music andor movie files saved on a USB Mass Storage Class MSC device P POWER MEDIAP Connecting a USB Device 1 Turn on your TV 2 Connect a USB device containing photo music andor movie files to the USB jack on the side of the TV 3 When USB is connected to the TV you can select Media Play USB in Applications menu Using the Media Play Menu 1 Press the MENU button Press the or button to select Applications then press the ENTER E button 2 Press the or button to select Media Play USB then press the ENTER E button 3 Press the or button to select an icon Videos Music Photos Settings then press the ENTER E button It might not work properly with unlicensed multimedia files NeedtoKnow List before using Media Play USB x Supported file systems are FAT and NTFS x Certain types of USB Digital camera and audio devices may not be compatible with this TV x Media Play only supports USB Mass Storage Class MSC devices MSC is a Mass Storage Class BulkOnly Transport device Examples of MSC are Thumb drives and Flash Card Readers Devices should be connected directly to the TVs USB port USB HDD is not supported x Before connecting your device to the TV please back up your files to prevent them from damage or loss of data SAMSUNG is not responsible for any data file damage or data loss x A USB device that requires high power more than 05A may not be supported x Do not disconnect the USB device while it is loading x The higher the resolution of the image the longer it takes to display on the screen x The maximum supported JPEG resolution is 15360 x 8640 pixels x If a file is corrupted or the TV does not support the file type the Not Supported File Format message appears x The TV cannot play MP3 files with DRM that have been downloaded from a forpay site Digital Rights Management DRM is a technology that supports the creation distribution and management of digital content in an integrated and comprehensive way including protecting the rights and interests of content providers preventing illegal copying of contents and managing billings and settlements x PTP device is not supported x If an overpower warning message is displayed while you are connecting or using a USB device the device may not be recognized or may malfunction x If the TV has no input during the time set in Auto Protection Time the Screensaver will run x The powersaving mode of some external hard disk drives may be released automatically when your connect them to the TV x If you use a USB extension cable the TV may not recognize the USB device or may not be able to read the files on the device x If a USB device connected to the TV is not recognized the list of files on the device is corrupted or a file in the list is not played connect the USB device to a PC format the device and check the connection x If a file you deleted from the PC is still found when you run Media Play use the Empty the Recycle Bin function on the PC to permanently delete the file x Photos only supports sequential jpeg format x The scene search and thumbnail functions are not supported in the Videos x If the number of files and folders saved on a USB storage device is approximately over 4000 the files and folders may not appear and some folders may not be opened x The maximum displayed number of files including sub folders in one folder of USB storage device is 2000 x The media may not be playing smoothly when using the device lower than USB 20 Videos 1 Press the buttons to select Videos then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired video in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button The selected file is displayed on the top with its playing time If video time information is unknown playing time and the progress bar are not displayed During video playback you can search using the buttons In this mode you can play movie clips contained in a game but you cannot play the game itself y Supported Subtitle Formats External Name File extension MPEG4 timed text ttxt SAMI smi SubRip srt SubViewer sub Micro DVD sub or txt SubStation Alpha ssa Advanced SubStation Alpha ass Internal Name Container Format Xsub AVI Picture Format SubStation Alpha MKV Text Format Advanced SubStation Alpha MKV Text Format SubRip MKV Text Format MPEG4 Timed text MP4 Text Format y Supported Video Formats File Extension Container Video Codec Resolution Frame ratefps Bit rate Mbps Audio Codec avi mkv asf wmv mp4 mov 3gp vro mpg mpeg ts tp trp mov flv vob svi divx AVI MKV ASF MP4 3GP MOV FLV VRO VOB PS TS Motion JPEG 640x480 MAX 30 AC3 LPCM ADPCM IMA MS AAC HEAAC WMA DD MPEGMP3 DTS Core LBR G711A Law μLaw H264 BP MPHP 1920x1080 30 H 264 BP MP HP Divx 311 4 5 6 MPEG4 SP ASP Window Media Video v9VC1 MPEG2 MPEG1 webm WebM VP8 1920x1080 630 20 Vorbis The picture is black and white If you are using an AV composite input connect the video cable yellow to the Green jack of component input 1 on the TV When changing channels the picture freezes or is distorted or delayed y If connected to a cable box please try to reset it Reconnect the AC cord and wait until the cable box reboots It may take up to 20 minutes y Set the output resolution of the cable box to 1080i or 720p Sound Problem First of all please perform the Sound Test to confirm that your TV audio is properly operating Go to MENU Support Self Diagnosis Sound Test If the audio is OK the sound problem may caused by the source or signal There is no sound or the sound is too low at maximum volume Please check the volume of the device CableSat Box DVD Bluray etc connected to your TV The picture is good but there is no sound y If you are using an external device check the devices audio output option ex you may need to change your cable boxs audio option to HDMI when you have a HDMI connected to your TV y Reboot the connected device by reconnecting the devices power cable The speakers are making an inappropriate noise y Check the cable connections Make sure a video cable is not connected to an audio input y For Antenna or Cable connections check the signal information A weak signal may cause sound distortion y Perform the Sound Test as explained above No Picture No Video The TV will not turn on y Make sure the AC power cord is securely plugged into the wall outlet and the TV y Make sure the wall outlet is working y Try pressing the POWER button on the TV to make sure the problem is not the remote If the TV turns on refer to Remote control does not work below The TV turns off automatically y Ensure the Sleep Timer is set to Off in the Time menu y If your PC is connected to the TV check your PC power settings y Make sure the AC power cord is plugged in securely to the wall outlet and the TV y When you are watching TV connected to an antenna or cable connection the TV will turn off after 10 15 minutes if there is no signal There is no picturevideo y Check the cable connections Remove and reconnect all cables connected to the TV and external devices y Set your external devices CableSat Box DVD Bluray etc video outputs to match the connections to the TV input For example if an external devices output is HDMI it should be connected to an HDMI input on the TV y Make sure your connected devices are powered on y Be sure to select the TVs correct source by pressing the SOURCE button on the remote control y Reboot the connected device by reconnecting the devices power cable RFCableAntenna Connection The TV is not receiving all channels y Make sure the coaxial cable is connected securely y Please try Auto Program to add available channels to the channel list go to MENU Channel Auto Program then select Auto and make sure the correct Cable TV signal type is set in the menu There are 3 options STD HRC and IRC y Verify the antenna is positioned correctly No Caption on digital channels y Check the Caption Setup menu Try changing Caption Mode Service1 to CC1 y Some channels may not have caption data The picture is distorted macroblock error small block dots pixelization y Compression of video contents may cause picture distortion Especially on fast moving pictures such as sports and action movies y A weak signal can cause picture distortion This is not a TV problem Others Purplegreen rolling horizontal bars and buzzing noise from the TV speakers with Component cable connection Remove the left and right audio connections from the settopbox If the buzzing stops this indicates that the settopbox has a grounding issue Replace the Component video cables with an HDMI connection The picture will not display in full screen y HD channels will have black bars on either side of the screen when displaying up scaled SD 43 contents y Black bars on the Top amp Bottom will be shown on movies that have aspect ratios different from your TV y Adjust the picture size option on your external device or change the TV to full screen The remote control does not work y Replace the remote control batteries with correct polarity y Clean the transmission window located on the top of the remote control y Try pointing the remote directly at the TV from 56 feet away The cableset top box remote control does not turn the TV on or off or adjust the volume Program the CableSet top box remote control to operate the TV Refer to the CableSet top box user manual for the SAMSUNG TV code A Mode Not Supported message appears Check the supported resolution of the TV and adjust the external devices output resolution accordingly Refer to resolution settings in this manual Caption on the TV menu is greyed out y You cannot select Caption in the TV menu when watching content from a device connected via HDMI or Component y Caption must be activated on the external device There is a plastic smell from the TV This smell is normal and will dissipate over time Other Restrictions x Codecs may not function properly if there is a problem with the content x Video content does not play or does not play correctly if there is an error in the content or container x Sound or video may not work if they have standard bit ratesframe rates above the TVs compatibility ratings x If the Index Table is has an error the Seek Jump function will not work x When playing video over a network connection the video may not play smoothly because of data transmission speeds x Some USBdigital camera devices may not be compatible with the TV x While the TV is playing a video at the bit rate of 10 Mbps or higher the menu screens may be displayed slowly Video Decoder Supports up to H264 Level 41 H264 FMO ASO RS VC1 AP L4 are not supported GMC 2 or above is not supported Audio Decoder WMA 10 Pro supports up to 51 channels Supports up to the M2 profile WMA lossless audio is not supported QCELP and AMR NBWB are not supported Vorbis is supported for up to 2 channels Dolby Digital Plus is supported for up to 51 channels The DTS LBR codec is only available for MKV MP4 TS containers Music 1 Press the buttons to select Music then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired Music in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button During music playback you can search using the buttons REW and FF buttons do not function during play Only displays the files with MP3 file extensions Other file extensions are not displayed even if they are saved on the same USB device If the sound is abnormal when playing MP3 files adjust the Equalizer in the Sound menu An overmodulated MP3 file may cause a sound problem Photos 1 Press the buttons to select Photos then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired photo in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button NOTE While a photo list is displayed press the Play ENTER E button on the remote control to start the slide show All files in the file list section will be displayed in the slide show During the slide show files are displayed in order During the slide show you can adjust the slide show speed using REW or FF button You can move to other file using the buttons y Supported Photo Formats Image Photo Resolution JPEG Baseline 15360 x 8704 Progressive 1024 x 768 Other Restrictions CMYK and YCCK Color space JPEGs are not supported Playing Multiple Files Playing selected videomusicphoto files 1 Press the Yellow button in the file list to select the desired file 2 Repeat the above operation to select multiple files NOTE The c mark appears to the left of the selected files To cancel a selection press the Yellow button again To deselect all selected files press the TOOLS button and select Deselect All 3 Press the TOOLS button and then select Play Selected Contents Playing the videomusicphoto file group 1 While a file list is displayed move to any file in desired group 2 Press the TOOLS button and then select Play Folder Media Play Additional Functions VideosMusicPhotos Play Option menus When playing a file press the TOOLS button Category Operation Videos Music Photos Title You can move the other file directly c Repeat Mode You can play movie and music files repeatedly c c Picture Size You can adjust the picture size to your preference c Picture Mode You can adjust the picture setting c c Sound Mode You can adjust the sound setting c c c Subtitle Settings You can play the video with Subtitles This function only works if the subtitles are the same file name as the video c Audio Format You can select the digital audio output format c Audio Language You can change the audio language if the video has more than one language c Stop Slide Show Start Slide Show You can start or stop a Slide Show c Slide Show Speed You can select the slide show speed during the slide show c Background Music You can set and select background music when watching a Slide Show c Zoom You can zoom into images in full screen mode c Rotate You can rotate images in full screen mode c Information You can see detailed information about the played file c c c Using the Sports Mode Sports Mode This mode provides optimised condition for watching sports games When the Sports Mode is On the picture and sound modes are set to Stadium automatically Other Information Installing the Wall Mount Kit The wall mount kit sold separately allows you to mount the TV on the wall For detailed information on installing the wall mount see the instructions provided with the wall mount items Contact a technician for assistance when installing the wall mount bracket Samsung Electronics is not responsible for any damage to the product or injury to yourself or others if you elect to install the wall mount on your own TV Wall mount bracket C Wall mount Adapter Wall Mount Kit Specifications VESA The wall mount kit is not supplied but sold separately Install your wall mount on a solid wall perpendicular to the floor When attaching to other building materials please contact your nearest dealer If you install the TV on a ceiling or slanted wall it may fall and result in severe personal injury NOTE x Standard dimensions for wall mount kits are shown in the table below x When purchasing our wall mount kit a detailed installation manual and all parts necessary for assembly are provided x Do not use screws that do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications x Do not use screws that are longer than the standard dimension or do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications Screws that are too long may cause damage to the inside of the TV set x For wall mounts that do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications the length of the screws may differ depending on the wall mount specifications x Do not fasten the screws too firmly This may damage the product or cause the product to fall leading to personal injury Samsung is not liable for these kinds of accidents x Samsung is not liable for product damage or personal injury when a nonVESA or nonspecified wall mount is used or the consumer fails to follow the product installation instructions x Do not mount the TV at more than a 15 degree tilt x Always have two people mount the TV on a wall Product Family TV size in inches VESA screw hole specs A B in millimeters C mm Standard Screw Quantity LEDTV 32 200 X 200 313 323 M8 4 Do not install your Wall Mount Kit while your TV is turned on It may result in personal injury due to electric shock Securing the TV to the Wall Caution Pulling pushing or climbing onto the TV may cause the TV to fall In particular ensure that your children do not hang over or destabilize the TV doing so may cause the TV to tip over resulting in serious injuries or death Follow all safety precautions provided on the included Safety Flyer For added stability install the antifall device for safety purposes as follows To prevent the TV from falling Since the necessary clamps screws and string are not supplied please purchase these additionally 1 Drive the screws into the clamps and firmly fasten them onto the wall Make sure the screws are firmly fixed into the wall 2 Remove the screws from the back center of the TV put the screws into the clamps and then fasten the screws onto the TV again 3 Connect the clamps fixed onto the TV and the clamps fixed onto the wall with a strong cable and then tie the string tightly Verify all connections are properly secured Periodically check the connections for any sign of fatigue or failure If you have any doubt about the security of your connections contact a professional installer Install the TV close to the wall so that it does not fall It is safe to connect the string so that the clamps fixed on the wall are equal to or lower than the clamps fixed on the TV Untie the string before moving the TV Kensington Lock The Kensington Lock is not supplied by Samsung It is a device used to physically fix the system when using it in a public place Refer to the manual provided with the Kensington Lock for additional information on proper use Please find a K icon on the rear of the TV The Kensington slot is beside the K icon The position and color may differ depending on the model Program Rating Lock The Program Rating Lock feature automatically locks out programs that are deemed inappropriate for children The user must enter a PIN personal identification number before any of the Program Rating Lock restrictions are set up or changed Program Rating Lock is not available in HDMI or Component mode The default PIN number of a new TV set is 0000 Program Rating Lock You can block rated TV Programs TV Parental Guidelines You can block TV programs depending on their rating This function allows you to control what your children are watching MPAA Rating You can block movies depending on their MPAA rating The Motion Picture Association of America MPAA has implemented a rating system that provides parents or guardians with advanced information on which films are appropriate for children Canadian English You can block TV programs depending on their Anglophone Canadian Canadian French You can block TV programs depending on their French Canadian rating Downloadable US Rating Parental restriction information can be used while watching DTV channels Change PIN The Change PIN screen will appear Choose any 4 digits for your PIN and enter it in Enter New PIN Reenter the same 4 digits in Confirm New PIN When the Change PIN screen disappears press the OK button The TV has memorized your new PIN If you forget the PIN press the remotecontrol buttons in the following sequence which resets the pin to 0000 POWER off MUTE 8 2 4 POWER on Caption OnScreen Text Messages Caption You can switch the caption function on or off If captions are not available they will not be displayed on the screen The Caption feature does not work in Component or HDMI mode Caption Mode You can select the desired caption mode Default CC1CC4 Text1Text4 analog channels only The Analog Caption function operates in either analog TV channel mode or when a signal is supplied from an external device to the TV Depending on the broadcasting signal the Analog Caption function may or may not work with digital channels Default Service1Service6 CC1CC4 Text1Text4 digital channels only The Digital Captions function works with digital channels Service16 may not be available in digital caption mode depending on the broadcast Digital Caption Options digital channels only Size Options include Default Small Standard and Large The default is Standard Font Style Options include Default and Styles 0 to 7 The default is Style 0 Foreground Color Options include Default White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta and Cyan You can change the color of the letter The default is White Background Color Options include Default White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta and Cyan You can change the background color of the caption The default is Black Foreground Opacity This adjusts the opacity of text Options include Default Transparent Translucent Solid and Flashing Background Opacity This adjusts the opacity of the caption background Options include Default Transparent Translucent Solid and Flashing Return to Default This option sets each Size Font Style Foreground Color Background Color Foreground Opacity and Background Opacity to its default Digital Caption Options are available only when Default and Service1Service6 can be selected in Caption Mode The Foreground and Background cannot be set to have the same color Boot Logo Enabledisable displaying the logo while the TV starts up Eco Solution Energy Saving This adjust the brightness of the TV in order to reduce power consumption If you select Picture Off the screen is turned off but the sound remains on Press any button except volume button to turn on the screen No Signal Power Off Sets how quickly the TV switches to standby mode if no picture is being received Disabled when the PC is in power saving mode Auto Power Off The TV will be automatically turned off when no user operation is received for 4 hours Auto Protection Time If the screen remains idle with a still image for a certain period of time defined by the user the screen saver is activated to prevent the formation of ghost images on the screen Support Menu Self Diagnosis Picture Test Use to check for picture problems If the problem continues to occur check the color pattern Sound Test Use the builtin melody sound to check for sound problems Signal Strength digital channels only An HD channels reception quality is either perfect or the channels are unavailable Adjust your antenna to increase signal strength Reset Reset all settings to the factory defaults The PIN input screen appears before the setup screen Enter your 4digit PIN Change the PIN using the Change PIN option Software Upgrade Software Upgrade can be performed by downloading the latest firmware from samsungcom to a USB memory device Use Mode You can turn the TV into a display model for retail environments by setting Use Mode to Store Demo For all other uses select Home Use With Store Demo some functions are disabled and the TV automatically resets itself after a preset amount of time HD Connection Guide Refer to this information when connecting external devices to the TV Contact Samsung View this information when your TV does not work properly or when you want to upgrade the software You can find information regarding our call centers and how to download products and software Troubleshooting If the TV seems to have a problem first review this list of possible problems and solutions If none of these troubleshooting tips apply visit samsung com then click on Support or call Samsung customer service Problem Possible Solution Flickering and Dimming If your Samsung Television is flickering or dimming sporadically you may need to disable some of its energy efficient features like the Energy Saving feature If you follow below step with your remote you can turn these features off or on y Energy Saving MENU Setup Eco Solution Energy Saving Select Settings Component Connections Screen Color If you find that the color on your Samsung televisions screen is not correct or black and White first run a Self Diagnosis on the TV to make sure there are no device issues y Self Diagnosis MENU Support Self Diagnosis Picture Test If the test is ok try making sure y Your connections are all consistent For example if youve used the AV In jack on your TV make sure you have used the AV Out jack on your video source y Try making sure you have connected to the correct jacks For example if you use the Component jacks labeled Pb Pr and Y to connect your TV and video source make sure you have connected the blue Pb jack on the video source to the blue Pb jack on the TV the red Pr jack on the source to the red Pr jack on the TV Screen Brightness If you find that the colors on your Samsung TV are correct but just a little too dark or bright there are some settings you should check before calling for a repair y Backlight Contrast Brightness Sharpness Color Tint GR and so on Go in to Picture on user Menu then try adjusting options mentioned above Unwanted Powering off If your Samsung TV appears to turn off by itself there may be an issue with either your Timer settings or your Eco friendly No Signal Power Off feature First make sure you Sleep Timer is not accidentally set The sleep timer allows you the comfort of falling asleep with the TV still on but turns it off after a certain period of time so as not to waste energy y Sleep Timer MENU Setup Time Sleep Timer If the Sleep Timer is not activated you may have engaged the No Signal Power Off or Auto Power Off feature y No Signal Power Off MENU Setup Eco Solution No Signal Power Off y Auto Power Off MENU Setup Eco Solution Auto Power Off Trouble Powering On Before Turn on check red light on the right or left bottom of your TV Press power on button on TV or remote and it will blink about 5 times before turning on If you find that you are having trouble powering on your Samsung television there are a number of things to check before making a call to the service department y If you happen to be using the TV as a monitor and the standby light only blinks for a few seconds when you press the power button your PC is in sleep mode To take your PC out of sleep mode press a key on your keyboard or move the mouse Then try turning your TV on If youre sure your power cord remote control and PC are functioning properly you may be having a cable issue If you have a cable or satellite box your TV may appear to be off because the cable or satellite box is not outputting a signal To test the signal output of your cable or satellite box press the guide or info button on the cable or satellite box remote control If the screen displays the guide or info data the problem is caused by the box Stand Assembly If you have any trouble to assemble the stand though you refer to Install the Stand mentioned at separate guide Cannot find channel Rerun plug and play Poor picture First perform the Picture Test and to see if your TV is properly displaying the test image Go to MENU Support Self Diagnosis Picture Test If the test image is properly displayed the poor picture may be caused by the source or signal The TV image does not look as good as it did in the store If you have an analog cablesatellite box upgrade to a digital set top box Use HDMI or Component cables to deliver HD high definition picture quality CableSatellite subscribers Try HD channels from the channel line up AirCable Antenna connection Try HD channels after performing Auto program Many HD channels are up scaled from SDStandard Definition contents y Adjust the CableSet top box video output resolution to 1080i or 720p The picture is distorted macroblock error small block dots pixelization y Compression of video contents may cause picture distortion especially on fast moving pictures such as sports and action movies y A weak signal can cause picture distortion This is not a TV problem y Mobile phones used close to the TV within 33ft may cause noise in the picture on analog and digital channels Color is wrong or missing If youre using a component connection make sure the component cables are connected to the correct jacks Incorrect or loose connections may cause color problems or a blank screen There is poor color or brightness y Adjust the Picture options in the TV menu Go to Picture Mode Color Brightness Sharpness y Adjust the Energy Saving option in the TV menu Go to MENU Setup Eco Solution Energy Saving y Try resetting the picture to view the default picture setting Go to MENU Picture Picture Reset There is a dotted line on the edge of the screen y If the picture size is set to Screen Fit change it to 169 y Change the cablesatellite box resolution TV Signal Strength is unavailable in the Self Diagnosis Test menu This function is only available for digital channels from an Antenna RF Coax connection TV is tilted to the right or left side Remove the stand base from the TV and reassemble it The Channel menu is greyed out unavailable The Channel menu is only available when you select the TV source Your settings are lost after 30 minutes or every time the TV is turned off If TV is in the Store Demo mode it will reset audio and picture settings every 30 minutes Please change from Store Demo mode to Home Use mode using the Plug amp Play procedure Press the SOURCE button to select TV mode go to MENU Setup Plug amp Play ENTER E You have intermittent loss of audio or video Check the cable connections and reconnect them Loss of audio or video can be caused by using overly rigid or thick cables Make sure the cables are flexible enough for long term use If mounting the TV to the wall we recommend using cables with 90 degree connectors You see small particles when you look closely at the edge of the frame of the TV This is part of the products design and is not a defect POP TVs internal banner ad appears on the screen Select Home Use under Plug amp Play mode For details refer to Plug amp Play Initial Setup This TFT LED panel uses a panel consisting of sub pixels which require sophisticated technology to produce However there may be a few bright or dark pixels on the screen These pixels will have no impact on the performance of the product Some functions and pictures shown in this manual are available on specific models only You can keep your TV as optimum condition to upgrade the latest firmware on web site samsungcom Support Downloads by USB Storage and Maintenance If you attached some stickers on the TV screen it remains some debris after removing the sticker Please clean it to watch TV The exterior and screen of the product can get scratched during cleaning Be sure to wipe the exterior and screen carefully using a soft cloth to prevent scratches Do not spray water directly onto the product Any liquid that goes into the product may cause a failure fire or electric shock Clean the product with a soft cloth dampened with in a small amount of water Do not use a flammable liquid eg benzene thinners or a cleaning agent License This DivX Certified device has passed rigorous testing to ensure it plays DivX video To play purchased DivX movies first register your device at voddivxcom Find your registration code in the DivX VOD section of your device setup menu DivX Certified to play DivX video up to HD 1080p including premium content DivX DivX Certified and associated logos are trademarks of DivX LLC and are used under license Covered by one or more of the following US patents 7295673 7460668 7515710 7519274 This device supports DivX Plus Streaming for enjoying HD movies and TV shows with advanced features multi language subtitles multiple audio tracks chapters smooth FFRW etc streamed to your device For DTS patents see httppatentsdtscom Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited DTS the Symbol amp DTS and the Symbol together are registered trademarks and DTS 20 Channel is a trademark of DTS Inc DTS Inc All Rights Reserved For DTS patents see httppatentsdtscom Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited DTS the Symbol DTS in combination with the Symbol and DTS Studio Sound are registered trademarks or trademarks of DTS Inc in the United States andor other countries DTS Inc All Rights Reserved Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Dolby and the doubleD symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories The terms HDMI and HDMI HighDefinition Multimedia Interface and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries Open Source Announcement To send inquiries and requests for questions regarding open sources contact Samsung via Email ossrequestsamsungcom Specifications Environmental Considerations Operating Temperature Operating Humidity Storage Temperature Storage Humidity 50F to 104F 10C to 40C 10 to 80 noncondensing 4F to 113F 20C to 45C 5 to 95 noncondensing Model Name UN32J4000 UN32J4050 Display Resolution 1366 x 768 Screen Size Diagonal 32quot Class 315quot measured diagonally Sound Output 10 W Dimensions W x H x D Body With stand 293 x 174 x 27 inches 7454 x 4422 x 690 mm 293 x 182 x 59 inches 7454 x 4631 x 1505 mm Weight Without Stand With Stand 81 lbs 37 kg 83 lbs 38 kg Power Requirements Mexico Only DC 19V Power Consumption Mexico Only 40 W Design and specifications are subject to change without prior notice The actual appearance of the TV may differ from the images in this manual depending on the model For information about your TVs power requirements and more about power consumption refer to the label attached to the product Typical power consumption is measured according to Energy Star Program requirements for televisions 10 9 14 13 11 15 12 16 J4000ZXBFBN6807180Y00ENGindb 2 20150728 오후 34909
  • Page 15 - English - : Application Menu Using the Media Play Enjoy photos music andor movie files saved on a USB Mass Storage Class MSC device P POWER MEDIAP Connecting a USB Device 1 Turn on your TV 2 Connect a USB device containing photo music andor movie files to the USB jack on the side of the TV 3 When USB is connected to the TV you can select Media Play USB in Applications menu Using the Media Play Menu 1 Press the MENU button Press the or button to select Applications then press the ENTER E button 2 Press the or button to select Media Play USB then press the ENTER E button 3 Press the or button to select an icon Videos Music Photos Settings then press the ENTER E button It might not work properly with unlicensed multimedia files NeedtoKnow List before using Media Play USB x Supported file systems are FAT and NTFS x Certain types of USB Digital camera and audio devices may not be compatible with this TV x Media Play only supports USB Mass Storage Class MSC devices MSC is a Mass Storage Class BulkOnly Transport device Examples of MSC are Thumb drives and Flash Card Readers Devices should be connected directly to the TVs USB port USB HDD is not supported x Before connecting your device to the TV please back up your files to prevent them from damage or loss of data SAMSUNG is not responsible for any data file damage or data loss x A USB device that requires high power more than 05A may not be supported x Do not disconnect the USB device while it is loading x The higher the resolution of the image the longer it takes to display on the screen x The maximum supported JPEG resolution is 15360 x 8640 pixels x If a file is corrupted or the TV does not support the file type the Not Supported File Format message appears x The TV cannot play MP3 files with DRM that have been downloaded from a forpay site Digital Rights Management DRM is a technology that supports the creation distribution and management of digital content in an integrated and comprehensive way including protecting the rights and interests of content providers preventing illegal copying of contents and managing billings and settlements x PTP device is not supported x If an overpower warning message is displayed while you are connecting or using a USB device the device may not be recognized or may malfunction x If the TV has no input during the time set in Auto Protection Time the Screensaver will run x The powersaving mode of some external hard disk drives may be released automatically when your connect them to the TV x If you use a USB extension cable the TV may not recognize the USB device or may not be able to read the files on the device x If a USB device connected to the TV is not recognized the list of files on the device is corrupted or a file in the list is not played connect the USB device to a PC format the device and check the connection x If a file you deleted from the PC is still found when you run Media Play use the Empty the Recycle Bin function on the PC to permanently delete the file x Photos only supports sequential jpeg format x The scene search and thumbnail functions are not supported in the Videos x If the number of files and folders saved on a USB storage device is approximately over 4000 the files and folders may not appear and some folders may not be opened x The maximum displayed number of files including sub folders in one folder of USB storage device is 2000 x The media may not be playing smoothly when using the device lower than USB 20 Videos 1 Press the buttons to select Videos then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired video in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button The selected file is displayed on the top with its playing time If video time information is unknown playing time and the progress bar are not displayed During video playback you can search using the buttons In this mode you can play movie clips contained in a game but you cannot play the game itself y Supported Subtitle Formats External Name File extension MPEG4 timed text ttxt SAMI smi SubRip srt SubViewer sub Micro DVD sub or txt SubStation Alpha ssa Advanced SubStation Alpha ass Internal Name Container Format Xsub AVI Picture Format SubStation Alpha MKV Text Format Advanced SubStation Alpha MKV Text Format SubRip MKV Text Format MPEG4 Timed text MP4 Text Format y Supported Video Formats File Extension Container Video Codec Resolution Frame ratefps Bit rate Mbps Audio Codec avi mkv asf wmv mp4 mov 3gp vro mpg mpeg ts tp trp mov flv vob svi divx AVI MKV ASF MP4 3GP MOV FLV VRO VOB PS TS Motion JPEG 640x480 MAX 30 AC3 LPCM ADPCM IMA MS AAC HEAAC WMA DD MPEGMP3 DTS Core LBR G711A Law μLaw H264 BP MPHP 1920x1080 30 H 264 BP MP HP Divx 311 4 5 6 MPEG4 SP ASP Window Media Video v9VC1 MPEG2 MPEG1 webm WebM VP8 1920x1080 630 20 Vorbis The picture is black and white If you are using an AV composite input connect the video cable yellow to the Green jack of component input 1 on the TV When changing channels the picture freezes or is distorted or delayed y If connected to a cable box please try to reset it Reconnect the AC cord and wait until the cable box reboots It may take up to 20 minutes y Set the output resolution of the cable box to 1080i or 720p Sound Problem First of all please perform the Sound Test to confirm that your TV audio is properly operating Go to MENU Support Self Diagnosis Sound Test If the audio is OK the sound problem may caused by the source or signal There is no sound or the sound is too low at maximum volume Please check the volume of the device CableSat Box DVD Bluray etc connected to your TV The picture is good but there is no sound y If you are using an external device check the devices audio output option ex you may need to change your cable boxs audio option to HDMI when you have a HDMI connected to your TV y Reboot the connected device by reconnecting the devices power cable The speakers are making an inappropriate noise y Check the cable connections Make sure a video cable is not connected to an audio input y For Antenna or Cable connections check the signal information A weak signal may cause sound distortion y Perform the Sound Test as explained above No Picture No Video The TV will not turn on y Make sure the AC power cord is securely plugged into the wall outlet and the TV y Make sure the wall outlet is working y Try pressing the POWER button on the TV to make sure the problem is not the remote If the TV turns on refer to Remote control does not work below The TV turns off automatically y Ensure the Sleep Timer is set to Off in the Time menu y If your PC is connected to the TV check your PC power settings y Make sure the AC power cord is plugged in securely to the wall outlet and the TV y When you are watching TV connected to an antenna or cable connection the TV will turn off after 10 15 minutes if there is no signal There is no picturevideo y Check the cable connections Remove and reconnect all cables connected to the TV and external devices y Set your external devices CableSat Box DVD Bluray etc video outputs to match the connections to the TV input For example if an external devices output is HDMI it should be connected to an HDMI input on the TV y Make sure your connected devices are powered on y Be sure to select the TVs correct source by pressing the SOURCE button on the remote control y Reboot the connected device by reconnecting the devices power cable RFCableAntenna Connection The TV is not receiving all channels y Make sure the coaxial cable is connected securely y Please try Auto Program to add available channels to the channel list go to MENU Channel Auto Program then select Auto and make sure the correct Cable TV signal type is set in the menu There are 3 options STD HRC and IRC y Verify the antenna is positioned correctly No Caption on digital channels y Check the Caption Setup menu Try changing Caption Mode Service1 to CC1 y Some channels may not have caption data The picture is distorted macroblock error small block dots pixelization y Compression of video contents may cause picture distortion Especially on fast moving pictures such as sports and action movies y A weak signal can cause picture distortion This is not a TV problem Others Purplegreen rolling horizontal bars and buzzing noise from the TV speakers with Component cable connection Remove the left and right audio connections from the settopbox If the buzzing stops this indicates that the settopbox has a grounding issue Replace the Component video cables with an HDMI connection The picture will not display in full screen y HD channels will have black bars on either side of the screen when displaying up scaled SD 43 contents y Black bars on the Top amp Bottom will be shown on movies that have aspect ratios different from your TV y Adjust the picture size option on your external device or change the TV to full screen The remote control does not work y Replace the remote control batteries with correct polarity y Clean the transmission window located on the top of the remote control y Try pointing the remote directly at the TV from 56 feet away The cableset top box remote control does not turn the TV on or off or adjust the volume Program the CableSet top box remote control to operate the TV Refer to the CableSet top box user manual for the SAMSUNG TV code A Mode Not Supported message appears Check the supported resolution of the TV and adjust the external devices output resolution accordingly Refer to resolution settings in this manual Caption on the TV menu is greyed out y You cannot select Caption in the TV menu when watching content from a device connected via HDMI or Component y Caption must be activated on the external device There is a plastic smell from the TV This smell is normal and will dissipate over time Other Restrictions x Codecs may not function properly if there is a problem with the content x Video content does not play or does not play correctly if there is an error in the content or container x Sound or video may not work if they have standard bit ratesframe rates above the TVs compatibility ratings x If the Index Table is has an error the Seek Jump function will not work x When playing video over a network connection the video may not play smoothly because of data transmission speeds x Some USBdigital camera devices may not be compatible with the TV x While the TV is playing a video at the bit rate of 10 Mbps or higher the menu screens may be displayed slowly Video Decoder Supports up to H264 Level 41 H264 FMO ASO RS VC1 AP L4 are not supported GMC 2 or above is not supported Audio Decoder WMA 10 Pro supports up to 51 channels Supports up to the M2 profile WMA lossless audio is not supported QCELP and AMR NBWB are not supported Vorbis is supported for up to 2 channels Dolby Digital Plus is supported for up to 51 channels The DTS LBR codec is only available for MKV MP4 TS containers Music 1 Press the buttons to select Music then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired Music in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button During music playback you can search using the buttons REW and FF buttons do not function during play Only displays the files with MP3 file extensions Other file extensions are not displayed even if they are saved on the same USB device If the sound is abnormal when playing MP3 files adjust the Equalizer in the Sound menu An overmodulated MP3 file may cause a sound problem Photos 1 Press the buttons to select Photos then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired photo in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button NOTE While a photo list is displayed press the Play ENTER E button on the remote control to start the slide show All files in the file list section will be displayed in the slide show During the slide show files are displayed in order During the slide show you can adjust the slide show speed using REW or FF button You can move to other file using the buttons y Supported Photo Formats Image Photo Resolution JPEG Baseline 15360 x 8704 Progressive 1024 x 768 Other Restrictions CMYK and YCCK Color space JPEGs are not supported Playing Multiple Files Playing selected videomusicphoto files 1 Press the Yellow button in the file list to select the desired file 2 Repeat the above operation to select multiple files NOTE The c mark appears to the left of the selected files To cancel a selection press the Yellow button again To deselect all selected files press the TOOLS button and select Deselect All 3 Press the TOOLS button and then select Play Selected Contents Playing the videomusicphoto file group 1 While a file list is displayed move to any file in desired group 2 Press the TOOLS button and then select Play Folder Media Play Additional Functions VideosMusicPhotos Play Option menus When playing a file press the TOOLS button Category Operation Videos Music Photos Title You can move the other file directly c Repeat Mode You can play movie and music files repeatedly c c Picture Size You can adjust the picture size to your preference c Picture Mode You can adjust the picture setting c c Sound Mode You can adjust the sound setting c c c Subtitle Settings You can play the video with Subtitles This function only works if the subtitles are the same file name as the video c Audio Format You can select the digital audio output format c Audio Language You can change the audio language if the video has more than one language c Stop Slide Show Start Slide Show You can start or stop a Slide Show c Slide Show Speed You can select the slide show speed during the slide show c Background Music You can set and select background music when watching a Slide Show c Zoom You can zoom into images in full screen mode c Rotate You can rotate images in full screen mode c Information You can see detailed information about the played file c c c Using the Sports Mode Sports Mode This mode provides optimised condition for watching sports games When the Sports Mode is On the picture and sound modes are set to Stadium automatically Other Information Installing the Wall Mount Kit The wall mount kit sold separately allows you to mount the TV on the wall For detailed information on installing the wall mount see the instructions provided with the wall mount items Contact a technician for assistance when installing the wall mount bracket Samsung Electronics is not responsible for any damage to the product or injury to yourself or others if you elect to install the wall mount on your own TV Wall mount bracket C Wall mount Adapter Wall Mount Kit Specifications VESA The wall mount kit is not supplied but sold separately Install your wall mount on a solid wall perpendicular to the floor When attaching to other building materials please contact your nearest dealer If you install the TV on a ceiling or slanted wall it may fall and result in severe personal injury NOTE x Standard dimensions for wall mount kits are shown in the table below x When purchasing our wall mount kit a detailed installation manual and all parts necessary for assembly are provided x Do not use screws that do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications x Do not use screws that are longer than the standard dimension or do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications Screws that are too long may cause damage to the inside of the TV set x For wall mounts that do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications the length of the screws may differ depending on the wall mount specifications x Do not fasten the screws too firmly This may damage the product or cause the product to fall leading to personal injury Samsung is not liable for these kinds of accidents x Samsung is not liable for product damage or personal injury when a nonVESA or nonspecified wall mount is used or the consumer fails to follow the product installation instructions x Do not mount the TV at more than a 15 degree tilt x Always have two people mount the TV on a wall Product Family TV size in inches VESA screw hole specs A B in millimeters C mm Standard Screw Quantity LEDTV 32 200 X 200 313 323 M8 4 Do not install your Wall Mount Kit while your TV is turned on It may result in personal injury due to electric shock Securing the TV to the Wall Caution Pulling pushing or climbing onto the TV may cause the TV to fall In particular ensure that your children do not hang over or destabilize the TV doing so may cause the TV to tip over resulting in serious injuries or death Follow all safety precautions provided on the included Safety Flyer For added stability install the antifall device for safety purposes as follows To prevent the TV from falling Since the necessary clamps screws and string are not supplied please purchase these additionally 1 Drive the screws into the clamps and firmly fasten them onto the wall Make sure the screws are firmly fixed into the wall 2 Remove the screws from the back center of the TV put the screws into the clamps and then fasten the screws onto the TV again 3 Connect the clamps fixed onto the TV and the clamps fixed onto the wall with a strong cable and then tie the string tightly Verify all connections are properly secured Periodically check the connections for any sign of fatigue or failure If you have any doubt about the security of your connections contact a professional installer Install the TV close to the wall so that it does not fall It is safe to connect the string so that the clamps fixed on the wall are equal to or lower than the clamps fixed on the TV Untie the string before moving the TV Kensington Lock The Kensington Lock is not supplied by Samsung It is a device used to physically fix the system when using it in a public place Refer to the manual provided with the Kensington Lock for additional information on proper use Please find a K icon on the rear of the TV The Kensington slot is beside the K icon The position and color may differ depending on the model Program Rating Lock The Program Rating Lock feature automatically locks out programs that are deemed inappropriate for children The user must enter a PIN personal identification number before any of the Program Rating Lock restrictions are set up or changed Program Rating Lock is not available in HDMI or Component mode The default PIN number of a new TV set is 0000 Program Rating Lock You can block rated TV Programs TV Parental Guidelines You can block TV programs depending on their rating This function allows you to control what your children are watching MPAA Rating You can block movies depending on their MPAA rating The Motion Picture Association of America MPAA has implemented a rating system that provides parents or guardians with advanced information on which films are appropriate for children Canadian English You can block TV programs depending on their Anglophone Canadian Canadian French You can block TV programs depending on their French Canadian rating Downloadable US Rating Parental restriction information can be used while watching DTV channels Change PIN The Change PIN screen will appear Choose any 4 digits for your PIN and enter it in Enter New PIN Reenter the same 4 digits in Confirm New PIN When the Change PIN screen disappears press the OK button The TV has memorized your new PIN If you forget the PIN press the remotecontrol buttons in the following sequence which resets the pin to 0000 POWER off MUTE 8 2 4 POWER on Caption OnScreen Text Messages Caption You can switch the caption function on or off If captions are not available they will not be displayed on the screen The Caption feature does not work in Component or HDMI mode Caption Mode You can select the desired caption mode Default CC1CC4 Text1Text4 analog channels only The Analog Caption function operates in either analog TV channel mode or when a signal is supplied from an external device to the TV Depending on the broadcasting signal the Analog Caption function may or may not work with digital channels Default Service1Service6 CC1CC4 Text1Text4 digital channels only The Digital Captions function works with digital channels Service16 may not be available in digital caption mode depending on the broadcast Digital Caption Options digital channels only Size Options include Default Small Standard and Large The default is Standard Font Style Options include Default and Styles 0 to 7 The default is Style 0 Foreground Color Options include Default White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta and Cyan You can change the color of the letter The default is White Background Color Options include Default White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta and Cyan You can change the background color of the caption The default is Black Foreground Opacity This adjusts the opacity of text Options include Default Transparent Translucent Solid and Flashing Background Opacity This adjusts the opacity of the caption background Options include Default Transparent Translucent Solid and Flashing Return to Default This option sets each Size Font Style Foreground Color Background Color Foreground Opacity and Background Opacity to its default Digital Caption Options are available only when Default and Service1Service6 can be selected in Caption Mode The Foreground and Background cannot be set to have the same color Boot Logo Enabledisable displaying the logo while the TV starts up Eco Solution Energy Saving This adjust the brightness of the TV in order to reduce power consumption If you select Picture Off the screen is turned off but the sound remains on Press any button except volume button to turn on the screen No Signal Power Off Sets how quickly the TV switches to standby mode if no picture is being received Disabled when the PC is in power saving mode Auto Power Off The TV will be automatically turned off when no user operation is received for 4 hours Auto Protection Time If the screen remains idle with a still image for a certain period of time defined by the user the screen saver is activated to prevent the formation of ghost images on the screen Support Menu Self Diagnosis Picture Test Use to check for picture problems If the problem continues to occur check the color pattern Sound Test Use the builtin melody sound to check for sound problems Signal Strength digital channels only An HD channels reception quality is either perfect or the channels are unavailable Adjust your antenna to increase signal strength Reset Reset all settings to the factory defaults The PIN input screen appears before the setup screen Enter your 4digit PIN Change the PIN using the Change PIN option Software Upgrade Software Upgrade can be performed by downloading the latest firmware from samsungcom to a USB memory device Use Mode You can turn the TV into a display model for retail environments by setting Use Mode to Store Demo For all other uses select Home Use With Store Demo some functions are disabled and the TV automatically resets itself after a preset amount of time HD Connection Guide Refer to this information when connecting external devices to the TV Contact Samsung View this information when your TV does not work properly or when you want to upgrade the software You can find information regarding our call centers and how to download products and software Troubleshooting If the TV seems to have a problem first review this list of possible problems and solutions If none of these troubleshooting tips apply visit samsung com then click on Support or call Samsung customer service Problem Possible Solution Flickering and Dimming If your Samsung Television is flickering or dimming sporadically you may need to disable some of its energy efficient features like the Energy Saving feature If you follow below step with your remote you can turn these features off or on y Energy Saving MENU Setup Eco Solution Energy Saving Select Settings Component Connections Screen Color If you find that the color on your Samsung televisions screen is not correct or black and White first run a Self Diagnosis on the TV to make sure there are no device issues y Self Diagnosis MENU Support Self Diagnosis Picture Test If the test is ok try making sure y Your connections are all consistent For example if youve used the AV In jack on your TV make sure you have used the AV Out jack on your video source y Try making sure you have connected to the correct jacks For example if you use the Component jacks labeled Pb Pr and Y to connect your TV and video source make sure you have connected the blue Pb jack on the video source to the blue Pb jack on the TV the red Pr jack on the source to the red Pr jack on the TV Screen Brightness If you find that the colors on your Samsung TV are correct but just a little too dark or bright there are some settings you should check before calling for a repair y Backlight Contrast Brightness Sharpness Color Tint GR and so on Go in to Picture on user Menu then try adjusting options mentioned above Unwanted Powering off If your Samsung TV appears to turn off by itself there may be an issue with either your Timer settings or your Eco friendly No Signal Power Off feature First make sure you Sleep Timer is not accidentally set The sleep timer allows you the comfort of falling asleep with the TV still on but turns it off after a certain period of time so as not to waste energy y Sleep Timer MENU Setup Time Sleep Timer If the Sleep Timer is not activated you may have engaged the No Signal Power Off or Auto Power Off feature y No Signal Power Off MENU Setup Eco Solution No Signal Power Off y Auto Power Off MENU Setup Eco Solution Auto Power Off Trouble Powering On Before Turn on check red light on the right or left bottom of your TV Press power on button on TV or remote and it will blink about 5 times before turning on If you find that you are having trouble powering on your Samsung television there are a number of things to check before making a call to the service department y If you happen to be using the TV as a monitor and the standby light only blinks for a few seconds when you press the power button your PC is in sleep mode To take your PC out of sleep mode press a key on your keyboard or move the mouse Then try turning your TV on If youre sure your power cord remote control and PC are functioning properly you may be having a cable issue If you have a cable or satellite box your TV may appear to be off because the cable or satellite box is not outputting a signal To test the signal output of your cable or satellite box press the guide or info button on the cable or satellite box remote control If the screen displays the guide or info data the problem is caused by the box Stand Assembly If you have any trouble to assemble the stand though you refer to Install the Stand mentioned at separate guide Cannot find channel Rerun plug and play Poor picture First perform the Picture Test and to see if your TV is properly displaying the test image Go to MENU Support Self Diagnosis Picture Test If the test image is properly displayed the poor picture may be caused by the source or signal The TV image does not look as good as it did in the store If you have an analog cablesatellite box upgrade to a digital set top box Use HDMI or Component cables to deliver HD high definition picture quality CableSatellite subscribers Try HD channels from the channel line up AirCable Antenna connection Try HD channels after performing Auto program Many HD channels are up scaled from SDStandard Definition contents y Adjust the CableSet top box video output resolution to 1080i or 720p The picture is distorted macroblock error small block dots pixelization y Compression of video contents may cause picture distortion especially on fast moving pictures such as sports and action movies y A weak signal can cause picture distortion This is not a TV problem y Mobile phones used close to the TV within 33ft may cause noise in the picture on analog and digital channels Color is wrong or missing If youre using a component connection make sure the component cables are connected to the correct jacks Incorrect or loose connections may cause color problems or a blank screen There is poor color or brightness y Adjust the Picture options in the TV menu Go to Picture Mode Color Brightness Sharpness y Adjust the Energy Saving option in the TV menu Go to MENU Setup Eco Solution Energy Saving y Try resetting the picture to view the default picture setting Go to MENU Picture Picture Reset There is a dotted line on the edge of the screen y If the picture size is set to Screen Fit change it to 169 y Change the cablesatellite box resolution TV Signal Strength is unavailable in the Self Diagnosis Test menu This function is only available for digital channels from an Antenna RF Coax connection TV is tilted to the right or left side Remove the stand base from the TV and reassemble it The Channel menu is greyed out unavailable The Channel menu is only available when you select the TV source Your settings are lost after 30 minutes or every time the TV is turned off If TV is in the Store Demo mode it will reset audio and picture settings every 30 minutes Please change from Store Demo mode to Home Use mode using the Plug amp Play procedure Press the SOURCE button to select TV mode go to MENU Setup Plug amp Play ENTER E You have intermittent loss of audio or video Check the cable connections and reconnect them Loss of audio or video can be caused by using overly rigid or thick cables Make sure the cables are flexible enough for long term use If mounting the TV to the wall we recommend using cables with 90 degree connectors You see small particles when you look closely at the edge of the frame of the TV This is part of the products design and is not a defect POP TVs internal banner ad appears on the screen Select Home Use under Plug amp Play mode For details refer to Plug amp Play Initial Setup This TFT LED panel uses a panel consisting of sub pixels which require sophisticated technology to produce However there may be a few bright or dark pixels on the screen These pixels will have no impact on the performance of the product Some functions and pictures shown in this manual are available on specific models only You can keep your TV as optimum condition to upgrade the latest firmware on web site samsungcom Support Downloads by USB Storage and Maintenance If you attached some stickers on the TV screen it remains some debris after removing the sticker Please clean it to watch TV The exterior and screen of the product can get scratched during cleaning Be sure to wipe the exterior and screen carefully using a soft cloth to prevent scratches Do not spray water directly onto the product Any liquid that goes into the product may cause a failure fire or electric shock Clean the product with a soft cloth dampened with in a small amount of water Do not use a flammable liquid eg benzene thinners or a cleaning agent License This DivX Certified device has passed rigorous testing to ensure it plays DivX video To play purchased DivX movies first register your device at voddivxcom Find your registration code in the DivX VOD section of your device setup menu DivX Certified to play DivX video up to HD 1080p including premium content DivX DivX Certified and associated logos are trademarks of DivX LLC and are used under license Covered by one or more of the following US patents 7295673 7460668 7515710 7519274 This device supports DivX Plus Streaming for enjoying HD movies and TV shows with advanced features multi language subtitles multiple audio tracks chapters smooth FFRW etc streamed to your device For DTS patents see httppatentsdtscom Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited DTS the Symbol amp DTS and the Symbol together are registered trademarks and DTS 20 Channel is a trademark of DTS Inc DTS Inc All Rights Reserved For DTS patents see httppatentsdtscom Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited DTS the Symbol DTS in combination with the Symbol and DTS Studio Sound are registered trademarks or trademarks of DTS Inc in the United States andor other countries DTS Inc All Rights Reserved Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Dolby and the doubleD symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories The terms HDMI and HDMI HighDefinition Multimedia Interface and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries Open Source Announcement To send inquiries and requests for questions regarding open sources contact Samsung via Email ossrequestsamsungcom Specifications Environmental Considerations Operating Temperature Operating Humidity Storage Temperature Storage Humidity 50F to 104F 10C to 40C 10 to 80 noncondensing 4F to 113F 20C to 45C 5 to 95 noncondensing Model Name UN32J4000 UN32J4050 Display Resolution 1366 x 768 Screen Size Diagonal 32quot Class 315quot measured diagonally Sound Output 10 W Dimensions W x H x D Body With stand 293 x 174 x 27 inches 7454 x 4422 x 690 mm 293 x 182 x 59 inches 7454 x 4631 x 1505 mm Weight Without Stand With Stand 81 lbs 37 kg 83 lbs 38 kg Power Requirements Mexico Only DC 19V Power Consumption Mexico Only 40 W Design and specifications are subject to change without prior notice The actual appearance of the TV may differ from the images in this manual depending on the model For information about your TVs power requirements and more about power consumption refer to the label attached to the product Typical power consumption is measured according to Energy Star Program requirements for televisions 10 9 14 13 11 15 12 16 J4000ZXBFBN6807180Y00ENGindb 2 20150728 오후 34909
  • Page 16 - English - : Application Menu Using the Media Play Enjoy photos music andor movie files saved on a USB Mass Storage Class MSC device P POWER MEDIAP Connecting a USB Device 1 Turn on your TV 2 Connect a USB device containing photo music andor movie files to the USB jack on the side of the TV 3 When USB is connected to the TV you can select Media Play USB in Applications menu Using the Media Play Menu 1 Press the MENU button Press the or button to select Applications then press the ENTER E button 2 Press the or button to select Media Play USB then press the ENTER E button 3 Press the or button to select an icon Videos Music Photos Settings then press the ENTER E button It might not work properly with unlicensed multimedia files NeedtoKnow List before using Media Play USB x Supported file systems are FAT and NTFS x Certain types of USB Digital camera and audio devices may not be compatible with this TV x Media Play only supports USB Mass Storage Class MSC devices MSC is a Mass Storage Class BulkOnly Transport device Examples of MSC are Thumb drives and Flash Card Readers Devices should be connected directly to the TVs USB port USB HDD is not supported x Before connecting your device to the TV please back up your files to prevent them from damage or loss of data SAMSUNG is not responsible for any data file damage or data loss x A USB device that requires high power more than 05A may not be supported x Do not disconnect the USB device while it is loading x The higher the resolution of the image the longer it takes to display on the screen x The maximum supported JPEG resolution is 15360 x 8640 pixels x If a file is corrupted or the TV does not support the file type the Not Supported File Format message appears x The TV cannot play MP3 files with DRM that have been downloaded from a forpay site Digital Rights Management DRM is a technology that supports the creation distribution and management of digital content in an integrated and comprehensive way including protecting the rights and interests of content providers preventing illegal copying of contents and managing billings and settlements x PTP device is not supported x If an overpower warning message is displayed while you are connecting or using a USB device the device may not be recognized or may malfunction x If the TV has no input during the time set in Auto Protection Time the Screensaver will run x The powersaving mode of some external hard disk drives may be released automatically when your connect them to the TV x If you use a USB extension cable the TV may not recognize the USB device or may not be able to read the files on the device x If a USB device connected to the TV is not recognized the list of files on the device is corrupted or a file in the list is not played connect the USB device to a PC format the device and check the connection x If a file you deleted from the PC is still found when you run Media Play use the Empty the Recycle Bin function on the PC to permanently delete the file x Photos only supports sequential jpeg format x The scene search and thumbnail functions are not supported in the Videos x If the number of files and folders saved on a USB storage device is approximately over 4000 the files and folders may not appear and some folders may not be opened x The maximum displayed number of files including sub folders in one folder of USB storage device is 2000 x The media may not be playing smoothly when using the device lower than USB 20 Videos 1 Press the buttons to select Videos then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired video in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button The selected file is displayed on the top with its playing time If video time information is unknown playing time and the progress bar are not displayed During video playback you can search using the buttons In this mode you can play movie clips contained in a game but you cannot play the game itself y Supported Subtitle Formats External Name File extension MPEG4 timed text ttxt SAMI smi SubRip srt SubViewer sub Micro DVD sub or txt SubStation Alpha ssa Advanced SubStation Alpha ass Internal Name Container Format Xsub AVI Picture Format SubStation Alpha MKV Text Format Advanced SubStation Alpha MKV Text Format SubRip MKV Text Format MPEG4 Timed text MP4 Text Format y Supported Video Formats File Extension Container Video Codec Resolution Frame ratefps Bit rate Mbps Audio Codec avi mkv asf wmv mp4 mov 3gp vro mpg mpeg ts tp trp mov flv vob svi divx AVI MKV ASF MP4 3GP MOV FLV VRO VOB PS TS Motion JPEG 640x480 MAX 30 AC3 LPCM ADPCM IMA MS AAC HEAAC WMA DD MPEGMP3 DTS Core LBR G711A Law μLaw H264 BP MPHP 1920x1080 30 H 264 BP MP HP Divx 311 4 5 6 MPEG4 SP ASP Window Media Video v9VC1 MPEG2 MPEG1 webm WebM VP8 1920x1080 630 20 Vorbis The picture is black and white If you are using an AV composite input connect the video cable yellow to the Green jack of component input 1 on the TV When changing channels the picture freezes or is distorted or delayed y If connected to a cable box please try to reset it Reconnect the AC cord and wait until the cable box reboots It may take up to 20 minutes y Set the output resolution of the cable box to 1080i or 720p Sound Problem First of all please perform the Sound Test to confirm that your TV audio is properly operating Go to MENU Support Self Diagnosis Sound Test If the audio is OK the sound problem may caused by the source or signal There is no sound or the sound is too low at maximum volume Please check the volume of the device CableSat Box DVD Bluray etc connected to your TV The picture is good but there is no sound y If you are using an external device check the devices audio output option ex you may need to change your cable boxs audio option to HDMI when you have a HDMI connected to your TV y Reboot the connected device by reconnecting the devices power cable The speakers are making an inappropriate noise y Check the cable connections Make sure a video cable is not connected to an audio input y For Antenna or Cable connections check the signal information A weak signal may cause sound distortion y Perform the Sound Test as explained above No Picture No Video The TV will not turn on y Make sure the AC power cord is securely plugged into the wall outlet and the TV y Make sure the wall outlet is working y Try pressing the POWER button on the TV to make sure the problem is not the remote If the TV turns on refer to Remote control does not work below The TV turns off automatically y Ensure the Sleep Timer is set to Off in the Time menu y If your PC is connected to the TV check your PC power settings y Make sure the AC power cord is plugged in securely to the wall outlet and the TV y When you are watching TV connected to an antenna or cable connection the TV will turn off after 10 15 minutes if there is no signal There is no picturevideo y Check the cable connections Remove and reconnect all cables connected to the TV and external devices y Set your external devices CableSat Box DVD Bluray etc video outputs to match the connections to the TV input For example if an external devices output is HDMI it should be connected to an HDMI input on the TV y Make sure your connected devices are powered on y Be sure to select the TVs correct source by pressing the SOURCE button on the remote control y Reboot the connected device by reconnecting the devices power cable RFCableAntenna Connection The TV is not receiving all channels y Make sure the coaxial cable is connected securely y Please try Auto Program to add available channels to the channel list go to MENU Channel Auto Program then select Auto and make sure the correct Cable TV signal type is set in the menu There are 3 options STD HRC and IRC y Verify the antenna is positioned correctly No Caption on digital channels y Check the Caption Setup menu Try changing Caption Mode Service1 to CC1 y Some channels may not have caption data The picture is distorted macroblock error small block dots pixelization y Compression of video contents may cause picture distortion Especially on fast moving pictures such as sports and action movies y A weak signal can cause picture distortion This is not a TV problem Others Purplegreen rolling horizontal bars and buzzing noise from the TV speakers with Component cable connection Remove the left and right audio connections from the settopbox If the buzzing stops this indicates that the settopbox has a grounding issue Replace the Component video cables with an HDMI connection The picture will not display in full screen y HD channels will have black bars on either side of the screen when displaying up scaled SD 43 contents y Black bars on the Top amp Bottom will be shown on movies that have aspect ratios different from your TV y Adjust the picture size option on your external device or change the TV to full screen The remote control does not work y Replace the remote control batteries with correct polarity y Clean the transmission window located on the top of the remote control y Try pointing the remote directly at the TV from 56 feet away The cableset top box remote control does not turn the TV on or off or adjust the volume Program the CableSet top box remote control to operate the TV Refer to the CableSet top box user manual for the SAMSUNG TV code A Mode Not Supported message appears Check the supported resolution of the TV and adjust the external devices output resolution accordingly Refer to resolution settings in this manual Caption on the TV menu is greyed out y You cannot select Caption in the TV menu when watching content from a device connected via HDMI or Component y Caption must be activated on the external device There is a plastic smell from the TV This smell is normal and will dissipate over time Other Restrictions x Codecs may not function properly if there is a problem with the content x Video content does not play or does not play correctly if there is an error in the content or container x Sound or video may not work if they have standard bit ratesframe rates above the TVs compatibility ratings x If the Index Table is has an error the Seek Jump function will not work x When playing video over a network connection the video may not play smoothly because of data transmission speeds x Some USBdigital camera devices may not be compatible with the TV x While the TV is playing a video at the bit rate of 10 Mbps or higher the menu screens may be displayed slowly Video Decoder Supports up to H264 Level 41 H264 FMO ASO RS VC1 AP L4 are not supported GMC 2 or above is not supported Audio Decoder WMA 10 Pro supports up to 51 channels Supports up to the M2 profile WMA lossless audio is not supported QCELP and AMR NBWB are not supported Vorbis is supported for up to 2 channels Dolby Digital Plus is supported for up to 51 channels The DTS LBR codec is only available for MKV MP4 TS containers Music 1 Press the buttons to select Music then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired Music in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button During music playback you can search using the buttons REW and FF buttons do not function during play Only displays the files with MP3 file extensions Other file extensions are not displayed even if they are saved on the same USB device If the sound is abnormal when playing MP3 files adjust the Equalizer in the Sound menu An overmodulated MP3 file may cause a sound problem Photos 1 Press the buttons to select Photos then press the ENTER E button in the Media Play menu 2 Press the buttons to select the desired photo in the file list 3 Press the ENTER E button or Play button NOTE While a photo list is displayed press the Play ENTER E button on the remote control to start the slide show All files in the file list section will be displayed in the slide show During the slide show files are displayed in order During the slide show you can adjust the slide show speed using REW or FF button You can move to other file using the buttons y Supported Photo Formats Image Photo Resolution JPEG Baseline 15360 x 8704 Progressive 1024 x 768 Other Restrictions CMYK and YCCK Color space JPEGs are not supported Playing Multiple Files Playing selected videomusicphoto files 1 Press the Yellow button in the file list to select the desired file 2 Repeat the above operation to select multiple files NOTE The c mark appears to the left of the selected files To cancel a selection press the Yellow button again To deselect all selected files press the TOOLS button and select Deselect All 3 Press the TOOLS button and then select Play Selected Contents Playing the videomusicphoto file group 1 While a file list is displayed move to any file in desired group 2 Press the TOOLS button and then select Play Folder Media Play Additional Functions VideosMusicPhotos Play Option menus When playing a file press the TOOLS button Category Operation Videos Music Photos Title You can move the other file directly c Repeat Mode You can play movie and music files repeatedly c c Picture Size You can adjust the picture size to your preference c Picture Mode You can adjust the picture setting c c Sound Mode You can adjust the sound setting c c c Subtitle Settings You can play the video with Subtitles This function only works if the subtitles are the same file name as the video c Audio Format You can select the digital audio output format c Audio Language You can change the audio language if the video has more than one language c Stop Slide Show Start Slide Show You can start or stop a Slide Show c Slide Show Speed You can select the slide show speed during the slide show c Background Music You can set and select background music when watching a Slide Show c Zoom You can zoom into images in full screen mode c Rotate You can rotate images in full screen mode c Information You can see detailed information about the played file c c c Using the Sports Mode Sports Mode This mode provides optimised condition for watching sports games When the Sports Mode is On the picture and sound modes are set to Stadium automatically Other Information Installing the Wall Mount Kit The wall mount kit sold separately allows you to mount the TV on the wall For detailed information on installing the wall mount see the instructions provided with the wall mount items Contact a technician for assistance when installing the wall mount bracket Samsung Electronics is not responsible for any damage to the product or injury to yourself or others if you elect to install the wall mount on your own TV Wall mount bracket C Wall mount Adapter Wall Mount Kit Specifications VESA The wall mount kit is not supplied but sold separately Install your wall mount on a solid wall perpendicular to the floor When attaching to other building materials please contact your nearest dealer If you install the TV on a ceiling or slanted wall it may fall and result in severe personal injury NOTE x Standard dimensions for wall mount kits are shown in the table below x When purchasing our wall mount kit a detailed installation manual and all parts necessary for assembly are provided x Do not use screws that do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications x Do not use screws that are longer than the standard dimension or do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications Screws that are too long may cause damage to the inside of the TV set x For wall mounts that do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications the length of the screws may differ depending on the wall mount specifications x Do not fasten the screws too firmly This may damage the product or cause the product to fall leading to personal injury Samsung is not liable for these kinds of accidents x Samsung is not liable for product damage or personal injury when a nonVESA or nonspecified wall mount is used or the consumer fails to follow the product installation instructions x Do not mount the TV at more than a 15 degree tilt x Always have two people mount the TV on a wall Product Family TV size in inches VESA screw hole specs A B in millimeters C mm Standard Screw Quantity LEDTV 32 200 X 200 313 323 M8 4 Do not install your Wall Mount Kit while your TV is turned on It may result in personal injury due to electric shock Securing the TV to the Wall Caution Pulling pushing or climbing onto the TV may cause the TV to fall In particular ensure that your children do not hang over or destabilize the TV doing so may cause the TV to tip over resulting in serious injuries or death Follow all safety precautions provided on the included Safety Flyer For added stability install the antifall device for safety purposes as follows To prevent the TV from falling Since the necessary clamps screws and string are not supplied please purchase these additionally 1 Drive the screws into the clamps and firmly fasten them onto the wall Make sure the screws are firmly fixed into the wall 2 Remove the screws from the back center of the TV put the screws into the clamps and then fasten the screws onto the TV again 3 Connect the clamps fixed onto the TV and the clamps fixed onto the wall with a strong cable and then tie the string tightly Verify all connections are properly secured Periodically check the connections for any sign of fatigue or failure If you have any doubt about the security of your connections contact a professional installer Install the TV close to the wall so that it does not fall It is safe to connect the string so that the clamps fixed on the wall are equal to or lower than the clamps fixed on the TV Untie the string before moving the TV Kensington Lock The Kensington Lock is not supplied by Samsung It is a device used to physically fix the system when using it in a public place Refer to the manual provided with the Kensington Lock for additional information on proper use Please find a K icon on the rear of the TV The Kensington slot is beside the K icon The position and color may differ depending on the model Program Rating Lock The Program Rating Lock feature automatically locks out programs that are deemed inappropriate for children The user must enter a PIN personal identification number before any of the Program Rating Lock restrictions are set up or changed Program Rating Lock is not available in HDMI or Component mode The default PIN number of a new TV set is 0000 Program Rating Lock You can block rated TV Programs TV Parental Guidelines You can block TV programs depending on their rating This function allows you to control what your children are watching MPAA Rating You can block movies depending on their MPAA rating The Motion Picture Association of America MPAA has implemented a rating system that provides parents or guardians with advanced information on which films are appropriate for children Canadian English You can block TV programs depending on their Anglophone Canadian Canadian French You can block TV programs depending on their French Canadian rating Downloadable US Rating Parental restriction information can be used while watching DTV channels Change PIN The Change PIN screen will appear Choose any 4 digits for your PIN and enter it in Enter New PIN Reenter the same 4 digits in Confirm New PIN When the Change PIN screen disappears press the OK button The TV has memorized your new PIN If you forget the PIN press the remotecontrol buttons in the following sequence which resets the pin to 0000 POWER off MUTE 8 2 4 POWER on Caption OnScreen Text Messages Caption You can switch the caption function on or off If captions are not available they will not be displayed on the screen The Caption feature does not work in Component or HDMI mode Caption Mode You can select the desired caption mode Default CC1CC4 Text1Text4 analog channels only The Analog Caption function operates in either analog TV channel mode or when a signal is supplied from an external device to the TV Depending on the broadcasting signal the Analog Caption function may or may not work with digital channels Default Service1Service6 CC1CC4 Text1Text4 digital channels only The Digital Captions function works with digital channels Service16 may not be available in digital caption mode depending on the broadcast Digital Caption Options digital channels only Size Options include Default Small Standard and Large The default is Standard Font Style Options include Default and Styles 0 to 7 The default is Style 0 Foreground Color Options include Default White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta and Cyan You can change the color of the letter The default is White Background Color Options include Default White Black Red Green Blue Yellow Magenta and Cyan You can change the background color of the caption The default is Black Foreground Opacity This adjusts the opacity of text Options include Default Transparent Translucent Solid and Flashing Background Opacity This adjusts the opacity of the caption background Options include Default Transparent Translucent Solid and Flashing Return to Default This option sets each Size Font Style Foreground Color Background Color Foreground Opacity and Background Opacity to its default Digital Caption Options are available only when Default and Service1Service6 can be selected in Caption Mode The Foreground and Background cannot be set to have the same color Boot Logo Enabledisable displaying the logo while the TV starts up Eco Solution Energy Saving This adjust the brightness of the TV in order to reduce power consumption If you select Picture Off the screen is turned off but the sound remains on Press any button except volume button to turn on the screen No Signal Power Off Sets how quickly the TV switches to standby mode if no picture is being received Disabled when the PC is in power saving mode Auto Power Off The TV will be automatically turned off when no user operation is received for 4 hours Auto Protection Time If the screen remains idle with a still image for a certain period of time defined by the user the screen saver is activated to prevent the formation of ghost images on the screen Support Menu Self Diagnosis Picture Test Use to check for picture problems If the problem continues to occur check the color pattern Sound Test Use the builtin melody sound to check for sound problems Signal Strength digital channels only An HD channels reception quality is either perfect or the channels are unavailable Adjust your antenna to increase signal strength Reset Reset all settings to the factory defaults The PIN input screen appears before the setup screen Enter your 4digit PIN Change the PIN using the Change PIN option Software Upgrade Software Upgrade can be performed by downloading the latest firmware from samsungcom to a USB memory device Use Mode You can turn the TV into a display model for retail environments by setting Use Mode to Store Demo For all other uses select Home Use With Store Demo some functions are disabled and the TV automatically resets itself after a preset amount of time HD Connection Guide Refer to this information when connecting external devices to the TV Contact Samsung View this information when your TV does not work properly or when you want to upgrade the software You can find information regarding our call centers and how to download products and software Troubleshooting If the TV seems to have a problem first review this list of possible problems and solutions If none of these troubleshooting tips apply visit samsung com then click on Support or call Samsung customer service Problem Possible Solution Flickering and Dimming If your Samsung Television is flickering or dimming sporadically you may need to disable some of its energy efficient features like the Energy Saving feature If you follow below step with your remote you can turn these features off or on y Energy Saving MENU Setup Eco Solution Energy Saving Select Settings Component Connections Screen Color If you find that the color on your Samsung televisions screen is not correct or black and White first run a Self Diagnosis on the TV to make sure there are no device issues y Self Diagnosis MENU Support Self Diagnosis Picture Test If the test is ok try making sure y Your connections are all consistent For example if youve used the AV In jack on your TV make sure you have used the AV Out jack on your video source y Try making sure you have connected to the correct jacks For example if you use the Component jacks labeled Pb Pr and Y to connect your TV and video source make sure you have connected the blue Pb jack on the video source to the blue Pb jack on the TV the red Pr jack on the source to the red Pr jack on the TV Screen Brightness If you find that the colors on your Samsung TV are correct but just a little too dark or bright there are some settings you should check before calling for a repair y Backlight Contrast Brightness Sharpness Color Tint GR and so on Go in to Picture on user Menu then try adjusting options mentioned above Unwanted Powering off If your Samsung TV appears to turn off by itself there may be an issue with either your Timer settings or your Eco friendly No Signal Power Off feature First make sure you Sleep Timer is not accidentally set The sleep timer allows you the comfort of falling asleep with the TV still on but turns it off after a certain period of time so as not to waste energy y Sleep Timer MENU Setup Time Sleep Timer If the Sleep Timer is not activated you may have engaged the No Signal Power Off or Auto Power Off feature y No Signal Power Off MENU Setup Eco Solution No Signal Power Off y Auto Power Off MENU Setup Eco Solution Auto Power Off Trouble Powering On Before Turn on check red light on the right or left bottom of your TV Press power on button on TV or remote and it will blink about 5 times before turning on If you find that you are having trouble powering on your Samsung television there are a number of things to check before making a call to the service department y If you happen to be using the TV as a monitor and the standby light only blinks for a few seconds when you press the power button your PC is in sleep mode To take your PC out of sleep mode press a key on your keyboard or move the mouse Then try turning your TV on If youre sure your power cord remote control and PC are functioning properly you may be having a cable issue If you have a cable or satellite box your TV may appear to be off because the cable or satellite box is not outputting a signal To test the signal output of your cable or satellite box press the guide or info button on the cable or satellite box remote control If the screen displays the guide or info data the problem is caused by the box Stand Assembly If you have any trouble to assemble the stand though you refer to Install the Stand mentioned at separate guide Cannot find channel Rerun plug and play Poor picture First perform the Picture Test and to see if your TV is properly displaying the test image Go to MENU Support Self Diagnosis Picture Test If the test image is properly displayed the poor picture may be caused by the source or signal The TV image does not look as good as it did in the store If you have an analog cablesatellite box upgrade to a digital set top box Use HDMI or Component cables to deliver HD high definition picture quality CableSatellite subscribers Try HD channels from the channel line up AirCable Antenna connection Try HD channels after performing Auto program Many HD channels are up scaled from SDStandard Definition contents y Adjust the CableSet top box video output resolution to 1080i or 720p The picture is distorted macroblock error small block dots pixelization y Compression of video contents may cause picture distortion especially on fast moving pictures such as sports and action movies y A weak signal can cause picture distortion This is not a TV problem y Mobile phones used close to the TV within 33ft may cause noise in the picture on analog and digital channels Color is wrong or missing If youre using a component connection make sure the component cables are connected to the correct jacks Incorrect or loose connections may cause color problems or a blank screen There is poor color or brightness y Adjust the Picture options in the TV menu Go to Picture Mode Color Brightness Sharpness y Adjust the Energy Saving option in the TV menu Go to MENU Setup Eco Solution Energy Saving y Try resetting the picture to view the default picture setting Go to MENU Picture Picture Reset There is a dotted line on the edge of the screen y If the picture size is set to Screen Fit change it to 169 y Change the cablesatellite box resolution TV Signal Strength is unavailable in the Self Diagnosis Test menu This function is only available for digital channels from an Antenna RF Coax connection TV is tilted to the right or left side Remove the stand base from the TV and reassemble it The Channel menu is greyed out unavailable The Channel menu is only available when you select the TV source Your settings are lost after 30 minutes or every time the TV is turned off If TV is in the Store Demo mode it will reset audio and picture settings every 30 minutes Please change from Store Demo mode to Home Use mode using the Plug amp Play procedure Press the SOURCE button to select TV mode go to MENU Setup Plug amp Play ENTER E You have intermittent loss of audio or video Check the cable connections and reconnect them Loss of audio or video can be caused by using overly rigid or thick cables Make sure the cables are flexible enough for long term use If mounting the TV to the wall we recommend using cables with 90 degree connectors You see small particles when you look closely at the edge of the frame of the TV This is part of the products design and is not a defect POP TVs internal banner ad appears on the screen Select Home Use under Plug amp Play mode For details refer to Plug amp Play Initial Setup This TFT LED panel uses a panel consisting of sub pixels which require sophisticated technology to produce However there may be a few bright or dark pixels on the screen These pixels will have no impact on the performance of the product Some functions and pictures shown in this manual are available on specific models only You can keep your TV as optimum condition to upgrade the latest firmware on web site samsungcom Support Downloads by USB Storage and Maintenance If you attached some stickers on the TV screen it remains some debris after removing the sticker Please clean it to watch TV The exterior and screen of the product can get scratched during cleaning Be sure to wipe the exterior and screen carefully using a soft cloth to prevent scratches Do not spray water directly onto the product Any liquid that goes into the product may cause a failure fire or electric shock Clean the product with a soft cloth dampened with in a small amount of water Do not use a flammable liquid eg benzene thinners or a cleaning agent License This DivX Certified device has passed rigorous testing to ensure it plays DivX video To play purchased DivX movies first register your device at voddivxcom Find your registration code in the DivX VOD section of your device setup menu DivX Certified to play DivX video up to HD 1080p including premium content DivX DivX Certified and associated logos are trademarks of DivX LLC and are used under license Covered by one or more of the following US patents 7295673 7460668 7515710 7519274 This device supports DivX Plus Streaming for enjoying HD movies and TV shows with advanced features multi language subtitles multiple audio tracks chapters smooth FFRW etc streamed to your device For DTS patents see httppatentsdtscom Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited DTS the Symbol amp DTS and the Symbol together are registered trademarks and DTS 20 Channel is a trademark of DTS Inc DTS Inc All Rights Reserved For DTS patents see httppatentsdtscom Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited DTS the Symbol DTS in combination with the Symbol and DTS Studio Sound are registered trademarks or trademarks of DTS Inc in the United States andor other countries DTS Inc All Rights Reserved Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Dolby and the doubleD symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories The terms HDMI and HDMI HighDefinition Multimedia Interface and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries Open Source Announcement To send inquiries and requests for questions regarding open sources contact Samsung via Email ossrequestsamsungcom Specifications Environmental Considerations Operating Temperature Operating Humidity Storage Temperature Storage Humidity 50F to 104F 10C to 40C 10 to 80 noncondensing 4F to 113F 20C to 45C 5 to 95 noncondensing Model Name UN32J4000 UN32J4050 Display Resolution 1366 x 768 Screen Size Diagonal 32quot Class 315quot measured diagonally Sound Output 10 W Dimensions W x H x D Body With stand 293 x 174 x 27 inches 7454 x 4422 x 690 mm 293 x 182 x 59 inches 7454 x 4631 x 1505 mm Weight Without Stand With Stand 81 lbs 37 kg 83 lbs 38 kg Power Requirements Mexico Only DC 19V Power Consumption Mexico Only 40 W Design and specifications are subject to change without prior notice The actual appearance of the TV may differ from the images in this manual depending on the model For information about your TVs power requirements and more about power consumption refer to the label attached to the product Typical power consumption is measured according to Energy Star Program requirements for televisions 10 9 14 13 11 15 12 16 J4000ZXBFBN6807180Y00ENGindb 2 20150728 오후 34909